AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR ACP/APC ACOUSTIC CEILING PANEL/

ACOUSTIC PANEL CEILINGACT ACOUSTIC(AL) TILE ADJ ADJUSTABLEADT'L ADDITIONALAGG AGGREGATEALT ALTERNATEAL ALUMINUM APPROX APPROXIMATE(LY)ASPH ASPHALTAUTO AUTOMATIC

B/O BOTTOM OFBD BOARD BLDG BUILDINGBLKG BLOCKINGBOT BOTTOMBRG BEARING

CENTERLINE C/C CENTER TO CENTERCJ CONTROL JOINTCLL CONTRACT LIMIT LINECEM CEMENT(ITIOUS)CMU CONCRETE MASONRY UNITCLG CEILING CLR CLEAR COL COLUMN CONC CONCRETE CONST CONSTRUCTION CONT CONTINUOUS CPT CARPET CT CERAMIC TILE CTR CENTER(ED)

DF DRINKING FOUNTAIN DS DOWNSPOUT DBL DOUBLE DEG DEGREEDEMO DEMOLITION DET/DTL DETAIL DIA DIAMETER DIM DIMENSION DN DOWN DWG(S) DRAWING(S)

E EAST EC ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR EHO ELECTRICAL HOLD OPEN EJ EXPANSION JOINT EW EACH WAY EA EACH EIFS EXTERIOR INSULATION

FINISH SYSTEM EL ELEVATION ELEC ELECTRIC(AL)ELEV ELEVATOREMER EMERGENCY EQ EQUAL EQUIP EQUIPMENT EXIST EXISTING EXT EXTERIOREWC ELECTRIC WATER COOLER

FD FLOOR DRAIN FE FIRE EXTINGUISHER FFE FINISH FLOOR ELEVATIONFV FIELD VERIFYFEC FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET FDN FOUNDATION FIN FINISH FLSHG FLASHINGFLR FLOOR FRMG FRAMING FT FOOT/FEET FTG FOOTING

GC GENERAL CONTRACTOR GA GAUGE GALV GALVANIZED GEN GENERAL GYP GYPSUM

HM HOLLOW METAL HDWR HARDWARE HOL HOLLOW HOR HORIZONTAL HT HEIGHT HVAC HEATING/VENTILATION/AIR

CONDITIONING

IDPH ILLINOIS DEPARTMENT OFPUBLIC HEALTH

ID INSIDE DIAMETER IN INCH INCL INCLUDING INSUL INSULATION INT INTERIOR

JAN JANITOR JT JOINT

LAV LAVATORY LB(S) POUND(S) L/S LANDSCAPELT LIGHT

MO MASONRY OPENING MAS MASONRY MAT'L MATERIAL MAX MAXIMUM MECH MECHANICAL MFR MANUFACTURER MIN MINIMUM MISC MISCELLANEOUSMTD MOUNTED MTL METAL N NORTH NIC NOT IN CONTRACT NTS NOT TO SCALE NOM NOMINAL

OC ON CENTER OD OUTSIDE DIAMETER O TO O OUT TO OUT OPNG OPENING OPP OPPOSITE OVHD OVERHEAD

PEB PRE-ENGINEERED BUILDING PJF PREFORMED JOINT FILLER PT PRESSURE TREATED PERIM PERIMETER PL PLATE PLAM PLASTIC LAMINATE PLBG PLUMBING PLYWD PLYWOOD PNT PAINT PR PAIR PTD PAINTED PWR POWER

RB RUBBER BASERD ROOF DRAINRO ROUGH OPENING RAD RADIUS REC RECESSED REINF REINFORCED REQ'D REQUIRED REV REVISED (REVISION) RM ROOM

S SOUTH SB SPLASH BLOCK SF SQUARE FEET SS STAINLESS STEEL SIM SIMILAR SPEC SPECIFICATIONS SQ SQUARE STD STANDARD STL STEEL STOR STORAGE STRUCT STRUCTURAL SUSP SUSPENDED

T&G TONGUE AND GROOVE T/O TOP OF TELE TELEPHONE TRTD TREATED TS TUBE STEEL TYP TYPICAL

UNFIN UNFINISHED UNO UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE

VCT VINYL COMPOSITION TILE VIF VERIFY IN FIELDVERT VERTICAL

W WEST W/ WITHW/O WITHOUTWC WATER CLOSET WWF WELDED WIRE FABRIC WD WOOD WH WATER HEATERWT WEIGHT

CL

DEMOLITION KEYNOTE

WINDOW TYPE

TOILET ACCESSORY

WALL TYPE

ROOF PITCH SYMBOL

DOOR NUMBER

TYPICAL KEYNOTE CEILING/ SOFFITHEIGHT

#-#

D#-#

MATL1'-0"

T#

?

?

12

6

101-1

#

#

SLOPE: 1/4"SLOPE/ROOF SLOPE

WALL SECTION SYMBOL

INTERIOR ELEVATION SYMBOL

COLUMN GRID

ELEVATION SYMBOL

REVISION NOTE

ENLARGED DETAIL CALLOUT

ROOM DESIGNATION SYMBOL

BREAK LINE

ROOF SLOPEDIRECTION SYMBOL

TYPICAL GRAPHIC SCALE

DETAIL #

PAGE #

DETAIL #

PAGE #

TRUE NORTH ARROW

PROJECT NORTH ARROW

1

A8.1

EXTERIOR ELEVATION SYMBOL

DETAIL #

PAGE #

1

A8.1

1

A8.1

1

A8.1

BUILDING SECTION SYMBOL

DETAIL #

PAGE #

1

A8.1

1

A8.1

DETAIL SECTION SYMBOL

DETAIL #

PAGE #

1

A8.1

WALL GRID(REPRESENTS FACE OF EXISTING WALL)

XX.X

XX.X

ELEVATION

0'-0"

ROOMNAME101A

NORTH

PLAN

NORTH

TRUE

?

0 4 8 16

PROJECT NO.: DATE:

LOCATION MAP

8/3

0/2

018 1

:48:1

5 P

M

0180834.00

MARSHALL PUBLIC LIBRARYPHASE I RENOVATIONS

THE CITY OF MARSHALL

612 ARCHER AVE. MARSHALL, IL 62441

08/30/2018

TH

E C

ITY

OF

MA

RS

HA

LL

BID SET

MA

RS

HA

LL P

UB

LIC

LIB

RA

RY

PH

AS

E I

RE

NO

VA

TIO

NS

BID

SE

T

PROJECT LOCATION

ABBREVIATIONS

ARCHITECTURAL SYMBOL LEGEND

GENERAL SYMBOL LEGENDDRAWING LIST

MECHANICAL

M0.1 MECHANICAL GENERALINFORMATION

M0.2 MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

M0.3 MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

M1.1 FIRST FLOOR MECHANICAL PLANS

M1.2 UPPER LEVEL MECHANICAL PLANS

M2.1 MECHANICAL SCHEDULES ANDDETAILS

ELECTRICAL

E0.1 ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS

E0.2 ELECTRICAL GENERAL NOTES ANDABBREVIATIONS

E0.3 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS

E0.4 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS

ED1.1 FIRST FLOOR ELECTRICALDEMOLITION PLAN

E1.1 FIRST FLOOR LIGHTING PLAN

E2.1 FIRST FLOOR POWER PLAN

E3.1 FIRST FLOOR SYSTEMS PLAN

E5.1 ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES

DRAWING LISTARCHITECTURAL

AD1.1 FIRST FLOOR DEMOLITION PLAN

A0.1 SPECIFICATIONS

A0.2 SPECIFICATIONS

A1.0 PHASING

A1.1 FIRST FLOOR PLAN

A2.0 DOOR SCHEDULE, ELEVATIONSAND DETAILS

A3.0 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS ANDENLARGED PLANS

A4.0 CASEWORK DETAILS

INTERIORS

I1.1 FIRST FLOOR FINISH PLAN &SCHEDULES

PLUMBING

P0.1 PLUMBING GENERAL INFORMATIONAND DETAILS

P0.2 PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS

P1.1 FIRST FLOOR DOMESTIC PLUMBINGPLANS

P2.1 PLUMBING SCHEDULES

MIXED OCCUPANCY

MEZZANINE

SPRINKLERED

MIXED CONSTRUCTION

... RENOVATION (EXISTING BLDG)

NEW CONSTRUCTION

PRIMARY OCCUPANCY: A-3

CONSTRUCTION TYPE: VB

GENERAL CODE INFORMATION:

ILLINOIS PLUMBING CODE

ILLINOIS ACCESSIBILITY CODE

NFPA 101 LIFE SAFETY CODE

2014 NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE

2006 INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE

2015 INTERNATIONAL MECHANICAL CODE

2015 INTERNATIONAL ENERGY CONSERVATION CODE

2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE

APPLICABLE CODES:

COUNTY

CITY OF MARSHALL

CODE ENFORCEMENT JURISDICTION:

CITY OF MARSHALL

OWNED BY:

PROPOSED USE:

PAGES OR DIVISIONS COVERED:

LICENSE RENEWAL DATE:

DATE:

NAME:

SIGNATURE:

THE PORTION OF THIS TECHNICAL SUBMISSION DESCRIBED BELOWWAS PREPARED BY ME OR UNDER MY DIRECT PERSONAL

ALL "P" AND "M" DRAWINGS

SUPERVISION. I AM A DULY LICENSED ENGINEER UNDER THELAWS OF THE STATE OF ILLINOIS.

PAGES OR DIVISIONS COVERED:

LICENSE RENEWAL DATE:

DATE:

NAME:

SIGNATURE:

THE PORTION OF THIS TECHNICAL SUBMISSION DESCRIBED BELOWWAS PREPARED BY ME OR UNDER MY DIRECT PERSONAL

ALL "A" DRAWINGS

SUPERVISION. I AM A DULY LICENSED ARCHITECT UNDER THELAWS OF THE STATE OF ILLINOIS.

PAGES OR DIVISIONS COVERED:

LICENSE RENEWAL DATE:

DATE:

NAME:

SIGNATURE:

THE PORTION OF THIS TECHNICAL SUBMISSION DESCRIBED BELOWWAS PREPARED BY ME OR UNDER MY DIRECT PERSONAL

ALL "E" DRAWINGS

SUPERVISION. I AM A DULY LICENSED ENGINEER UNDER THELAWS OF THE STATE OF ILLINOIS.

CUTTING AND PATCHING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes procedural requirements for cutting and patching.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Cutting: Removal of in-place construction necessary to permit installation or performance of other Work.B. Patching: Fitting and repair work required to restore surfaces to original conditions after installation of other Work.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Cutting and Patching Proposal: Submit a proposal describing procedures at least [10] days before the time cutting and patching will be performed, requesting approval to proceed. Include the following information:1. Extent: Describe cutting and patching, show how they will be performed, and indicate why they cannot be avoided.2. Changes to In-Place Construction: Describe anticipated results. Include changes to structural elements and operating components as well as changes in building's appearance and other significant visual elements.3. Products: List products to be used and firms or entities that will perform the Work.4. Dates: Indicate when cutting and patching will be performed.5. Utility Services and Mechanical/Electrical Systems: List services/systems that cutting and patching procedures will disturb or affect. List services/systems that will be relocated and those that will be temporarily out of service. Indicate how long services/systems will be disrupted.6. Structural Elements: Where cutting and patching involve adding reinforcement to structural elements, submit details and engineering calculations showing integration of reinforcement with original structure.7. Owner's Approval: Obtain approval of cutting and patching proposal before cutting and patching. Approval does not waive right to later require removal and replacement of unsatisfactory work.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Structural Elements: Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity or load-deflection ratio.B. Operational Elements: Do not cut and patch operating elements and related components in a manner that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. Operating elements include the following:1. Primary operational systems and equipment.2. Air or smoke barriers.3. Fire-suppression systems.4. Mechanical systems piping and ducts.5. Control systems.6. Electrical wiring systems.C. Miscellaneous Elements: Do not cut and patch miscellaneous elements or related components in a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity, that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended, or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety.Miscellaneous elements include the following:1. Equipment supports.2. Piping, ductwork, vessels, and equipment.3. Noise- and vibration-control elements and systems.D. Visual Requirements: Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that results in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch construction exposed on the exterior or in occupied spaces in a manner that would, in Owner's opinion, reduce the building's aesthetic qualities. Remove and replace construction that has been cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. General: Comply with requirements specified in other Sections.B. In-Place Materials: Use materials identical to in-place materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match in-place adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible.1. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials that, when installed, will match the visual and functional performance of in-place materials.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine surfaces to be cut and patched and conditions under which cutting and patching are to be performed.1. Compatibility: Before patching, verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with in-place finishes or primers.2. Proceed with installation only after unsafe or unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of Work to be cut.B. Protection: Protect in-place construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of Project that might be exposed during cutting and patching operations.C. Adjoining Areas: Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining areas.D. Existing Utility Services and Mechanical/Electrical Systems: Where existing services/systems are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, bypass such services/systems before cutting to minimize interruption to occupied areas.

3.3 PERFORMANCE

A. General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time, and complete without delay.1. Cut in-place construction to provide for installation of other components or performance of other construction, and subsequently patch as required to restore surfaces to their original condition.B. Cutting: Cut in-place construction by sawing, drilling, breaking, chipping, grinding, and similar operations, including excavation, using methods least likely to damage elements retained or adjoining construction. If possible, review proposed procedures with original Installer; comply with original Installer's written recommendations.1. In general, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing and grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots as small as possible, neatly to size required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use.2. Finished Surfaces: Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces.3. Concrete or Masonry: Cut using a cutting machine, such as an abrasive saw or a diamond-core drill.4. Excavating and Backfilling: Comply with requirements in applicable Division 2 Sections where required by cutting and patching operations.5. Mechanical and Electrical Services: Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal remaining portion of pipe or conduit to prevent entrance of moisture or other foreign matter after cutting.6. Proceed with patching after construction operations requiring cutting are complete.C. Patching: Patch construction by filling, repairing, refinishing, closing up, and similar operations following performance of other Work. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections.1. Inspection: Where feasible, test and inspect patched areas after completion to demonstrate integrity of installation.2. Exterior Building Enclosure: Patch components in a manner that restores enclosure to a weathertight condition.D. Cleaning: Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Completely remove paint, mortar, oils, putty, and similar materials.

END OF CUTTING AND PATCHING

SELECTIVE DEMOLITION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions apply to this work.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the following:1. Demolition and removal of selected portions of building or structure.2. Demolition and removal of selected site elements.3. Salvage of existing items to be reused or recycled.4. "Cutting and Patching" for cutting and patching procedures.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Remove: Detach items from existing construction and legally dispose of them off-site, unless indicated to be removed and salvaged or removed and reinstalled.B. Remove and Salvage: Detach items from existing construction and deliver them to Owner ready for reuse.C. Remove and Reinstall: Detach items from existing construction, prepare them for reuse, and reinstall them where indicated.D. Existing to Remain: Existing items of construction that are not to be removed and that are not otherwise indicated to be removed, removed and salvaged, or removed and reinstalled.

1.4 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP

items of interest or value to Owner that may be encountered during selective demolition remain Owner's property. Carefully remove and salvage each item or object in a manner to prevent damage and deliver promptly to Owner.

1.5 SUBMITTALS

B. Schedule of Selective Demolition Activities: Indicate the following:1. Detailed sequence of selective demolition and removal work, with starting and ending dates for each activity. Ensure Owner's building manager's on-site operations are uninterrupted.2. Interruption of utility services. Indicate how long utility services will be interrupted.3. Coordination for shutoff, capping, and continuation of utility services.4. Use of elevator for removal of debris is prohibited5. Locations of proposed dust- and noise-control temporary partitions and means of egress.6. Coordination of Owner's continuing occupancy of portions of existing building and of Owner's partial occupancy of completed Work.7. Means of protection for items to remain and items in path of waste removal from building.C. Inventory: After selective demolition is complete, submit a list of items that have been removed and salvaged.D. Contractor has the option to perform Predemolition Photographs or Videotapes: Show existing conditions of adjoining construction and site improvements, including finish surfaces, that might be misconstrued as damage caused by selective demolition operations.

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Demolition Firm Qualifications: An experienced firm that has specialized in demolition work similar in material and extent to that indicated for this Project.

C. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before beginning selective demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction.D. Standards: Comply with ANSI A10.6 and NFPA 241.E. Predemolition Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Project Management and Coordination." Review methods and procedures related to selective demolition including, but not limited to, the following:1. Inspect and discuss condition of construction to be selectively demolished.2. Review structural load limitations of existing structure.3. Review and finalize selective demolition schedule and verify availability of materials, demolition personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays.4. Review requirements of work performed by other trades that rely on substrates exposed by selective demolition operations.5. Review areas where existing construction is to remain and requires protection.

1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Building Owner / Adjacent Tenant will occupy portions of building immediately adjacent to selective demolition area. Conduct selective demolition so Owner's operations will not be disrupted.B. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purpose will be maintained by Owner as far as practical.C. Notify Owner of discrepancies between existing conditions and Drawings before proceeding with selective demolition.D. Hazardous Materials: It is unknown whether hazardous materials will be encountered in the Work.1. If materials suspected of containing hazardous materials are encountered, do not disturb; immediately notify Owner. Owner will remove hazardous materials under a separate contract.H. Utility Service: Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain in service and protect them against damage during selective demolition operations.1. Maintain fire alarm and fire-protection facilities in service during selective demolition operations.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATIONA. Verify that utilities have been disconnected and capped.B. Survey existing conditions and correlate with requirements indicated to determine extent of selective demolition required.C. Inventory and record the condition of items to be removed and reinstalled and ite ms to be removed and salvaged.D. When unanticipated mechanical, electrical, or structural elements that conflict with intended function or design are encountered, investigate and measure the nature and extent of conflict. Promptly submit a written report to Owner.

E. Engage a professional engineer to survey condition of building to determine whether removing any element might result in structural deficiency or unplanned collapse of any portion of structure or adjacent structures during selective demolition operations.F. Perform surveys as the Work progresses to detect hazards resulting from selective demolition activities.

3.2 UTILITY SERVICES AND MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

A. Existing Services/Systems: Maintain services/systems indicated to remain and protect them against damage during selective demolition operations.

A. Service/System Requirements: Locate, identify, disconnect, and seal or cap off indicated utility services and mechanical/electrical systems serving areas to be selectively demolished.1. Owner will arrange to shut off indicated services/systems when requested by Contractor.2. If services/systems are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, before proceeding with selective demolition provide temporary services/systems that bypass area of selective demolition and that maintain continuity of services/systems to other parts of building.3. Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal remaining portion of pipe or conduit after bypassing.a. Where entire wall is to be removed, existing services/systems may be removed with removal of the wall.

3.3 PREPARATION

A. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct selective demolition and debris-removal operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities.B. Temporary Facilities: Provide temporary barricades and other protection required to prevent injury to people and damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain.1. Provide protection to ensure safe passage of people around selective demolition area and to and from occupied portions of building.2. Protect walls, ceilings, floors, and other existing finish work that are to remain or that are exposed during selective demolition operations.3. Cover and protect furniture, furnishings, and equipment that have not been removed.4. Comply with requirements for temporary enclosures, dust control, and protection of heating, and cooling systems.C. Temporary Shoring: Provide and maintain shoring, bracing, and structural supports as required to preserve stability and prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of construction and finishes to remain, and to prevent unexpected or uncontrolled movement or collapse of construction being demolished.tru1. Strengthen or add new supports when required during

3.4 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION, GENERAL

A. General: Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by new construction and as indicated. Use methods required to complete the Work within limitations of governing regulations and as follows:1. Proceed with selective demolition systematically, from higher to lower level. Complete selective demolition operations above each floor or tier before disturbing supporting members on the next lower level.2. Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dimensions required. Use cutting methods least likely to damage construction to remain or adjoining construction. Use hand tools or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping, to minimize disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings to remain.3. Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces to avoid marring existing finished surfaces.4. Remove decayed, vermin-infested, or otherwise dangerous or unsuitable materials and promptly dispose of off-site.5. Remove framing members and lower to ground by method suitable to avoid free fall and to prevent ground impact or dust generation.6. Locate selective demolition equipment and remove debris and materials so as not to impose excessive loads on supporting walls, floors, or framing.7. Dispose of demolished items and materials promptly.

C. Removed and Salvaged Items:1. Clean salvaged items.2. Store items in a secure area until delivery to Owner.3. Transport items to Owner's storage area designated by Owner4. Protect items from damage during transport and storage.D. Removed and Reinstalled Items:1. Clean and repair items to functional condition adequate for intended reuse. Paint equipment to match new equipment. 2. Reinstall items in locations indicated. Comply with installation requirements for n ew materials and equipment. Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous materials necessary to make item functional for use indicated.E. Existing Items to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling during selective demolition. When permitted by Owner, items may be removed to a suitable, protected storage location during selective demolition[ and cleaned and reinstalled in their original locations after selective demolition operations are complete.

3.5 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION PROCEDURES FOR SPECIFIC MATERIALS

A. Resilient Floor Coverings: Remove floor coverings and adhesive according to recommendations in RFCI-WP and its Addendum.

1. Remove residual adhesive and prepare substrate for new floor coverings by one of the methods recommended by RFCI.If needed, insert requirements for other types of finishes.

3.6 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS

A. General: Except for items or materials indicated to be reused, salvaged, reinstalled, or otherwise indicated to remain Owner's property, remove demolished materials from Project site and legally dispose of them in an EPA-approved landfill.indi1. Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on-site.2. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas.3. Remove debris from elevated portions of building by chute, hoist, or other device that will convey debris to grade level in a controlled descent.4. Comply with requirements specified in Division 1 Section "Construction Waste Management."B. Burning: Do not burn demolished materials.E. Disposal: Transport demolished materials off Owner's property and legally dispose of them.

3.7 CLEANING

A. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before selective demolition operations began.

END OF SELECTIVE DEMOLITION

HOLLOW METAL FRAMES

1.2 SUMMARYA. Section Includes: Standard frames.1.1 SUBMITTALSA. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include construction details, material descriptions, core descriptions, hardware reinforcements, profiles, anchors, fire-resistance rating, and finishes.B. Door hardware supplier is to furnish templates, template reference number and/or physical hardware to the steel door and frame supplier in order to prepare the doors and frames to receive the finish hardware items.C. Shop Drawings: Include the following:1. Elevations of each door design.2. Details of doors, including vertical and horizontal edge details and metal thicknesses.3. Frame details for each frame type, including dimensioned profiles and metal thicknesses.4. Locations of reinforcement and preparations for hardware.

1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Source Limitations: Obtain hollow metal doors and frames through one source from a single manufacturer wherever possible.B. Quality Standard: In addition to requirements specified, comply with ANSI/SDI A250.8, latest edition, "Recommended Specifications for Standard Steel Doors and Frames".

1.1 PROJECT CONDITIONSA. Field Measurements: Verify actual dimensions of openings by field measurements before fabrication.1.2 COORDINATIONCoordinate installation of anchorages for hollow metal frames. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation.PART 1 - PRODUCTS1.1 MANUFACTURERSA. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:1. CECO Door Products.2. Curries Company.3. Steelcraft.1.2 MATERIALSA. Cold-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; suitable for exposed applications.B. Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; with minimum G60 metallic coating.C. Frame Anchors: ASTM A 653/A 653M, Commercial Steel (CS), Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; with minimum G60 metallic coating.1.3 STANDARD HOLLOW METAL FRAMESA. General: Comply with ANSI/SDI A250.8 and with details indicated for type and profile.B. Interior Frames: Fabricated from cold-rolled steel sheet that complies with ASTM A 1008/A 1008M.1. Fabricate frames with mitered or coped corners.2. Fabricate frames with "closed and tight" miter seams continuously welded on face, finished smooth with no visible seam unless otherwise indicated.3. Frames for Steel Doors: Minimum 16 gauge thick steel sheet.4. Frames for openings up to 48 inches in width: Minimum 16 gauge thick steel sheet.

1.1 FABRICATIONA. Fabricate hollow metal work to be rigid and free of defects, warp, or buckle. Accurately form metal to required sizes and profiles, with minimum radius for thickness of metal. Where practical, fit and assemble units in manufacturer's plant. When shipping limitations so dictate, frames for large openings are to be fabricated in sections for splicing or splining in the field by others.B. Tolerances: Fabricate hollow metal work to tolerances indicated in ANSI/SDI A250.8.C. Hollow Metal Frames: 1. Shipping Limitations: Where frames are fabricated in sections due to shipping or handling limitations, provide alignment plates or angles at each joint, fabricated of same thickness metal as frames.2. Welded Frames: Weld flush face joints continuously; grind, fill, dress, and make smooth, flush, and invisible.a. Welded frames are to be provided with two steel spreaders temporarily attached to the bottom of both jambs to serve as a brace during shipping and handling. Spreader bars are for bracing only and are not to be used to size the frame opening.

6. Provide countersunk, flat- or oval-head exposed screws and bolts for exposed fasteners unless otherwise indicated for removable stops, provide security screws at exterior locations.7. Mortar Guards: Provide guard boxes at back of hardware mortises in frames at all hinges and strike preps regardless of grouting requirements.8. Floor Anchors: Weld anchors to bottom of jambs and mullions with at least four spot welds per anchor.9. Jamb Anchors: Provide number and spacing of anchors as follows:

b. Stud Wall Type: Locate anchors not more than 18 inches from top and bottom of frame. Space anchors not more than 32 inches o.c. and as follows:1) Three anchors per jamb up to 60 inches high.2) Four anchors per jamb from 60 to 90 inches high.3) Five anchors per jamb from 90 to 96 inches high.4) Five anchors per jamb plus 1 additional anchor per jamb for each 24 inches or fraction thereof above 96 inches high.5) Two anchors per head for frames above 42 inches wide and mounted in metal stud partitions.Door Silencers: Except on weatherstripped or gasketed doors, drill stops to receive door silencers. Silencers to be supplied by frame manufacturer regardless if specified under "Door Hardware".A. Hardware Preparation: Factory prepare hollow metal work to receive template mortised hardware; include cutouts, reinforcement, mortising, drilling, and tapping according to the Door Hardware Schedule and templates furnished as specified under "Door Hardware."1. Locate hardware as indicated, or if not indicated, according to ANSI/SDI A250.8.2. Reinforce doors and frames to receive non-template, mortised and surface mounted door hardware.3. Comply with applicable requirements in ANSI/SDI A250.6 and ANSI/DHI A115 Series specifications for preparation of hollow metal work for hardware.1.2 STEEL FINISHESA. Prime Finishes: Doors and frames to be cleaned, and chemically treated to insure maximum finish paint adhesion. Surfaces of the door and frame exposed to view to receive a factory applied coat of rust inhibiting shop primer.1. Shop Primer: Manufacturer's standard, fast-curing, lead and chromate free primer complying with ANSI/SDI A250.10 acceptance criteria; recommended by primer manufacturer for substrate; and compatible with substrate and field-applied coatings.PART 2 - EXECUTION2.1 EXAMINATIONA. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.B. General Contractor to verify the accuracy of dimensions given to the steel door and frame manufacturer for existing openings or existing frames (strike height, hinge spacing, hinge back set, etc.).C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.2.2 PREPARATIONA. Remove welded in shipping spreaders installed at factory. Restore exposed finish by grinding, filling, and dressing, as required to make repaired area smooth, flush, and invisible on exposed faces.B. Prior to installation, adjust and securely brace welded hollow metal frames for squareness, alignment, twist, and plumbness.C. Drill and tap doors and frames to receive non-template, mortised, and surface-mounted door hardware.2.3 INSTALLATIONA. General: Install hollow metal work plumb, rigid, properly aligned, and securely fastened in place; comply with Drawings and manufacturer's written instructions.B. Hollow Metal Frames: Install hollow metal frames of size and profile indicated. Comply with ANSI/SDI A250.11 and NFPA 80 at fire rated openings.1. Set frames accurately in position, plumbed, aligned, and braced securely until permanent anchors are set. After wall construction is complete and frames properly set and secured, remove temporary braces, leaving surfaces smooth and undamaged. Shim as necessary to comply with installation tolerances.2. Floor Anchors: Provide floor anchors for each jamb and mullion that extends to floor, and secure with post-installed expansion anchors.

2.4 ADJUSTING AND CLEANINGA. Final Adjustments: Check and readjust operating hardware items immediately before final inspection. Leave work in complete and proper operating condition. Remove and replace defective work, including hollow metal work that is warped, bowed, or otherwise unacceptable.B. Remove grout and other bonding material from hollow metal work immediately after installation.C. Prime-Coat and Painted Finish Touchup: Immediately after erection, sand smooth rusted or damaged areas of prime coat, or painted finishes, and apply touchup of compatible air drying, rust-inhibitive primer, zinc rich primer (exterior and galvanized openings) or finish paint.

END OF HOLLOW METAL FRAMES

DOOR HARDWARE SETS

PART 1 - GENERAL1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTSA. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.1.2 SUMMARYA. This Section references specification sections relating to commercial door hardware for the following:

1. Swinging doors.2. Other doors to the extent indicated.

B. Commercial door hardware includes, but is not necessarily limited to, the following:

1. Mechanical door hardware.2. Electromechanical and access control door hardware.3. Electromechanical and access control door hardware power supplies, back-ups and surge protection.4. Cylinders specified for doors in other sections.

C. Related Sections:1. Division 08 Section “Hollow Metal Doors and Frames”.2. Division 08 Sections “Flush and Clad Wood Doors”.3. Division 08 Section “Aluminum Framed Entrances and Storefronts”.4. Division 08 Section “Door Hardware”.

D. Codes and References: Comply with the version year adopted by the Authority Having Jurisdiction.

1. ANSI A117.1 - Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities.2. ICC/IBC - International Building Code.3. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code.4. NFPA 80 - Fire Doors and Windows.5. NFPA 101 - Life Safety Code.6. NFPA 105 - Installation of Smoke Door Assemblies.7. State Building Codes, Local Amendments.

E. Standards: Reference Related Sections for requirements regarding compliance with applicable industry standards.

FLUSH WOOD DOORS

PART 1 - GENERAL1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTSA. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.1.2 SUMMARYA. Section Includes:

1. Solid core doors with wood veneer faces.2. Factory finishing wood doors.3. Factory fitting wood doors to frames and factory machining for hardware.4. Light frames and glazing installed in wood doors.

B. Related Sections:1. Division 08 Section “Door Schedule”.2. Division 08 Section "Hollow Metal Doors and Frames".3. Division 08 Section "Glazing".4. Division 08 Section "Door Hardware".5. Division 08 Section "Access Control Hardware".

C. Standards and References: Comply with the version year adopted by the Authority Having Jurisdiction.

1. ANSI A117.1 - Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities.2. ANSI A208.1 – Wood Particleboard.3. Intertek Testing Service (ITS Warnock Hersey) - Certification Listings for Fire Doors.4. NFPA 80 - Standard for Fire Doors and Fire Windows; National Fire Protection Association.5. NFPA 252 - Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Door Assemblies; National Fire Protection Association.6. UL 10C - Positive Pressure Fire Tests of Door Assemblies; UL 1784 -Standard for Air Leakage Tests of Door Assemblies.7. Window and Door Manufacturers Association - WDMA I.S.1-A Architectural Wood Flush Doors.

1.3 SUBMITTALSA. Product Data: For each type of door indicated. Include details of core and edge construction, louvers, trim for openings, and WDMA I.S.1-A classifications. Include factory finishing specifications.B. Shop Drawings shall include:

1. Indicate location, size, and hand of each door.2. Indicate dimensions and locations of mortises and holes for hardware.3. Indicate dimensions and locations of cutouts.4. Indicate requirements for veneer matching.5. Indicate location and extent of hardware blocking.6. Indicate construction details not covered in Product Data.7. Indicate doors to be factory finished and finish requirements.8. Indicate fire protection ratings for fire rated doors.

C. Samples for Initial Selection: For factory finished doors.1. Factory finishes applied to actual door face materials, approximately 8 by 10 inches, for each material and finish. For each wood species and transparent finish, provide set of three samples showing typical range of color and grain to be expected in the finished work.2. Corner sections of doors, 8 by 10 inches, with door faces and edges representing actual materials to be used.

a. Provide samples for each species of veneer and core material.b. Finish veneer faced door samples with same materials proposed for factory finished doors.

3. Frames for light openings, 6 inches long, for each material, type, and finish required.

D. Warranty: Provide sample of manufacturer’s warranty.1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Source Limitations: Obtain flush wood doors through one source from a single manufacturer wherever possible.B. Quality Standard: In addition to requirements specified, comply with WDMA I.S.1-A, latest edition, "Industry Standard for Architectural Wood Flush Doors’.C. Fire Rated Wood Doors: Doors complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for fire ratings indicated, based on testing at positive pressure according to NFPA 252 (neutral pressure at 40” above sill) or UL10C.

1. Oversize Fire Rated Door Assemblies: For units exceeding sizes of tested assemblies provide manufacturer’s construction label, indicating compliance to independent 3rd party certification agency’s procedure, except for size. 2. Temperature Rise Limit: Where required and at vertical exit enclosures (stairwell openings) and exit passageways, provide doors that have a maximum transmitted temperature end point of not more than 450 deg F (250 deg C) above ambient after 30 minutes of standard fire test exposure.3. Smoke Control Door Assemblies: Comply with NFPA 105.

1) Smoke "S" Label: Doors to bear “S” label, and include smoke and draft control gasketing applied to frame and on meeting stiles of pair doors.

D. Pre-Submittal Conference: Conduct conference in compliance with requirements in Division 01 Section "Project Meetings" with attendance by representatives of Supplier, Installer, and Contractor to review proper methods and procedures for receiving, handling, and installing flush wood doors.1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLINGA. Comply with requirements of referenced standard and manufacturer's written instructions.B. Package pre-finished doors individually in plastic bags and wrap bundles of doors in plastic sheeting.C. Mark each door on top rail with opening number used on Shop Drawings.1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONSA. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install doors until spaces are enclosed and weather tight, wet work in spaces is complete and dry, and HVAC system is operating and maintaining ambient temperature and humidity conditions at occupancy levels during the remainder of the construction period.1.7 WARRANTYA. Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace doors that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.

1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following:a. Warping (bow, cup, or twist) more than 1/4 inch in a 42-by-84-inch section.b. Telegraphing of core construction in wood face veneers exceeding 0.01 inch in a 3-inch span.

2. Warranty includes installation and finishing that may be required due to repair or replacement of defective doors.3. Warranty Period for Solid Core Interior Doors: Life of installation.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.1 DOOR CONSTRUCTION – GENERALA. WDMA I.S.1-A Performance Grade: Extra Heavy Duty; Aesthetic Grade: Premium.B. Fire Rated Doors: Provide construction and core as needed to provide fire ratings indicated.

1. Category A Edge Construction: Provide fire rated door edge construction with intumescent seals concealed by outer stile (Category A) at 45, 60, and 90 minute rated doors. Comply with specified requirements for exposed edges.2. Pairs: Provide stiles with concealed intumescent seals. Comply with specified requirements for exposed edges.

a. Provide fire retardant stiles that are listed and labeled for applications indicated without formed steel edges and astragals.b. Where required for concealed hardware, provide formed steel edges and astragals with intumescent seals. Finish steel edges and astragals with baked enamel.

2.2 CORE CONSTRUCTIONA. Particleboard Core Doors:

1. Particleboard: Wood fiber based materials complying with ANSI A208.1 Particleboard standard. Grade LD-2.2. Adhesive: Fully bonded construction using Polyurethane (PUR) glue.3. Blocking: As indicated under article “Blocking”.

B. Fire Resistant Composite Core Doors:1. Core: Non-combustible mineral product complying with requirements of referenced quality standard and testing and inspecting agency for fire protection rating indicated.2. Blocking: As indicated under article “Blocking”. 3. Edge Construction: At hinge stiles, provide laminated edge construction with improved screw holding capability and split resistance. Comply with specified requirements for exposed edges.

2.3 BLOCKINGA. Fire Rated Doors:

1. Provide blocking as indicated below:a. HB1: 5 inch in doors indicated to have closers and overhead stops.

1.3 SUBMITTALSA. Product Data: Manufacturer's product data sheets including installation details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, operational descriptions and finishes.B. Door Hardware Schedule: Prepared by or under the supervision of supplier, detailing fabrication and assembly of door hardware, as well as procedures and diagrams. Coordinate the final Door Hardware Schedule with doors, frames, and related work to ensure proper size, thickness, hand, function, and finish of door hardware.

1. Format: Comply with scheduling sequence and vertical format in DHI's "Sequence and Format for the Hardware Schedule."2. Organization: Organize the Door Hardware Schedule into door hardware sets indicating complete designations of every item required for each door or opening. Organize door hardware sets in same order as in the Door Hardware Sets at the end of Part 3. Submittals that do not follow the same format and order as the Door Hardware Sets will be rejected and subject to resubmission.3. Content: Include the following information:

a. Type, style, function, size, label, hand, and finish of each door hardware item.b. Manufacturer of each item.c. Fastenings and other pertinent information.d. Location of door hardware set, cross-referenced to Drawings, both on floor plans and in door and frame schedule.e. Explanation of abbreviations, symbols, and codes contained in schedule.f. Mounting locations for door hardware.g. Door and frame sizes and materials.

4. Submittal Sequence: Submit the final Door Hardware Schedule at earliest possible date, particularly where approval of the Door Hardware Schedule must precede fabrication of other work that is critical in the Project construction schedule. Include Product Data, Samples, Shop Drawings of other work affected by door hardware, and other information essential to the coordinated review of the Door Hardware Schedule.

C. Keying Schedule: Prepared under the supervision of the Owner, separate schedule detailing final keying instructions for locksets and cylinders in writing. Include keying system explanation, door numbers, key set symbols, hardware set numbers and special instructions. Owner to approve submitted keying schedule prior to the ordering of permanent cylinders.D. Product Test Reports: Indicating compliance with cycle testing requirements, based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified independent testing agency.E. Operating and Maintenance Manuals: Provide manufacturers operating and maintenance manuals for each item comprising the complete door hardware installation in quantity as required in Division 01, Closeout Submittals. The manual to include the name, address, and contact information of the manufacturers providing the hardware and their nearest service representatives. The final copies delivered after completion of the installation test to include "as built" modifications made during installation, checkout, and acceptance.F. Warranties and Maintenance: Special warranties and maintenance agreements specified in the Related Sections.1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Manufacturers Qualifications: Engage qualified manufacturers with a minimum [5] years of documented experience in producing hardware and equipment similar to that indicated for this Project and that have a proven record of successful in-service performance.B. Installer Qualifications: Installers, trained by the primary product manufacturers, with a minimum [3] years documented experience installing both standard and electrified builders hardware similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance.C. Door Hardware Supplier Qualifications: Experienced commercial door hardware distributors with a minimum [5] years documented experience supplying both mechanical and electromechanical hardware installations comparable in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project. Supplier recognized as a factory direct distributor in good standing by the manufacturers of the primary materials with a warehousing facility in Project's vicinity. Supplier to have on staff a certified Architectural Hardware Consultant (AHC) available during the course of the Work to consult with Contractor, Architect, and Owner concerning both standard and electromechanical door hardware and keying.D. Source Limitations: Obtain each type and variety of Door Hardware specified in the Related Sections from a single source, qualified supplier unless otherwise indicated.E. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with NFPA 70, NFPA 80, NFPA 101 and ANSI A117.1 requirements and guidelines as directed in the applicable model building code.F. Pre-Submittal Conference: Conduct coordination conference in compliance with requirements in Division 01 Section "Project Meetings" with attendance by representatives of Supplier(s), Installer(s), and Contractor(s) to review proper methods and the procedures for receiving, handling, and installing door hardware.1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLINGA. Inventory door hardware on receipt and provide secure lock-up and shelving for door hardware delivered to Project site. Do not store electronic access control hardware, software or accessories at Project site without prior authorization.B. Tag each item or package separately with identification related to the final Door Hardware Schedule, and include basic installation instructions with each item or package.C. Deliver, as applicable, permanent keys, cylinders, cores, access control credentials, software and related accessories directly to Owner via registered mail or overnight package service. Instructions for delivery to the Owner shall be established at the "Keying Conference".1.6 COORDINATIONA. Templates: Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for doors, frames, and other work specified to be factory prepared for installing standard and electrified hardware. Check Shop Drawings of other work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing hardware to comply with indicated requirements.B. Door and Frame Preparation: Division 08 Sections (Steel, Aluminum and Wood) doors and corresponding frames are to be prepared, reinforced and pre-wired (if applicable) to receive the installation of the specified electrified, monitoring, signaling and access control system hardware without additional in-field modifications.1.7 WARRANTYA. General Warranty: Reference Division 01, General Requirements. Special warranties specified in this Article shall not deprive Owner of other rights Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents.1.8 MAINTENANCE SERVICEA. Maintenance Tools and Instructions: Furnish a complete set of specialized tools and maintenance instructions as needed for Owner's continued adjustment, maintenance, and removal and replacement of door space.PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.1 SCHEDULED DOOR HARDWAREA. Refer to “PART 3 – EXECUTION” for required specification sections.PART 3 - EXECUTION3.1 DOOR HARDWARE SETSA. The door hardware sets represent the design intent and direction of the owner and architect. They are a guideline only and should not be considered a detailed hardware schedule. Discrepancies, conflicting hardware and missing items should be brought to the attention of the architect with corrections made prior to the bidding process. Omitted items not included in a hardware set should be scheduled with the appropriate additional hardware required for proper application and functionality.B. The supplier is responsible for handing and sizing all products as listed in the door hardware sets. Quantities listed are for each pair of doors, or for each single door.C. Products listed in the Door Hardware Sets must meet the requirements described in the specification sections noted.

1. Section 08 71 00 – Door Hardware.D. Manufacturer’s Abbreviations:

END OF DOOR HARDWARE SETS

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

DATE:

DRAWN:

REVIEWED:

SHEET TITLE:

SHEET NUMBER:

PROJECT NO.:

PROJECT:

ISSUE:

# DATE: DESCRIPTION:

DESIGNED:

8/3

0/2

018 1

:48:1

5 P

M A0.1

SPECIFICATIONS

NWK

DRL

0180834.00

MARSHALL PUBLICLIBRARY PHASE IRENOVATIONS

THE CITY OF MARSHALL

612 ARCHER AVE. MARSHALL, IL62441

08/30/2018

08/30/2018

BID SET

JJH

08/30/2018

BID SET

Cleaning Up

A. In addition to other requirements for cleaning, use necessary caution to prevent gypsum wallboard scraps and dust, and to prevent tracking gypsum and joint finishing compound onto floor surfaces.B. As completion of each segment of installation in a room or space, promptly pick up and remove from the working area all scrap, debris, and surplus material of this Section.

Miscellaneous Trim

A. Internal Corners: Treat as specified for joints, except fold the reinforcing tape lengthwise through the middle and fill neatly into the corner.B. External Corners:1. Install casing and corner bead, fitting neatly over the corner and securing with the same type fasteners used for installing the wallboard.

END OF GYPSUM WALLBOARD

CERAMIC TILE

Description

1. Provide ceramic tile where shown on the drawings as specified herein and as needed for a complete and proper installation.Work to include Metal edge strips installed as part of tile installations. Provide and installed by contractor.

Submittals

1. Submit Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of tile and grout indicated. Include Samples of accessories involving color selection. Full range of choices.

ProductsA. ANSI Standards for Tile Installation Materials: Provide materials complying with ANSI standards referenced in "Setting and Grouting Materials" Article.

B. Colors, Textures, and Patterns: Where manufacturer's standard products are indicated for tile, grout, and other products requiring selection of colors, surface textures, patterns, and other appearance characteristics, provide specific products or materials complying with the following requirements:

1. As selected by Owner from manufacturer's full range.Factory Blending: For tile exhibiting color variations within ranges selected during Sample submittals, blend tile in factory and package so tile units taken from one package show same range in colors as those taken from other packages and match approved Samples.

1.1 TILE PRODUCTSA. Ceramic Floor Tile CT: Factory-mounted flat tile as follows:

1. Surface: Smooth, without abrasive admixture.2. Module Size: 12 by 24 inches .3. Thickness: 3/8 inch .4. Grout Joint Width: 3/16".5. Face: honed - Plain with cushion edges.6. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range

of colors available in Basis of Design series.7. Basis of Design: Daltile Pietra Jura

1.1 THRESHOLDSA. General: Marble thresholds fabricate to sizes and profiles

indicated or required to provide transition between adjacent floor finishes.

1. Bevel edges at 1:2 slope, aligning lower edge of bevel with adjacent floor finish. Limit height of bevel to 1/2 inch or less, and finish bevel to match face

of threshold.2. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range available.

1.2 SETTING AND GROUTING MATERIALS

A. Manufacturers:1. LATICRETE International Inc.2. MAPEI Corporation.3. TEC Specialty Products Inc.B. Latex Additive: Manufacturer's standard, acrylic resin or styrene-

butadiene-rubber water emulsion, serving as replacement for part or all of gaging water, of type specifically recommended by latex-additive manufacturer for use with field-mixed portland cement and aggregate mortar bed.

C. Latex-Portland Cement Mortar (Thin Set): ANSI A118.4, consisting of the following:

1. Prepackaged dry-mortar mix combined with acrylic resin or styrene-butadiene-rubber liquid-latex additive.a. For wall applications, provide nonsagging mortar that complies with Paragraph F-4.6.1 in addition to the other requirements in ANSI A118.4.

D. Sand-Portland Cement Grout: ANSI A108.10, composed of white or gray cement and white or colored aggregate as required produce color indicated.

1.3 ELASTOMERIC SEALANTS

A. General: Provide manufacturer's standard chemically curing, elastomeric sealants of base polymer and characteristics indicated that comply with applicable requirements in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants."

C. One-Part, Mildew-Resistant Silicone Sealant: ASTM C 920; Type S; Grade NS; Class 25; Uses NT, G, A, and, as applicable to nonporous joint substrates indicated, O; formulated with fungicide, intended for sealing interior ceramic tile joints and other nonporous substrates that are subject to in-service exposures of high humidity and extreme temperatures.

1. Products:a. Dow Corning Corporation; Dow Corning 786.b. GE Silicones; Sanitary 1700.c. Pecora Corporation; Pecora 898 Sanitary Silicone Sealant.d. Tremco, Inc.; Tremsil 600 White.

1.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

A. Trowelable Underlayments and Patching Compounds: Latex-modified, portland cement-based formulation provided or approved by manufacturer of tile-setting materials for installations indicated.B. Metal Edge Strips: Angle or L-shape, height to match tile and setting-bed thickness, metallic or combination of metal and PVC or neoprene base, designed specifically for flooring applications; anodized aluminum exposed-edge material.1. Outside Corners at Wall Tile: Bullnose, Schluter Rondec

D. Tile Cleaner: A neutral cleaner capable of removing soil and residue without harming tile and grout surfaces, specifically approved for materials and installations indicated by tile and grout manufacturers.E. Grout Sealer: Manufacturer's standard silicone product for sealing grout joints that does not change color or appearance of grout.

1. Products:. TEC Specialty Products Inc.; TA-256 Penetrating Silicone, TA-257 Silicone Grout Sealer.

PART 2 - EXECUTION2.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions where tile will be installed, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of installed tile.1. Verify that substrates for setting tile are firm; dry; clean; free of oil, waxy films, and curing compounds; and within flatness tolerances required by referenced ANSI A108 Series of tile installation standards for installations indicated.2. Verify that installation of grounds, anchors, recessed frames, electrical and mechanical units of work, and similar items located in or behind tile has been completed before installing tile.3. Verify that joints and cracks in tile substrates are coordinated with tile joint locations; if not coordinated, adjust joint locations in consultation with Architect.B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

2.2 PREPARATIONA. Remove coatings, including curing compounds and other substances that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone, that are incompatible with tile-setting materials.B. Provide concrete substrates for tile floors installed with adhesives or thin-set mortar that comply with flatness tolerances specified in referenced ANSI A108 Series of tile installation standards.1. Fill cracks, holes, and depressions with trowelable leveling and patching compound according to tile-setting material manufacturer's written instructions. Use product specifically recommended by tile-setting material manufacturer.2. Remove protrusions, bumps, and ridges by sanding or grinding.C. Blending: For tile exhibiting color variations within ranges selected during Sample submittals, verify that tile has been factory blended and packaged so tile units taken from one package show same range of colors as those taken from other packages and match approved Samples. If not factory blended, either return to manufacturer or blend tiles at Project site before installing.

2.3 INSTALLATION, GENERALA. ANSI Tile Installation Standards: Comply with parts of ANSI A108 Series "Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile" that apply to types of setting and grouting materials and to methods indicated in ceramic tile installation schedules.B. TCA Installation Guidelines: TCA's "Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation." Comply with TCA installation methods indicated in ceramic tile installation schedules.C. Extend tile work into recesses and under or behind equipment and fixtures to form complete covering without interruptions, unless otherwise indicated. Terminate work neatly at obstructions, edges, and corners without disrupting pattern or joint alignments.D. Accurately form intersections and returns. Perform cutting and drilling of tile without marring visible surfaces. Carefully grind cut edges of tile abutting trim, finish, or built-in items for straight aligned joints. Fit tile closely to electrical outlets, piping, fixtures, and other penetrations so plates, collars, or covers overlap tile.E. Jointing Pattern: Lay tile in grid pattern, unless otherwise indicated. Align joints when adjoining tiles on floor, base, walls, and trim are same size. Lay out tile work and center tile fields in both directions in each space or on each wall area. Adjust to minimize tile cutting. Provide uniform joint widths, unless otherwise indicated.

G. Grout tile to comply with requirements of the following tile installation standards:

1. For ceramic tile grouts (sand-portland cement; and latex-portland cement grouts), comply with ANSI A108.10.2. For chemical-resistant epoxy grouts, comply with ANSI A108.6.

2.4 FLOOR TILE INSTALLATIONA. General: Install tile to comply with requirements in the Floor Tile Installation Schedule, including those referencing TCA installation methods and ANSI A108 Series of tile installation standards.

1. For installations indicated below, follow procedures in ANSI A108 Series tile installation standards for providing 95 percent mortar coverage.

e. Tile floors composed of tiles 8 by 8 inches or larger.f. Tile floors composed of rib-backed tiles.B. Joint Widths: Install tile with the joint widths specified under "Tile Products".C. Stone Thresholds: Install stone thresholds at locations indicated; set in same type of setting bed as abutting field tile, unless otherwise indicated.

1. Set thresholds in latex-portland cement mortar for locations where mortar bed would otherwise be exposed above adjacent nontile floor finish.

D. Grout Sealer: Apply grout sealer to cementitious grout joints according to grout-sealer manufacturer's written instructions. As soon as grout sealer has penetrated grout joints, remove excess sealer and sealer that has gotten on tile faces by wiping with soft cloth.2.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTINGA. Cleaning: On completion of placement and grouting, clean all ceramic tile surfaces so they are free of foreign matter.1. Remove epoxy and latex-portland cement grout residue from tile as soon as possible.2. Clean grout smears, and haze from tile according to tile and grout manufacturer's written instructions, but no sooner than 10 days after installation. Use only cleaners recommended by tile and grout manufacturers and only after determining that cleaners are safe to use by testing on samples of tile and other surfaces to be cleaned. Protect metal surfaces and plumbing fixtures from effects of cleaning. Flush surfaces with clean water before and after cleaning.

B. Prohibit foot and wheel traffic from tiled floors for at least seven days after grouting is completed.C. Before final inspection, remove protective coverings and rinse neutral cleaner from tile surfaces.D. Seal Grout.

END OF CERAMIC TILE

ACOUSTICAL CEILING

Description

Provide new acoustical ceiling system shown on plans as required to patch existing, as specified herein, and as needed for a complete renovation.

Submittals

Submit manufacturers descriptive literature and data with sample.

ProductsA. metal suspension system (heavy duty classification) for acoustical panel ceiling (APC)Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Prelude 15/16" Exposed Tee System as manufactured by Armstrong World Industries, Inc. or a comparable product by one of the following: 1. Chicago Metallic Corporation.2. USG Interiors, Inc.

B.Ceiling Tile: Acoustical panels for acoustical panel ceiling (APC):

A.Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, field verify provide new to match existing Cirrus as manufactured by Armstrong World Industries, Inc. or a comparable product by one of the following: 1. Celotex Corporation.2. USG Interiors, Inc.

B.Classification: Provide panels complying with ASTM E 1264 for type, form, and pattern as follows:

Type and Form: Type III, mineral base with painted finish; Form 1, nodular.Pattern: As indicated by manufacturer's designation.

Color: White.LR: Not less than 0.85.NRC: Not less than 0.70.CAC: Not less than 35.Edge/Joint Detail: Beveled Tegular.Thickness: 3/4 inchModular Size: 24 by 48 inches

Antimicrobial Treatment: Manufacturer's standard anti mold / mildew.

Installation

A. Provide ceiling grid lateral bracing and vertical struts according to applicable local building codes.

1. Miter cut all interior and exterior corners.

2. Attach cross and main members to wall mold to insure flat and level tile installation.

B. Support the system with prestretched 12-gauge hanger wire at corners of light fixtures and HVAC equipment in accordance with their size and weight.

C. Install acoustical lite panels per manufacturer's recommendations.

D. All ceiling grid, including under angle, are to be continuous members unless open exceeds manufactured maximum lengths. If joints are required, install in accordance to manufacturer's written recommendations and align in a straight and true fashion.

E. Hang independently of walls, columns, ducts, pipes, and conduit. Where carrying members are spliced, avoid visible displacement of the longitudinal axis or face plane of adjacent members.

F. Center ceiling systems on room axle leaving equal border places unless otherwise indicated.

G. To be installed to CISCA recommendations for areas subject to light-to-moderate seismic activity:General: Install acoustical panel ceilings to comply with ASTM C 636 and seismic requirements indicated, per manufacturer's written instructions and CISCA's "Ceiling Systems Handbook." Install suspension system and panels in accordance with the International Building Code, Section 1621, except as noted in Section 4.4.3.1 of ESR-1308, and with the authorities having jurisdiction.

1. Minimum 7/8" wall molding.

2. 3/8" clearance on all sides.

3. 3/8" overlap of the grid on the wall.

4. Ends of main beams and cross tees must be tied together to prevent their spreading.

END OF ACCOUSTICAL CEILING

PAINTING

Description

A. Provide painted finish over interior GWB walls and ceilings consisting of prime and two finish coats.

Materials

Paints and coatings shall be by Sherwin Williams or approved equal.

Installation

A. Surface preparation. All surfaces must be primed with suitable primer. All surfaces must be cured, firm, dry, and free of dust. Fill holes and surface irregularities with a suitable patching compound to match surface profile.

B. Apply final finish coat before ceiling grid, carpet or casework installation. Brush and roll, or spray and back roll. Avoid lap marks by maintaining a wet edge at all times.

C. Apply second finish coat after installation of ceiling grid, carpet, and casework. Brush and roll. Avoid lap marks by maintaining a wet edge at all times. Protect installed materials during cut in.

D. Do not apply initial coating until moisture content of surface is within limitation recommended by paint manufacturer. Test with moisture water.

E. Prepare surface and apply paint materials in accordance with manufacturer's directions. Use applicators and techniques best suited for substrate and type of material being applied. Apply materials at not less than manufacturer's recommended spreading rate, to establish a total dry film thickness (DFT) as indicated or, if not indicated, as recommended by coating manufacturer.

F. Comply with recommendation of product manufacturer for drying time between successive coats.

G. Vary slightly the color of successive coats.

H. Sand lightly and dust between successive coats of enamel or varnish.

I. Finish coats shall be smooth, free of brush marks, runs, streaks, laps, pile up of paints, and skipped and missed areas.

J. Do not paint over any code-required labels, such as Underwriter's Laboratories, Warnock-Harvey and Factory Mutual, or any equipment identification and performance rating plates.

K. Make edges of paint adjoining other materials and colors clean and sharp with no overlapping.

N. After doors are fitted, finish tops, bottoms, and edges same as door faces.

O. Change colors at doors where colors differ between adjoining spaces or rooms and where door frames match wall colors.

P. Refinish whole wall where portion of finish has been damaged or finish is not acceptable.

Paint Material Schedule

Interior

Hollow Metal Frames/Doors, Miscellaneous Metals1 coat - KEM Kromik Metal Primer, B60 N2 at 3.0 mils DFT2 coats - ProMar 400 Alkyd Semi-Gloss Enamel, VOC complying, B34 W 400 Series at 20 mils DFT/CoatNote: Total DFT mils: 7.0.

New Gypsum Wallboard

1 coat USG First Coat. This application is the responsibility of the Drywall Finish Contractor.1 coat ProMar 200 Latex Wall Primer, B28 at 1.4 mils DFT2 coats ProMar 200 Latex Eg-Shel Enamel, B20 Series at 1.5 mils DFT/coat.Note: Total DFT mils: 4.4

Existing Gypsum Wallboard

1 coat ProMar 200 Latex Wall Primer, B28 at 1.4 mils DFT1 coats ProMar 200 Latex Eg-Shel Enamel, B20 Series at 1.5 mils DFT/coat.Note: Total DFT mils: 4.4

Paint Color Schedule

Ω Base wall color: MATCH EXISTING AS APPROVED BY OWNERΩ Accent wall color where indicated on drawings: SW6108 LATTE or as selected by owner.Ω Hollow metal door frames: Custom color to match adjacent resilient base color.

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES1.1 FINAL CLEANING

A. General: Provide final cleaning. Conduct cleaning and waste-removal operations to comply with local laws and ordinances and Federal and local environmental and antipollution regulations.B. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit to condition expected in an average commercial building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions.

C. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion for entire Project or for a portion of Project:

1. Clean Project site, yard, and grounds, in areas disturbed by construction activities, including landscape development areas, of rubbish, waste material, litter, and other foreign substances.2. Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material from Project site.3. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard-surfaced finishes to a dirt-free condition, free of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Avoid disturbing natural weathering of exterior surfaces. Restore reflective surfaces to their original condition.4. Remove debris and surface dust from limited access spaces, including roofs, plenums, shafts, trenches, equipment vaults, manholes, attics, and similar spaces.

5. Vacuum carpet and similar soft surfaces, removing debris and excess nap; shampoo if visible soil or stains remain.6. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows. Remove glazing compounds and other noticeable, vision-obscuring materials. Replace chipped or broken glass and other damaged transparent materials. Polish mirrors and glass, taking care not to scratch surfaces.7. Remove labels that are not permanent.8. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred, exposed finishes and surfaces. Replace finishes and surfaces that cannot be satisfactorily repaired or restored or that already show evidence of repair or restoration.

Do not paint over "UL" and similar labels, including mechanical and electrical nameplates.9. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment, and similar equipment. Remove excess lubrication, paint and mortar droppings, and other foreign substances.10. Replace parts subject to unusual operating conditions.11. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition, free of stains, including stains resulting from water exposure.12. Replace disposable air filters and clean permanent air filters. Clean exposed surfaces of diffusers, registers, and grills.13. Clean ducts, blowers, and coils if units were operated without filters during construction.14. Clean light fixtures, lamps, globes, and reflectors to function with full efficiency. Replace burned-out bulbs, and those noticeably dimmed by hours of use, and defective and noisy starters in fluorescent and mercury vapor fixtures to comply with requirements for new fixtures.

Leave Project clean and ready for occupancy.

END OF PAINTING

TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES

PART 1 - GENERAL1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTSA. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.1.2 SUMMARYA. This Section includes the following to be provided and installed under this contract:1. Grab bars for accessible toilet stalls.2. Paper towel dispensers3. Toilet paper holders4. Plate glass mirrors

1.3 SUBMITTALSA. Product Data: Include construction details, material descriptions and thicknesses, dimensions, profiles, fastening and mounting methods, specified options, and finishes for each type of accessory specified.B. Setting Drawings: For cutouts required in other work; include templates, substrate preparation instructions, and directions for preparing cutouts and installing anchoring devices.C. Product Schedule: Indicating types, quantities, sizes, and installation locations by room of each accessory required. Use designations indicated in the Toilet and Bath Accessory Schedule and room designations indicated on Drawings in product schedule.D. Maintenance Data: For accessories to include in maintenance manuals specified in Division 1. Provide lists of replacement parts and service recommendations.1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Source Limitations: Provide products of same manufacturer for each type of accessory unit and for units exposed to view in same areas, unless otherwise approved by Architect.B. Product Options: Accessory requirements, including those for materials, finishes, dimensions, capacities, and performance, are established by specific products indicated in the Toilet and Bath Accessory Schedule.1. Do not modify aesthetic effects, as judged solely by Architect, except with Architect's approval. Where modifications are proposed, submit comprehensive explanatory data to Architect for review.1.5 COORDINATIONA. Coordinate accessory locations with other work to prevent interference with clearances required for access by disabled persons, proper installation, adjustment, operation, cleaning, and servicing of accessories.B. Deliver inserts and anchoring devices set into concrete or masonry as required to prevent delaying the Work.1.6 WARRANTYA. General Warranty: Special warranty specified in this Article shall not deprive Owner of other rights Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents.PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.1 MANUFACTURERSA. Available Manufacturers: Basis of design Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc. Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering accessories that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:a. A & J Washroom Accessories, Inc.b. American Specialties, Inc.c. Bradley Corporation.d. General Accessory Manufacturing Co. (GAMCO).e. McKinney/Parker Washroom Accessories Corp.2.2 MATERIALSA. Stainless Steel: ASTM A 666, Type 304, with No. 4 finish (satin), in 0.0312-inch (0.8-mm) minimum nominal thickness, unless otherwise indicated.B. Sheet Steel: ASTM A 366/A 366M, cold rolled, commercial quality, 0.0359-inch (0.9-mm) minimum nominal thickness; surface preparation and metal pretreatment as required for applied finish.C. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, G60 (Z180).D. Chromium Plating: ASTM B 456, Service Condition Number SC 2 (moderate service), nickel plus chromium electrodeposited on base metal.E. Galvanized Steel Mounting Devices: ASTM A 153/A 153M, hot-dip galvanized after fabrication.F. Fasteners: Screws, bolts, and other devices of same material as accessory unit, tamper and theft resistant when exposed, and of galvanized steel when concealed.2.3 FABRICATIONA. General: Names or labels are not permitted on exposed faces of accessories. On interior surface not exposed to view or on back surface of each accessory, provide printed, waterproof label or stamped nameplate indicating manufacturer's name and product model number.B. Surface-Mounted Toilet Accessories: Unless otherwise indicated, fabricate units with tight seams and joints, and exposed edges rolledPART 3 - EXECUTION3.1 INSTALLATIONA. Install accessories according to manufacturers' written instructions, using fasteners appropriate to substrate indicated and recommended by unit manufacturer. Install units level, plumb, and firmly anchored in locations and at heights indicated.B. Install grab bars to withstand a downward load of at least 250 lbf (1112 N), when tested according to method in ASTM F 446.3.2 ADJUSTING AND CLEANINGA. Adjust accessories for unencumbered, smooth operation and verify that mechanisms function properly. Replace damaged or defective items.B. Remove temporary labels and protective coatings.C. Clean and polish exposed surfaces according to manufacturer's written recommendations.

3.3 TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORY SCHEDULE

1. Plate glass mirrors: 1/4-inch thick safety tempered glass with type 430 stainless steel ½-inch channel frame. Bobrick - Model B-1658 2436 (24"x36").

2. Surface Mounted Paper Towel Dispenser - Bobrick - Model - B-2623. Automatic Foam Dispenser: Bobrick - Model B-2013.4. Grab Bar: Where indicated, provide stainless-steel grab bar complying

with the following: American Specialties Inc.- Type 01 x length required.a. Stainless-Steel Nominal Thickness: Minimum 0.05 inch (1.3 mm). b. Mounting: Concealed with manufacturer's standard flanges and

anchors. c. Gripping Surfaces: Manufacturer's standard slip-resistant texture. d. Outside Diameter: 1-1/2 inches for heavy-duty applications.

5. Toilet Paper Dispenser; Surface mounted double roll satin finish. Bobrick B-4388-Contoura series or equal.

6. Baby Changing Station - Koala Kare - Model KB110-SSWM

END OF TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES

Ceiling and Soffit Framing System

A. System for furred and suspended gypsum board cuttings shall be USG Drywall Cutting System, or equal, designed for screw attachment, of gypsum board, furnished with required fasteners and accessories for complete system.

B. Furring Channels for gypsum board applied to cutting and soffit framing shall be hat-shaped USG drywall furring channels, rolled-formed from not less than 22 gauge painted steel, 2-3/4" wide by 7/8" deep with ½" minimum wing flanges and 1-3/8" minimum crown width for gypsum board attachment. Furring Channels for dropped ceilings, soffits, and where indicated at expansion joints shall be C-shaped studs, formed from not less than 25 gauge painted steel sheets, and of size indicated on Drawings.

C. Main Runners shall be not less than 16 gauge USG cold-rolled channels, 1-1/2" web width with 13/32 flange.

D. Hanger wire shall be 9 gauge galvanized hanger wire.

E. Clips shall be galvanized wire USG furring channel clips.

Preparation

A. Coordinate work carefully with work of other trades. All piping ducts, electrical work, and other items to be concealed and/or to penetrate system shall be completed, tested, and inspected before installation of Gypsum Board System, unless otherwise approved.

B. Before installation of metal framing for gypsum board, obtain all measurements pertaining to structure required by Work. Work shall be built to suit actual size conditions and measurements.

Workmanship And Installation

A. General - Lay out stud spacing at maximum 16" o.c. for maximum size wallboard pieces. Unless otherwise shown on Drawings, partitions shall be 9'-0" high. Brace 4'-0" o.c. the top of 9'-0" high partitions to underside of structure above for lengths greater than 9'-0" between wall intersections or columns. Bracing and full height studs shall be installed after all deed loads, including duckwork, plumbing and stocking of partition materials above the partitions have been imposed. Double studs shall be installed at each opening jamb.

B. Partitions shall be tickened to eliminate wall surface jogs for the full length of walls within rooms to conceal structural members, pipes, and electrical panels, unless shown otherwise on Drawings. Coordinate door and other frame thicknesses as required.

C. Joints in gypsum board shall not occur at corners of openings.

D. Do all necessary cutting, patching, and reinforcing of shapes as required to provide substantial, rigid framing, securely anchored and braced in place.

E. Stud and furring spacing shall be maximum 24" o.c. Top track shall be installed at the ceiling line or blocking shall be provided between full height studs and furring at the cutting line so that drywall can be shimmed to align cutting wall angle. Furring shall be installed vertically.

Installation

A. General:

1. Install the gypsum wallboard in accordance with the separate boards in moderate contact but not forced into place.

2. Stagger the boards so that corners of any four boards will not meet at a common point except in vertical corners.

3. Install full sheets over all door openings.

B. Ceilings:

1. Install the gypsum wallboard to ceilings with the long dimension of the wallboard at right angles to the supporting members.

2. Wallboard may be installed with the long dimension parallel to supporting members that are spaced 16" on centers when attachment members are provided at end joints.

C. Walls:

1. Install the gypsum wallboard to studs with vertical joints.

2. Make and joints, where required, over framing or furring members

D. Attaching:

1. Drive the specified screws with clutch-controlled power screwdrivers, spacing the screws 12" long on centers at ceilings and 16" long on centers at walls or see plans for special fastening conditions.

2. Attach double layers in accordance with the pertinent, codes and the manufacturer's recommendations.

3. Attach to wood as required by governmental agencies having jurisdiction.

E. Access Doors:

1. By careful coordination with the Drawings and with the trades involved install where shown.

2. Anchor firmly into position, and align properly to achieve an installation flush with the finished surface.

Joint Treatment

A. General: 1. Inspect areas to be joint treated, verifying that the gypsum wallboard fits

snugly against supporting framework.2. In areas where joint treatment and compound finishing will be performed, do

not begin until the moisture content of lumber has reached not more than 220% and the temperature has been not less than 85 degrees for 24 hours prior to commencing the treatment, and until joint and finishing compounds have dried.

3. Apply the joint treatment and finishing compound by machine or hand tool.4. Provide a minimum drying time of 24 hours between coats, with additional

drying time in poorly ventilated areas.

B. Embedding Compounds:1. Apply to gypsum wallboard joints and fasten heads in a thin uniform layer.2. Spread the compound not less than 3" wide at joints, center the reinforcing tape in the joint, and embed the tape in the compound than spread a thin layer of compound over the tape.3. After this treatment has dried, apply a second coat of embedding compound to joints and fastener heads, spreading in a thin uniform coat to not less than 6" wide at joints, and feather edged.4. Sand between coats as required.5. When thoroughly dry, sandpaper to eliminate ridges and high points.

C. Finishing Compounds:1. After embedding compound is thoroughly dry and has been completely sanded, apply a coat of finishing compound to joints and fastener heads.2. Feather the finishing compound to not less than 12" wide.3. When thoroughly dry, sandpaper to obtain a uniformly smooth surface, taking care to not scuff the paper surface of the wallboard.

D. Taping of walls shall be responsibility of drywall finisher.

E. Apply USG first coat properly and apply according to manufacturer's recommendations.

F. Walls and ceiling to be smooth finished with no texture except the supple from the paint.

FLUSH WOOD DOORS CONTINUED -

2.4 VENEERED DOORS FOR TRANSPARENT FINISHA. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:

1. ASSA ABLOY Wood Doors (GR): GPD Series.B. Interior Solid Core Doors:

1. Grade: Premium.2. Faces: Veneer grades as noted below; veneer minimum 1/50-inch (0.5mm) thickness at moisture content of 12% or less.

a. Veneer TBD3. Match between Veneer Leaves: Book match. 4. Assembly of Veneer Leaves on Door Faces:

a. Running Match.5. Pair and Set Match: Provide for doors hung in same opening or separated only by mullions.6. Transom Match: Continuous match.7. Vertical Edges: Matching same species as faces. Wood or composite material, one piece, laminated, or veneered. Minimum requirements per WDMA section P-1, Performance Standards for Architectural Wood Flush Doors.8. Horizontal Edges: Solid wood or structural composite material meeting the minimum requirements per WDMA section P-1, Performance Standards for Architectural Wood Flush Doors9. Construction: Five plies. Stiles and rails are bonded to core, then entire unit sanded before applying face veneers.10. At doors over 40% of the face cut-out for lights and or louvers, furnish engineered composite lumber core.

2.5 LIGHT FRAMES AND GLAZINGA. Wood Beads for Light Openings in Wood Doors up to and including 20-minute rating:

1. Wood Species: Same species as door faces.2. Profile:

a. M1 Flush Bead.b. At wood core doors with 20-minute fire protection ratings, provide wood beads and metal glazing clips approved for such use.

B. Metal Frames for Light Openings in Fire Rated Doors over 20-minute Rating: Manufacturer's standard frame formed of 0.048-inch-thick, cold rolled steel sheet; with baked enamel or powder coated finish; and approved for use in doors of fire protection rating indicated.

1. Manufacturers:a. Air Louver (LV).b. All Metal Stamping (AP).c. Anemostat (AN).d. Pemko (PE).

C. Glazing: Comply with installation requirements in Division 08 Section "Glazing" and with the flush wood door manufacturer's written instructions.2.6 FABRICATIONA. Factory fit doors to suit frame opening sizes indicated.

1. Comply with requirements in NFPA 80 for fire rated doors.2. Undercut: As required per manufacturer’s templates and sill condition.

B. Factory machine doors for hardware that is not surface applied. Comply with final hardware schedules, door frame Shop Drawings, DHI A115-W series standards, and hardware templates.

1. Coordinate with hardware mortises in metal frames to verify dimensions and alignment before factory machining.2. Metal Astragals: Factory machine astragals and formed steel edges for hardware for pairs of fire rated doors.

C. Openings: Cut and trim openings through doors in factory.1. Light Openings: Trim openings with moldings of material and profile indicated.2. Glazing: Comply with applicable requirements in Division 08 Section "Glazing."

2.7 FACTORY FINISHINGA. General: Comply with referenced quality standard for factory finishing. Complete fabrication, including fitting doors for openings and machining for hardware that is not surface applied, before finishing.

1. Finish faces, all four edges, edges of cutouts, and mortises. Stains and fillers may be omitted on top and bottom edges, edges of cutouts, and mortises.

B. Transparent Finish: Provide a clear protective coating over the wood veneer allowing the natural color and grain of the selected wood species to provide the appearance specified. Stain is applied to the wood surface underneath the transparent finish to add color and design flexibility.

1. Finish: Meet or exceed WDMA I.S. 1A TR8 UV Cured Acrylated Polyester finish performance requirements.2. Staining:

a. Custom stain to match architect’s sample.3. Sheen: Satin.

PART 3 - EXECUTION3.1 EXAMINATIONA. Examine doors and installed door frames before hanging doors.

1. Verify that frames comply with indicated requirements for type, size, location, and swing characteristics and have been installed with level heads and plumb jambs.2. Reject doors with defects.

B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.3.2 INSTALLATIONA. Hardware: For installation, see Division 8 Section "Door Hardware."B. Installation Instructions: Install doors and frames to comply with manufacturer's written instructions and the referenced quality standard, and as indicated.

1. Install fire rated doors in corresponding fire rated frames according to NFPA 80.

C. Factory Fitted Doors: Align in frames for uniform clearance at each edge.D. Factory Finished Doors: Restore finish before installation if fitting or machining is required at Project site.E. Field modifications to doors shall not be permitted, except those specifically allowed by manufacturer or fire rating requirements.3.3 ADJUSTINGA. Operation: Re-hang or replace doors that do not swing or operate freely.B. Finished Doors: Replace doors that do not comply with requirements. Doors may be repaired or refinished if work complies with requirements and shows no evidence of repair or refinishing.

END OF FLUSH WOOD DOORS

GYPSUM WALLBOARD

Description

Provide gypsum drywall and accessories where shown on the Drawings, as specified herein, and as needed for a complete and proper installation.

Conform to ASTM C-754 for installation and ASTM C-645 for products. Installation shall conform to United States Gypsum Company's GYPSUM CONSTRUCTION HANDBOOK current edition.

ProductsA. For items of dimension lumber size, provide Construction, Stud, or No. 2 grade lumber with 19 percent maximum moisture content and any of the following species: 2x4 or 2x6 Mixed southern pine; SPIB.

1. For wood in contact with concrete or masonry provide Preservative Treatment by Pressure Process: AWPA C2 (lumber) and AWPA C9 (plywood), except that lumber that is not in contact with the ground and is continuously protected from liquid water may be treated according to AWPA C31 with inorganic boron (SBX).

B. Optional Metal Stud Partition System - Metal stud partition system shall be USG Metal Stud System, or equal, designed for screws attachment of gypsum board, furnished with required fasteners and accessories for complete system.

1. Steel studs shall be C-shaped, formed from not less than 22 gauge painted steel sheets, USG (1-5/8"), (2-1/2"), (3-5/8"), (4"), and (6"), where shown on Drawings. Stud web shall have punched holes throughout for utility lines or wiring. Double studs at each side of all openings with 20 gauge studs conforming to above requirements.

2. Metal Floor and Cutting Runners (track) shall be channel shaped, formed from not less than 25 gauge painted steel sheets with minimum 1-1/4" flanges and web-sized to meet with steel studs specified.

3. Screws for attachment of studs to runner and other framing fasteners where specified shall be 3/8" USG drywall screws, Type 8, panhead.

4.Sound Attenuation Blankets: ASTM C 665, Type I (blankets without membrane facing) produced by combining thermosetting resins with mineral fibers manufactured from glass, slag wool, or rock wool.1. Fire-Resistance-Rated Assemblies: Comply with mineral-fiber

requirements of assembly.2. Thickness: 3".

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

DATE:

DRAWN:

REVIEWED:

SHEET TITLE:

SHEET NUMBER:

PROJECT NO.:

PROJECT:

ISSUE:

# DATE: DESCRIPTION:

DESIGNED:

8/3

0/2

018 1

:48:1

6 P

M A0.2

SPECIFICATIONS

NWK

DRL

0180834.00

MARSHALL PUBLICLIBRARY PHASE IRENOVATIONS

THE CITY OF MARSHALL

612 ARCHER AVE. MARSHALL, IL62441

08/30/2018

08/30/2018

BID SET

JJH

08/30/2018

BID SET

J

J

J

J

J

J

J

J

J

RAMP UP

UP

FD

FD

FD

FD

WH

J

J

J

J

J

J

J

J

J

RAMP UP

UP

FD

FD

FD

FD

WH

EXIT

CONSTRUCTION BARRIEREXIT

EXITEXIT

A. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE RELOCATION OF SHELVING UNITS WITH OWNER DURING PHASED CONSTRUCTION.

B. CONTRACTOR & PROVIDE TEMPORARY POWER, LIGHTING VENTILATION & OPERATIONAL SPACE OF LIBRARY DURING CONSTRUCTION PER LOCAL CODES.

C. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE DUST PROOF CONSTRUCTION BARRIER.

D. MAINTAIN ACCESSIBLE EGRESS ROUTES DURING PHASED CONSTRUCITON.

E. PROTECT ALL EXISITNG AND NEW FURNITURE, FINISHES AND EQUIPMENT DURING CONSTRUCITON.

F. COORDINATE W/ OWNER FINAL LAYOUT AND LOCATION FO REVISED SHELVING LAYOUT. RETURN ALL UNUSED SHELVING & LIBRARY EQUIPMENT TO OWNER.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

DATE:

DRAWN:

REVIEWED:

SHEET TITLE:

SHEET NUMBER:

PROJECT NO.:

PROJECT:

ISSUE:

# DATE: DESCRIPTION:

DESIGNED:

8/3

0/2

018 1

:48:2

2 P

M A1.0

PHASING

NWK

DRL

0180834.00

MARSHALL PUBLICLIBRARY PHASE IRENOVATIONS

THE CITY OF MARSHALL

612 ARCHER AVE. MARSHALL, IL62441

08/30/2018

08/30/2018

BID SET

JJH

Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0"1

PHASE 1 PLAN

Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0"2

PHASE 2 PLAN

0 4 8 16

NORTH

PLAN

0 4 8 16

NORTH

PLAN

PHASING NOTES

08/30/2018

BID SET

RAMP UP

UP

FD

FD

FD

FD

WH

VS

A. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO FACE OF GYP. CMU AND/OR CONCRETE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.

B. ALL WOOD IN CONTACT WITH CONCRETE SHALL BE PRESSURE TREATED.

C. USE GYP BOARD TYPE “MR” AT ALL WET LOCATIONS. STOP BOARD AT ½” ABOVE FLOOR LINE.

D. INSTALL ALL DOORS WITH MINIMUM 18 INCHES CLEAR FROM INSIDE FACE OF LATCH SIDE OF JAMB TO FINISH FACE OF WALL ON PULL SIDE OF DOOR, AND MINIMUM 12" ON OPPOSITE SIDE.

E. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF EACH CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE COMPLETE WORKING SYSTEMS FOR ALL NEW ELEMENTS.

F. ALL CONTRACTORS SHALL PROVIDE NEW, UNDAMAGED MATERIALS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.

G. STORE MATERIALS IN SUCH A MANNER AS NOT TO OVERSTRESS, OVERLOAD, OR OTHERWISE PUT AN UNSAFE LOAD ON ANY STRUCTURE DURING CONSTRUCTION.

H. INSTALL ALL WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH CURRENT APPLICABLE CODES, PUBLISHED STANDARDS, AND ACCEPTABLE CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS.

I. ALL NEW WORK SHALL BE PLUMB AND LEVEL UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.

J. ALL FIRE RESISTANT CONSTRUCTION SHALL EXTEND TO STRUCTURE ABOVE. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR EXTENDING PARTITIONS AROUND EQUIPMENT CABINETS AND OTHER ITEMS WHICH PENETRATE THESE PARTITIONS, AND SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR FILLING ALL VOIDS IN PARTITIONS ABOVE CEILING, IN ORDER TO MAINTAIN DESIGNATED FIRE RESISTANCE.

K. DISSIMILAR FLOOR MATERIALS SHALL MEET UNDER CENTER OF DOOR LEAF

L. EACH CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THEIR WORK WITH ALL OTHER TRADES.

M. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS TO DETERMINE DIMENSIONS. IF A REQUIRED DIMENSION IS NOT INDICATED, CONTACT THE ARCHITECT FOR DETERMINATION.

N. DETAILS ARE GENERALLY TYPICAL AND ARE NOT TO BE CONSTRUED AS LIMITED TO THOSE AREAS SPECIFICALLY INDICATED. REVIEW ANY QUESTIONS OR CONFLICTING INFORMATION WITH THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.

O. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT CUT STRUCTURAL MEMBERS/ELEMENTS IN A MANNER RESULTING IN A REDUCTION OF LOAD CARRYING CAPACITY OR LOAD/DEFLECTION RATIO.

P. HINGE SIDE OF DOOR JAMBS TO BE LOCATED 4” FROM NEAREST WALL INTERSECTION UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.

Q. ALL APPLIANCES ARE TO BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED OR SHOWN. VERIFY ALL APPLIANCE DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO FINAL MILLWORK CONSTRUCTION.

R. PAINT ALL STEEL DOORS, DOOR FRAMES, INTERIOR BORROW LITE FRAMES, LINTELS AND OTHER EXPOSED METAL ITEMS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED OR SHOWN.

S. FURNITURE IS SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY AND IS NOT IN CONTRACT.

T. EXISTING CONDITION INFORMATION SHOWN WITHIN THE PROJECT AREA IS BASED ON FIELD OBSERVATION AND EXISTING DRAWING DOCUMENTATION. ALL EXISTING CONDITION INFORMATION SHOWN OUTSIDE THE PROJECT AREA IS PROVIDED FOR REFERENCE ONLY AND HAS NOT BEEN FIELD VERIFIED. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO BEGINNING ANY NEW WORK AND SHALL BRING AND DISCREPANCIES TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER PRIOR TO DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION.

U. PROVIDE TEMPORARY BRACING OF EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS OR OTHER DEVICES AS REQUIRED DURING AND AFTER DEMOLITION UNTIL NEW CONSTRUCTION IS COMPLETE.

PUBLIC COMPUTERS

STACKS

READING

PERIODICALS

INFO.

CHILDREN'S AREA

E. STAIR

EXIST. ELEC. PANEL

EX. STAIR

GENEALOGY

EXIST. E.P.

EXIT. SIGN

LIBRARIANOFFICE

103

CREATIVE/STUDYROOM

104

100

100

103

106

101

102

12'-10 1/4"

STAFFR.R.

111

WOMENS

114

MEN'S

115

_____A3.0

1

_____A3.0

2

23

4

5

8

9

10

1

11

11 13

67

12

MECH./IT.

107

MECH.

105

CORRIDOR

108

TEENS

109

P1

P1

P1

P1

P1

MEETINGROOM

116

R.R.FOYER

113

VESTIBULE

101

DIRECTOROFFICE

106

ELEC.RM.

112

109B

109A

X'109

111

110

103

101

104

105

101

101

101

12'-6"

12

'-6

"

107

108

109

42

'-1

0"

F.V

.

102'-0 1/8" ±

16

'-5 1

/8"

±

21'-11" ±9'-9" ± 38'-6 7/8" ±

100

4'-6" 6'-0" 7'-0" 4'-0"

10

'-1

1 3

/8"

±2

1'-8 7

/8"

±9

'-4

" ±

101

109

CIRCULATION

110

110

P3

AL-1

AL-1

AL-1 AL-2

AL-1

AL-1

AL-3

AL-3

1'-0

"

LIBRARY

102

ACTIVITYRM.

110

101A101B

15'-11 1/2" ±

WATERHEATER

117

117

111

T7 T7

A3.0

7

4'-9" ±

15'-5 1/8" ±5'-3 3/8" ±

TRAINCAR

P1

P1

9

A2.0

_____

P1

4 7

/8"

8'-6 7

/8"

8'-3

" ± 1

'-1

" ±

6'-4" ± 25'-5 3/4" ± 10'-5 3/4" ± 19'-6 3/8" ±

5'-0

7/8

" ±

112

21'-1 3/8" ±

106

_____A1.1

7

9'-2 3/8" ±

14

'-0"

±7

'-1

1/8

" ±

7'-10 1/4"

_____A2.0

8

P2

6'-1

0 1

/4"

7'-0 1

/2"

4'-9 3/4"

9'-6"

FINISH FLOOR

SEAL GAP @ GYP. BD. TO FLOOR CONDITION

BASE - REFER TO ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE

SEE ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE FOR FURTHER FINISH INFORMATION

3 5/8" GALVANIZED LIGHT GAUGE METAL STUDS @ 16" O.C. W/ CONTINUOUS STIFFENER CHANNEL

5/8" GYPSUM BOARD -BOTH SIDES

FINISH FLOOR

SEAL GAP @ GYP. BD. TO FLOOR CONDITION

BASE - REFER TO ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE

SEE ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE FOR FURTHER FINISH INFORMATION

6" GALVANIZED LIGHT GAUGE METAL STUDS @ 16" O.C. W/ CONTINUOUS STIFFENER CHANNEL

6" SOUND ATTENUATION INSULATION

5/8" GYPSUM BOARD -BOTH SIDES

CEILING SYSTEM - REFER TO ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE

ACOUSTICAL JOINT SEALANT

PARTIAL HEIGHT WALLP3SOUND ATTENUATION BATT INSULATIONP1

BOTTOM OF STRUCTURE

3" SLIP TRACK STUD TRACK ANCHORED TO BOTTOM OF ROOF DECK. VERTICAL STUDS ARE NOT TO BE ANCHORED TO TRACK

FINISH FLOOR

SEAL GAP @ GYP. BD. TO FLOOR CONDITION

BASE - REFER TO ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE

SEE ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE FOR FURTHER FINISH INFORMATION

5/8" NON-ABSORBANT FIRE RESISTANT GYPSUM BOARD

CEILING SYSTEM - REFER TO ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE

ACOUSTICAL JOINT SEALANT

P2

3 5/8" METAL STUDS

MIN6"

4'-0

"

CAULK AND PAINT GYP TERMINATION TO EXISTING METAL CEILING

WALL FURRING

3" STEEL TUBE EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE

A. AT ALL FIRE RATED SEPARATIONS, EXTEND GYPSUM BOARD THROUGH ALL CHASES AND WALL INTERSECTIONS TO PROVIDE A CONTINUOUS UNINTERRUPTED LAYER OF 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD ON EACH SIDE OF THE PARTITION AND SEPARATION. SEAL ALL PENETRATIONS WITH APPROVED U.L. LISTED SEALANT AND/OR SEALANT ASSEMBLIES.

B. AT ALL SMOKE SEPARATIONS, EXTEND GYPSUM BOARD THROUGH ALL CHASES AND WALL INTERSECTIONS TO PROVIDE A CONTINUOUS UNINTERRUPTED LAYER OF 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD ON EACH SIDE OF THE PARTITION AND SEPARATION. SEAL ALL PENETRATIONS WITH APPROVED U.L. LISTED SEALANT AND/OR SEALANT ASSEMBLIES TO LIMIT THE PASSAGE OF SMOKE.

C. CONTROL JOINTS SHALL BE INSTALLED AT ALL CONSTRUCTION CHANGES WITHIN A PLANE OF PARTITION OR CEILING, AT PARTITION RUNS THAT EXCEED 30'-0" IN LENGTH, CEILING DIMENSIONS THAT EXCEED 50' IN EITHER DIRECTION WITH PERIMETER RELIEF AND 30' WITHOUT, AT WINGS OF "L", "U" AND "T" SHAPED CEILING AREAS, AT BUILDING EXPANSION OR CONTROL JOINTS. CONTROL JOINTS SHALL BE INSTALLED AT EACH DOOR FROM OUTSIDE CORNER OF THE TOP OF DOOR JAMB TO ABOVE CEILING. REFER TO PUBLISHED CONTROL JOINT DETAILS IN GA 600-900 FIRE RESISTANCE DESIGN MANUAL.

D. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ADDITIONAL MATERIALS TO MAINTAIN THE APPROPRIATE FIRE RATING WHERE CONTROL JOINTS ARE LOCATED IN FIRE-RATED PARTITIONS. INSTALLATION SHALL BE PER THE DETAILS SHOWN IN THE LATEST PUBLICATION OF THE USG CONSTRUCTION HANDBOOK, GYPSUM ASSOCIATION PUBLICATION OR UNDERWRITERS LABORATORY FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY AND AS APPROVED BY THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION.

E. AT UL LISTED RATED ASSEMBLIES, THE CONTRACTOR IS TO VERIFY THE GYPSUM BOARD TYPE AND MANUFACTURER BASED ON THE WRITTEN DESCRIPTIONS FOR THE APPROPRIATE UL LISTED ASSEMBLY RATING SPECIFICATIONS FOUND IN THE LATEST EDITION OF THE UNDERWRITERS LABORATORY FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY.

F. AT THE BASE AND HEAD OF ALL WALLS REQUIRING SOUND ATTENUATION INSULATION, ENSURE THAT THE GYPSUM WALL PANELS ARE NOT OFFSET FROM THE SUBFLOOR OR THE STRUCTURE ABOVE MORE THAN 1/2". IF CONSTRUCTION CONDITIONS REQUIRE THE GYPSUM WALL PANELS TO BE OFFSET MORE THAN 1/2", PROVIDE A CONTINUOUS BEAD OF BACKER ROD AND SEALANT TO PREVENT THE WALL BASE FROM DEFLECTING INTO THE CAVITY.

G. AT THE BASE OF ALL WALLS NOT REQUIRING SOUND ATTENUATION INSULATION, ENSURE THAT THE GYPSUM BOARD WALL PANELS ARE NOT OFFSET FROM THE SUBFLOOR GREATER THAN 1/2". IF CONSTRUCTION CONDITIONS REQUIRE THE GYPSUM BOARD WALL PANELS TO BE INSTALLED WITH AN OFFSET GREATER THAN 1/2", PROVIDE A CONTINUOUS BEAD OF BACKER ROD AND SEALANT TO PREVENT THE WALL BASE FROM DEFLECTING INTO THE CAVITY.

H. PROVIDE RED ROSIN PAPER OR SIMILAR MATERIAL BETWEEN DISSIMILAR MATERIALS

I. PROVIDE INSULATION AND/OR SOUND ATTENUATION INSULATION IN ALL SUBORDINATE (SIMILAR) PARTITIONS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED OR SHOWN.

J. PROVIDE 5/8" FIRE RATED MOISTURE RESISTANT/MOLD RESISTANT GYPSUM BOARD AT ALL LOCATIONS WHERE WATER PRODUCING DEVICES MAY BE PRESENT OR SPLASHED ONTO THE WALL SURFACE (I.E. WATER COOLERS, SINKS, LAVATORIES, HOSE BIBS, ETC.). EXTEND GYPSUM BOARD A MINIMUM OF 4'-0" IN ALL DIRECTIONS FROM CENTER OF DEVICE.

K. EXTEND FIRE RATED PARTITIONS, BARRIERS AND OTHER SEPARATIONS TO BOTTOM OF ROOF DECK ABOVE AND TO EXTERIOR WALL. EXTEND GYPSUM BOARD TO FURTHEST EXTENT POSSIBLE AND AS APPROVED BY THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION.

L. PROVIDE CONTINUOUS STIFFENER CHANNELS AT 4'-0" MAXIMUM VERTICAL SPACING, TYPICAL. ALSO PROVIDE AT MIDPOINT BETWEEN BOTTOM OF STRUCTURE AND HEAD OF INTERIOR WINDOWS AND DOORS AS WELL AS HINGE MIDPOINT AT DOORS. IF DOOR OPENING IS OVER 4'-0" LONG, PROVIDE STIFFENER CHANNELS AT ALL HINGE POINTS FOR MINIMUM OF 2 STUD SPACES HORIZONTALLY.

M. AT ALL INTERSECTIONS WITH CEILINGS, PROVIDE METAL STUD FIRE BLOCKING AT NO GREATER THAN 8'-0" APART AND AS REQUIRED BY THE FIRE RATED ASSEMBLY.

N. PROVIDE TILE BACKER BOARD AT AREAS TO RECEIVE TILE FINISH.

VESTIBULE

101

9' - 0"GYP

STAFFR.R.

111

WATERHEATER

117

8' - 0"GYP

8' - 0"GYP

LIBRARIANOFFICE

103

9' - 0"

ACT2x2

2 1

/2"

1/2

"1

1/2

"1

/2"

1" 1/4"

2 1

/2"

1 1

/4"

1 1

/4"

SIDE VIEW

SLOTTED TOP TRACK

METAL STUDS PER

PARTITION TYPES

ISOMETRIC VIEW FACE VIEW

PARTITION TYPE

SEE

METAL STUD

SLOTTED TOP

SLIP TRACK

#8 - 9/16"

WAFERHEAD

FRAMING SCREW

EXISTING WD. SILL BELOW6" MTL. STUD FRAMING @ 16" O.C.

EXISTING MODIFIED ALUM. STOREFRONT WINDOW FRAME

NEW FACE BRICK VENEER, PAINT GREEN TO MATCH EXISTING BULDING

1/2" EXT. GRADE PLYWD. SHEATHING

R-19 BATT INSUL.

5/8" GYP. BD.

3 5/8" MTL. STUD FURRING

EXISTING

MATCH 4 1/4"

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

DATE:

DRAWN:

REVIEWED:

SHEET TITLE:

SHEET NUMBER:

PROJECT NO.:

PROJECT:

ISSUE:

# DATE: DESCRIPTION:

DESIGNED:

8/3

0/2

018 1

:48:2

5 P

M A1.1

FIRST FLOOR PLAN

NWK

DRL

0180834.00

MARSHALL PUBLICLIBRARY PHASE IRENOVATIONS

THE CITY OF MARSHALL

612 ARCHER AVE. MARSHALL, IL62441

08/30/2018

08/30/2018

BID SET

JH

0 4 8 16

NORTH

PLAN

PLAN GENERAL NOTES

Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0"1

FIRST FLOOR PLAN

Scale: 3/4" = 1'-0"2

PARTITION TYPES

PARTITION TYPE NOTES

FLOOR PLAN KEYNOTESDIVISION 00

100 NEW ALUMINUM STOREFRONT WINDOW

101 NEW LOCATION OF EXISTING STACK, REFERENCE DEMOLITION PLANIDENTIFICATION NUMBER

102 NEW TUB SINK, SEE PLUMB. DWGS.

103 NEW ALUMINUM AUTOMATIC SLIDING GLASS DOOR.

104 EXISTING CIRCULATION DESK TO BE MODIFIED AS SHOWN, PROVIDENEW P-LAM COUNTERTOP TO MATCH EXISTING MODIFIEDCONFIGURATION

105 NEW PAINTED STEEL HANDRAIL, SEE DETAIL 8/A3.0

106 NEW PLAM COUNTERTOP

107 NEW LOCATION OF PORTION OF EXISTING ACTIVITY ROOM CABINETAND MODIFIED COUNTERTOP.

108 NEW COUNTERTOP AND PLAM BASE CABINETS

109 NEW VANITY COUNTERTOP AND SINK BOWL, SEE PLUMBINGDRAWINGS

110 NEW REINF. 4" CONCRETE SLAB FLOOR INFILL.

111 PATCH & REPAIR WALL TO MATCH TO FINISH

112 NEW PARTIAL HEIGHT WALL TO 2" ABOVE TOP OF DUCTWORK -INSTALL STAINED HARDWOOD LID OVER CHASE

Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"4

VESTIBULE CEILING PLANScale: 1/4" = 1'-0"

6STAFF RESTROOM CEILING PLAN

Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"5

LIBRARIAN OFFICE CEILING PLAN

Scale: 3" = 1'-0"3

DEFLECTION TRACK DETAILScale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"

7WALL INFILL PLAN

08/30/2018

BID SET

REMARKS:1.

DOOR AND FRAME -SEE DOOR SCHEDULE

CAULK BOTH SIDES OF DOOR - CONTINUOUS

(2) 2x METAL STUDS TO FORM HEADER

TYPES

SEE PARTITION

SEE DOOR

SCHEDULE DOOR AND FRAME - SEE DOOR SCHEDULE

CAULK BOTH SIDES OF DOOR -CONTINUOUS

(2) 2x METAL STUDS TO FORM JAMB

TY

PE

S

SE

E P

AR

TIT

ION

NOTES:

1. ALL EXTERIOR GLASS SHALL BE INSULATED2. ALL GLASS MUST BE TEMPERED

F FG-M

SE

E S

CH

ED

ULE

SCHEDULE

SEE

SE

E S

CH

ED

ULE

SCHEDULE

SEE

L

SE

E S

CH

ED

ULE

SCHEDULE

SEE

LOUVER - SEE REMARKS FOR SIZE 1

NOTES:1. PROVIDE FIRE-RATED GLASS AT FIRE RATED

CONDITIONS2. ALL EXTERIOR GLASS SHALL BE INSULATED3. ALL GLASS MUST BE TEMPERED

2" 2"

SCHEDULE

SEE

SE

E S

CH

ED

ULE

2"

2" 2'-9" 2" 2'-9" 2"

6'-0"

2"

2'-8

"2

"

3'-0

"

2"

2'-8

"2

"

2" 3'-8" 2"

4'-0"

3'-0

"

EXISITING MULTI-WYTHE

BRICK WALL

ALUM. STOREFRONT WINDOW

FRAME CENTER ON WALL

WD. SHIM

4 1/2"

3/4" PAINTED WOOD CASING

FIELD VERIFY

1'-3" +/-

CONT. 3/8" PLATE -STOP 1/2" SHORT OF MASONRY @ EACHJAMB, PROVIDE MIN. 8" BEARING AT EACH SIDE OF OPENING

CONT. 6" x 3/8" PLATE STIFFENER

INFILL OPENING WITH NEW STRUCTURAL BRICK, "TOOTH" IN BRICK AT LINTEL ENDS

GROUT SOLID ALL VOIDS AND CORES

PATCH AND REPAIR TO MATCH

ADJACENT PLASTER FINISH

6" +/-

3/16

EXISTING BRICK WALL

ALUM. STOREFRONT FRAME

SHIM & FULL

PERIMETER SEALANT

SE

E P

LA

N

EQ

.4

1/2

"E

Q.

3/4" PAINTED WOOD TRIM

EXISTING FLOOR AND FOUNDATION

PREFIN. ALUM. STOREFRONT

DOOR W/ THERMALLY BROKE

THRESHOLD SET IN SEALANT

ALUM STORFRONT DOOR THRESHOLD

HEADER

PARTITION TYPE PER PLANS

ALUM. STOREFRONT FRAME

SHIM & FULL PERIMETER

SEALANT

PLAN

SEE

PARTITION TYPE PER PLANS

DOUBLE STUD (KING AND

JACK STUD) BOTH JAMBS

ALUM. STOREFRONT FRAME

SHIM & FULL

PERIMETER SEALANT

PLA

N

SEE

7'-0"

7'-8

"

NEW ALUM. SLIDING DOOR JAMB

3 5/8" MTL. STUD FURRING

ALIGN NEW WALL WITH EDGEOF EXIST. COLUMN

P1

EXSITING WD. TRIM

FULL PERIM. SEALANT

PATCH AND REPAIR CONC. FLOOR AS REQUIRED

4 1/2"

EXISTING MASONRY WALL & LINTEL TO REMAIN

EXPANSION ANCHOR TO EXISTING WALL PER MANUF. RECOMENDATIONS

NEW SURFACE MOUNTED ALUMINUM SLIDING DOOR,

FULL PERIMETER SEALANT & NEOPRENE GASKET

1'-0 7/8" 4 1/4"

8"

2"

3'-8

"2

"

4'-0

"

2" 2'-9"

2"

2'-9" 2"

6'-0"

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

DATE:

DRAWN:

REVIEWED:

SHEET TITLE:

SHEET NUMBER:

PROJECT NO.:

PROJECT:

ISSUE:

# DATE: DESCRIPTION:

DESIGNED:

8/3

1/2

018 8

:23:3

9 A

M A2.0

DOOR SCHEDULE,ELEVATIONS ANDDETAILS

NWK

DRL

0180834.00

MARSHALL PUBLICLIBRARY PHASE IRENOVATIONS

THE CITY OF MARSHALL

612 ARCHER AVE. MARSHALL, IL62441

08/30/2018

08/30/2018

BID SET

JJH

DOOR SCHEDULEDOOR DOOR FRAME HEAD

DETAIL NO.JAMB

DETAIL NO.THRESH

DETAIL NO. LBLHDWR

SET REMARKSNO. WIDTH HEIGHT THICK MAT'L FINISH ELEV MAT'L FINISH ELEV

FIRST FLOOR

101A 6' - 8 1/2" 7' - 0" 1 3/4" ALUM PF SD ALUM PF - 8/A7.2 9/A7.2 5/A7.2 SURFACE MOUNT

101B 6' - 8 1/2" 7' - 0" 1 3/4" ALUM PF SD ALUM PF - 3/A7.2 4/A7.2 5/A7.2 STANDARD JAMB MOUNT

103 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 1 3/4" WD STN F HM PNT 1 1/A7.2 2/A7.2 - 3.0

106 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 1 3/4" WD STN F HM PNT 1 1/A7.2 2/A7.2 - EXIST. RE-LOCATE EXISTING DOOR

109A 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 1 3/4" WD STN F HM PNT 1 1/A7.2 2/A7.2 - 2.0

109B 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 1 3/4" WD STN F HM PNT 1 1/A7.2 2/A7.2 - 4.0

110 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 1 3/4" WD STN F HM PNT 1 1/A7.2 2/A7.2 - 1.0

111 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 1 3/4" WD STN F HM PNT 1 1/A7.2 2/A7.2 - 5.0 10"x10" LOUVER

117 2' - 8" 7' - 0" 1 3/4" WD STN L HM PNT 1 1/A7.2 2/A7.2 - 3.0 18"x18" LOUVER

SCW= SOLID CORE WOOD

STN= STAIN

WD= WOOD

IHM= INSULATED HOLLOW METAL

OHD= OVERHEAD DOOR

PF= PREFINISHED

PNT= PAINT

AL= ALUMINUM

ALCW= ALUMINUM CLAD WOOD

EXIST= EXISTING

FRP= FIBER REINFORCEDPLASTIC

HM= HOLLOW METAL

Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"1

HEAD DETAIL @ METAL STUDScale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"

2JAMB DETAIL @ METAL STUD

DOOR ELEVATIONS FRAME ELEVATIONS

STOREFRONT TYPE

HARWARE SETS:

Set: 1.0Doors: 110

3 Hinge TA2714 US26D MK 0871001 Storeroom Lock 28 41 10G04 LL US26D SA 0871001 Door CloseR WD 1431 UO/RUO EN SA 0871001 Kick Plate K1050 10" high 4BE CSK US32D RO1Door Stop 403 (or) 441CU (As Required) US26D RO 0871003 Silencer 608 RO 087100

Set: 2.0Doors: 109A

3 Hinge TA2714 US26D MK 0871001Passage Set 28 41 10U15 LL US26D SA 0871001Surface Overhead Stop 10-036 630 RF 0871001Kick Plate K1050 10" high 4BE CSK US32D RO3Silencer 608 RO 087100

Set 3.0Doors: 103

3 Hinge TA2714 US26D MK 0871001 Office Lock 28 41 10G05 LL US26D MK 0871001 Door Closer WD 1431 UO/RUO US26D MK 0871001 Door Stop 403 (or) 441CU (As Required) US26D MK 0871003 Silencer 608 RO 087100

Set 4.0Door: 109B

3 Hinge (heavy weight) T4A3386 US32D MK 0871001 Rim Exit Device 8815 ETL US32D SA 0871001 Door Closer 1431 RUO EN SA 0871001 Door Kick Plate K1050 10" high 4BE CSK US32D RO1 Door Stop 403 (or) 441CU (As Required) US26D RO 0871003 Silencer 608 RO 087100

Set: 5.0Doors: 111

3Hinge TA2714 US26D MK 0871001Privacy Set 28 41 10U65 LL US26D SA 0871001Kick Plate K1050 10" high 4BE CSK US32D RO1Mop Plate K1050 10" high 4BE CSK US32D RO1Door Stop 403 (or) 441CU (As Required) US26D RO 0871001Gasketing S88D (Head & Jambs) PE 0871001Coat Hook RM801 US26D RO 087100

Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"6

ALUM. - HEAD DETAIL @ EXIST. BRICKScale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"

7ALUM. - JAMB DETAIL @ EXIST. BRICK

Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"5

ALUM. -JAMB DETAILScale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"

3ALUM. - HEAD DETAIL

Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"4

ALUM. - JAMB DETAIL

AL-2AL-1

SD

STANLEY DURAGLIDESLIDING DOOR MODEL # DG-3000 DOOR #101A - SURFACE MOUNT

DOOR #101B - STANDARD JAMB MOUNT

Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"8

SLIDING DOOR JAMBScale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"

9Section 1

44" ABOVE FIN. FLOOR36" ABOVE FIN. FLOOR

AL-3

2'-1

"1

4'-9

3/8

" F

.V.

13'-1 3/4" F.V.

8'-8"

P1

P3

NEW COUNTERTOP TO MATCH EXISTING MODIFIED CONFIGURATION, FIELD VEIRFY

RAISED PANEL WALLS AND DESK FRAMING TO REMAIN MODIFY FRAMING AS REQUIRED FOR NEW COUNTERTOP SUPPORT

EXISTING FILIING DRAWER CABINET RELOCATION

103

CIRCULATION

4'-6" 6'-0"

?

7'-10 1/4" F.V.

NEW PLAM COUNTERTOP

NEW PLAM END PANEL

5'-4 3

/4"

STAFFR.R.

111

T1

111

P1

P1

P2

P2

A3.03

4

5

6

T5

T4

7'-3 7/8"

1-1/2" DIAMETERGRAB BAR

TOILET TISSUEDISPENSER

SANITARY NAPKIN DISPOSAL

TOILET FIXTURE

TOILET FIXTURE

TOILET TISSUEDISPENSER

1-1/2" DIAMETERGRAB BAR

EXPOSED PLUMBING ATBARRIER FREE LAVATORIESSHALL BE INSULATED.

LEVER OPERATING CONTROLLED

SOAP DISPENSER

NOTE: SINKS IN COUNTERS TO BE MOUNTED WITH RIM NO MORE THAN 2'-10" HIGH AND WITH AT LEAST 2'-3" KNEE CLEARANCE.

CLEAR

ACCESSIBLE TOILET PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER/ WASTE RECEPTICLE

TYPICAL ACCESSIBLE CLEARANCE AT LAVATORY

TYPICAL ACCESSIBLE LAVATORY AND MIRROR

1'-3" 1'-3"

2'-5"

MIN

2'-1

0"

MA

X

3'-4

" M

AX

4'-0

" M

AX6'-8

" A

.F.F

.

1'-6"

17

" -

19

"

5'-0" CLEAR

3'-0" 6"

17

" -

19

"

3'-0

" M

AX

1'-6

"3

'-4

"

1'-0" 3'-6"

2'-4"

5'-0" CLEAR

MIN

8"

MAX6"

MIN9"

2'-3"

MIN

2'-5"

MIN

2'-1

0"

MA

X

17" MIN

TYPICAL URINAL MOUNTING

CLEAR

15"

CLEAR

15"

1'-5

"3'-8

" M

AX

TYPICAL TOILET NON-ACCESSIBLE

TOILET TISSUE DISPENSER

2'-9"

2'-10

"

TOILET FIXTURE

1'-6"

OF

RIM

1'-3"

TO

P

4'-0

"

TOWEL BAR

ACCESSIBLEROBE/COAT HOOK

ROBE/COAT HOOK

TOILET ACCESSORIES

HAND DRYER

3'-4

"

5'-9

"

4'-0

"

6"

3'-0

"

PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER

4'-0

"

2'-0" AT SIDEWALLSAT COUNTER SINKS

1'-6" AT SIDEWALLSAT LAVATORY

4'-0" MAX TOHIGHEST OPERABLEPOINT - IF FIREEXTINGUISHEROVER 40 LBS3'-6" MAX HT.

FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET

.

DUPLEX OUTLET

SWITCH

THERMOSTAT

TELEPHONE OR DATA OUTLET

FIRE ALARM PULL

INTERCOM STATION

DUPLEX OUTLET

COMPUTER TERMINAL

4'-0

"

1'-6

"

MOP BASIN

MOP SHELF

TYPICAL JANITORS CLOSET

2'-6

"

5'-6

"

FIRE ALARM CHIME WITH VISUAL ALARM LIGHT

FIRE ALARMPULL STATION

FIRE ALARM ANNUNCIATOR

FIRE ALARM

5'-0

"

3'-6

"

7'-0

"

DRINKING FOUNTAINWHEELCHAIR ACCESSIBLE

(CANTILEVERED STYLE)

17" - 19"

8" MIN

9" MIN

6" MAX

2'-3"

MIN

TO

P O

F S

PO

UT

3' M

AX

DIAPER CHANGING STATION

2'-8"

MIN

.

2'-1

0"

MA

X.

MISC. WALL DEVICES

TO

BO

TT

OM

OF

R

EF

LE

CT

IVE

S

UR

FA

CE

OF

M

IRR

OR

2'-3

"

MA

X IF

C

AB

INE

T

PR

OJE

CT

S

MO

RE

T

HA

N 4

"

7"-9"

T1

12x24 PORCELAIN CERAMIC TILE

TILE BASE

T6

T4

4"

4'-0

"

PAINTED GYP. BD.

12x24 TILE W/ SATIN FINISH EDGE TRIM

PORCELAIN CERAMIC TILE BASE

T5

4"

3'-8

"

PAINTED GYP. BD.

RUBBER BASE

T1

3'-8

"4

"

PAINTED GYP. BD.

12x24 PORCELAIN CERAMAIC TILE W/ SATIN FINISH EDGE TRIM

TILE BASE

4'-0

"

T2SHIM WITH 3/8" PLYWOOD - SATIN FINISH EDGE TRIM

2'-10

"

FILLER1 1/8"

2'-9"2'-6"2'-6"2'-6"FILLER1"

10'-5 1/8"

2'-6

"1

'-8

"

2'-0

"

7'-0

"

PAINTED GYP. BD.PAINTED GYP. BD.

PLAM WALL CABINETS

1

A4.0_____ 2

A4.0_____

1'-0 3/4" 6'-0" 1'-0 3/4"

2'-10

"

2'-10

"5'-0

"

4'-7 1

/2"

7'-4 5/8"PAINTED GYP. GB PARTIAL HEIGHT PARTITION

ADA 1 1/2" DIA. HANDRAIL

EXISTING RAMP

RUBBER BASE

OPEN TO BEYOND

EQ. EQ. EQ.

1. FIXTURES SHOWN ARE FOR REFERENCE ONLY AND ARE NOT PROJECT SPECIFIC. SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS AND SCHEDULES FOR FIXTURE TYPES.

2. MOUNTING HEIGHTS ARE TO BE COMPLIANT WITH 2010 ADA, ICC/ANSI A117.1-2007 AND THE ILLINOIS ACCESSIBILITY CODE- 1997 PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY CONCEALED BLOCKING AND REINFORCEMENT FOR THE SECURE INSTALLATION OF ALL EQUIPMENT AND ACCESSORIES.

3. EXPOSED PLUMBING BARRIER FREE LAVATORIES MUST BE INSULATED OR OTHERWISE CONFIGURED TO ELIMINATE POSSIBLE CONTACT.

4. SEE TOILET ACCESSORY SCHEDULE AND RESTROOM ELEVATIONS, A8.1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

DATE:

DRAWN:

REVIEWED:

SHEET TITLE:

SHEET NUMBER:

PROJECT NO.:

PROJECT:

ISSUE:

# DATE: DESCRIPTION:

DESIGNED:

8/3

0/2

018 1

:48:3

0 P

M A3.0

INTERIORELEVATIONS ANDENLARGED PLANS

NWK

DRL

0180834.00

MARSHALL PUBLICLIBRARY PHASE IRENOVATIONS

THE CITY OF MARSHALL

612 ARCHER AVE. MARSHALL, IL62441

08/30/2018

08/30/2018

BID SET

JJH

Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"1

ENLARGED PLAN - CIRCULATION DESK

Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"2

ENLARGED PLAN - STAFF RESTROOM 111

TOILET ACCESSORY SCHEDULEMARK DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER MODEL REMARKS

T1 FRAMED MIRROR BOBRICK B-1658 2436 TEMPERED GLASS CHANNEL FRAME

T2 PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER BOBRICK B-262 SURFACE MOUNTED - SATIN FINISH

T3 AUTOMATIC FOAM SOAP DISPENSER BOBRICK B-2013 SURFACE MOUNTED - SATIN FINISH

T4 GRAB BAR (36") BOBRICK B-6806 x 36 SATIN FINISH

T5 GRAB BAR (42") BOBRICK B-6806 x 42 SATIN FINISH

T6 MULTI-ROLL TOILET TISSUE DISPENSER BOBRICK B-4288 SURFACE MOUNTED - SATIN FINISH

T7 BABY CHANGING STATION KOALA KARE KB110-SSWM SURFACE MOUNTED

Scale: 3/8" = 1'-0"9

STANDARD MOUNTING HEIGHTS

Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"4

TOILET ELEVATIONScale: 1/4" = 1'-0"

5TOILET ELEVATION

Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"6

TOILET ELEVATIONScale: 1/4" = 1'-0"

3TOILET ELEVATION

Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"7

ACTIVITY ROOM CASEWORK ELEVATION

NOTE: DIMENSIONS ARE TO FACE OF GYP. BD.

Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"8

ADA HANDRAIL @ RAMP ELEVATION

STANDARD MOUNTING HEIGHT NOTES

08/30/2018

BID SET

COUNTERTOP CONSTRUCTED OF 3/4" PARTICLE BOARD. PROVIDE BUILD-UP EDGE TO 1-1/2" WITH 1/8" RADIUS TOP AND BOTTOM, FULLY WRAPPED

DRAWER UNIT CONSTRUCTED WITH 1/2" PLYWOOD SIDES. 3/4" FRONTS & BACKS & 1/2" FULLY CAPTURED BOTTOM. DRAWER FACES CONSTRUCTED OF 3/4" PLYWOOD.

FULL OVERLAY DOOR CONSTRUCTED W/ 3/4" PLYWOOD

ADJUSTABLE SHELF CONSTRUCTED WITH 3/4" FIRE RETARDANT TREATED PLYWOOD. EDGES TO RECEIVE MATCHING .018 PVC BANDING

ADJUSTABLE SHELF STANDARDS

BACK CONSTRUCTED W/ 1/2" PLYWOOD. BACKS TO FIT INTO CABINET SIDE DADOES

BASE, SEE FINISH PLANS

BOTTOM CONSTRUCTED W/ 3/4" PLYWOOD DOWELED INTO CABINET SIDES

SEALANT, COLOR TO MATCH ADJACENT WALL

1'-1

0 1

/2"

1/8

"6

"

1/8

"

1 1

/2"

4"

3 3

/4"

2x BLOCKING

1x BLOCKING, TOP & BOTTOM

NOTE:ALL EXPOSED PLYWOOD FACES & EDGES TO RECEIVE HIGH PRESSURE LAMINATE.

1/4

"

TOE KICK CONSTRUCTED OF 3/4" PLYWOOD TOE BOARD

4" H. PLASTIC LAMINATEBACKSPLASH

ADJUSTABLE SHELF STANDARDS

BACK CONSTRUCTED W/ 1/2" PLYWOOD. BACKS TO FIT INTO CABINET SIDE DADOES

(2) ADJUSTABLE SHELVES CONSTRUCTED WITH 3/4" FIRE RETARDANT TREATED PLYWOOD. EDGES TO RECEIVE MATCHING .018 PVC BANDING

BOTTOM AND TOP CONSTRUCTED W/ 3/4" PLYWOOD DOWELED INTO CABINET SIDES.

PROVIDE 2x BLOCKING IN WALL CAVITY FOR CABINET MOUNTING, TOP & BOTTOM

FULL OVERLAY DOOR CONSTRUCTED W/ 3/4" PLYWOOD

1x BLOCKING, TOP & BOTTOM

3/4

"9

"3

/4"

9"

3/4

"9

"3

/4"

2'-6

"4

"

2'-6

"1

'-8

"2

'-10

"

1'-0"

1" 2'-0"

7'-0

"

BOTTOM CONSTRUCTED W/ 3/4" PLYWOOD DOWELED INTO CABINET SIDES.

BASE, SEE FINISH PLANS

4"

1 1

/2"

1/8

"6

"1

/8"

1'-1

0 1

/2"

3 3

/4"

SEALANT, COLOR TO MATCH ADJACENT WALL

2x BLOCKING

1x BLOCKING, TOP & BOTTOM

COUNTERTOP CONSTRUCTED OF 3/4" PARTICLE BOARD WITH INTEGRAL BACKSPLASH. PROVIDE BUILD-UP EDGE TO 1-1/2" WITH 1/8" RADIUS TOP AND BOTTOM, FULLY WRAPPED

FULL OVERLAY DOOR CONSTRUCTED W/ 3/4" PLYWOOD

FALSE FRONT CONSTRUCTED W/ 3/4" PLYWOOD

BACK CONSTRUCTED W/ 1/2" PLYWOOD. BACKS TO FIT INTO CABINET SIDE DADOES

NOTE:ALL EXPOSED PLYWOOD FACES & EDGES TO RECEIVE HIGH PRESSURE LAMINATE.

1/4

"

TOE KICK CONSTRUCTED OF 3/4" PLYWOOD TOE BOARD

2'-4

"2

'-10

"

ADJUSTABLE SHELF STANDARDS

BACK CONSTRUCTED W/ 1/2" PLYWOOD. BACKS TO FIT INTO CABINET SIDE DADOES

ADJUSTABLE SHELF CONSTRUCTED WITH 3/4" PLYWOOD. EDGES TO RECEIVE MATCHING .018 PVC BANDING

BOTTOM & TOP CONSTRUCTED W/ 3/4" PLYWOOD DOWELED INTO CABINET SIDES.

PROVIDE 2x BLOCKING IN WALL CAVITY FOR CABINET MOUNTING, TOP & BOTTOM

FULL OVERLAY DOOR CONSTRUCTED W/ 3/4" PLYWOOD

1x BLOCKING, TOP & BOTTOM

1'-10

"

3/4

"1

0 3

/4"

3/4

"9

"3

/4"

1'-0"

1"

2'-6

"4

"

7'-0

"

1" 2'-0"

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

DATE:

DRAWN:

REVIEWED:

SHEET TITLE:

SHEET NUMBER:

PROJECT NO.:

PROJECT:

ISSUE:

# DATE: DESCRIPTION:

DESIGNED:

8/3

0/2

018 1

:48:3

0 P

M A4.0

CASEWORK DETAILS

NWK

DRL

0180834.00

MARSHALL PUBLICLIBRARY PHASE IRENOVATIONS

THE CITY OF MARSHALL

612 ARCHER AVE. MARSHALL, IL62441

08/30/2018

08/30/2018

BID SET

JJH

Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"1

BASE CABINET W/ ONE DRAWER & DOORScale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"

2BASE CABINET W/ ONE DRAWER & DOOR

08/30/2018

BID SET

RAMP UP

UP

FD

FD

WH

A. EXISTING CONDITIONS INFORMATION SHOWN WITHIN THE PROJECT AREA IS BASED ON FIELD OBSERVATION AND EXISTING DRAWING DOCUMENTATION. EXISTING CONDITION INFORMATION SHOWN OUTSIDE THE PROJECT AREA IS PROVIDED FOR REFERENCE BUT HAS NOT BEEN FIELD VERIFIED.

B. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONSTRUCTION RELATED CONDITIONS PRIOR TO STARTING DEMOLITION OR NEW CONSTRUCTION. DISCREPANCIES SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE IMMEDIATE ATTENTION OF THE ARCHITECT.

C. EXISTING CONSTRUCTION SHOWN DASHED IS TO BE DEMOLISHED – COORDINATE WITH NEW CONSTRUCTION.

D. CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN THE BUILDING IN A WEATHERPROOF CONDITION AT ALL TIMES.

E. PROJECTS SHALL REMAIN IN COMPLIANCE WITH ALL ASPECTS OF ALL GOVERNING CODES AND ORDINANCES DURING THE COURSE OF CONSTRUCTION INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, EXITING, FIRE ALARM SYSTEM(S) SMOKE/FIRE DETECTION SYSTEM(S), SPRINKLER SYSTEM(S).

F. ALL ITEMS INDICATED TO BE DEMOLISHED SHALL BE SO REMOVED AS TO FULLY ALLOW FOR THE PROPER FURNISHING AND INSTALLATION OF ALL SCHEDULED NEW WORK. THIS SHALL INCLUDE THE DEMOLITION OF ADJACENT ITEMS, ACCESSORIES, AND APPURTENANCES AS NECESSARY.

G. DEMOLITION DRAWINGS ILLUSTRATE MAJOR ITEMS TO BE REMOVED. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THESE DRAWINGS WITH NEW WORK DRAWINGS AND SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR OTHER ITEMS REQUIRED TO BE DEMOLISHED TO ACCOMMODATE NEW WORK.

H. THE OWNER WILL RETAIN ALL SALVAGE THAT IS OF VALUE AS DESIGNATED BY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. THE OWNER WILL DIRECT THE CONTRACTOR AS TO THE LOCATION OF STORAGE AREA FOR VARIOUS ITEMS. THE CONTRACTOR WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR REMOVING FROM THE BUILDING AND THE CONSTRUCTION SITE ALL CONSTRUCTION DEBRIS AND/OR ITEMS NOT RETAINED BY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE.

I. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR STORAGE AND PROTECTION OF ALL SALVAGE ITEMS WHICH WILL BE REUSED IN THIS PROJECT.

J. TEMPORARY BARRICADES AS PERTAINING TO CONTRACTOR'S ACTIVITIES SHALL BE INSTALLED TO PREVENT POSSIBLE INJURY TO PERSONS IN AND ROUND DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION AREAS IN ACCORDANCE WITH OSHA REQUIREMENTS. COORDINATE WITH OWNER.

K. EXISTING ITEMS, EQUIPMENT, PLUMBING FIXTURES, ETC, TO REMAIN IN PLACE SHALL BE PROTECTED FROM DIRT AND DAMAGE DURING DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION.

L. PROTECT ALL FINISH ITEMS TO REMAIN FROM DAMAGE DURING CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION.

M. PRIOR TO DEMOLITION, ENSURE THE STABILITY OF ANY WALLS TO REMAIN.

N. ALL AREAS TO BE DEMOLISHED OR DISTURBED BY ANY DEMOLITION ARE TO BE PATCHED AND PAINTED (OR PREPARED FOR OTHER SCHEDULED FINISH). IF PAINTING IS REQUIRED, ENTIRE WALL SHALL RECEIVE PAINT TO AVOID MISMATCH OF COLOR.

O. ALL OPENINGS AND VOIDS LEFT BY THE REMOVAL OF EXISTING CONSTRUCTION, EQUIPMENT, PIPING, DUCTS, ETC, SHALL BE PROPERLY PATCHED AND CLOSED OFF TO MAINTAIN PROPER FIRE RATING IN AFFECTED WALL, FLOOR, OR ROOF. PREPARE PATCHED AREAS TO RECEIVE NEW FINISHES AS SCHEDULES (OR MATCH EXISTING FINISHES IF NOT OTHERWISE IDENTIFIED).

P. WHEN PATCH OF EXISTING FLOOR IS REQUIRED, SLOPING OR RAMPING IN EXCESS OF CONTRACT TOLERANCES WILL NOT BE ALLOWED (1/8" PER 10 FEET MAXIMUM).

Q. UPON REMOVAL OF TEMPORARY PARTITIONS, CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PATCHING TO MATCH EXISTING ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION.

R. AT CONSTRUCTION ACCESS, CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE LABOR AND MATERIALS TO REPAIR ALL DISTURBED ELEMENTS.

S. WHERE A RATING HAS BEEN GIVEN TO AN EXISTING WALL, ALL PENETRATIONS (EXISTING OR NEW) SHALL BE SEALED AND PROPERLY FIREPROOFED PER THAT RATING REQUIREMENT

T. WALLS TO BE REMOVED SHALL BE FROM FLOOR TO STRUCTURE ABOVE UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED AND SHALL INCLUDE ALL MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, ETC. PREPARE ALL DISTURBED AREAS FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION.

U. WHERE REMOVAL OF A FINISHED CEILING IS REQUIRED, REMOVE ONLY WHAT IS NECESSARY TO COMPLETE CONSTRUCTION. ALL ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS TO BE REMOVED SHALL INCLUDE RELATED SUPPORT SYSTEMS, CEILING TILES, LIGHT FIXTURES, GRILLES, DIFFUSERS, EXIT SIGNS, AND OTHER ELECTRICAL OR COMMUNICATION DEVICES.

V. WHERE REMOVAL OF FLOOR COVERING AND/OR RESILIENT BASE IS REQUIRED, REMOVE ONLY WHAT IS NECESSARY TO COMPLETE DEMOLITION. DEMOLITION INCLUDES REMOVAL OF ADHESIVES, GROUTING BEDS, ETC. AND REQUIRES REMAINING SURFACES TO BE PREPPED FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION.

W. REMOVAL OF CERAMIC TILE AND GROUT BEDS FROM EXISTING WALLS AND FLOOR SHALL INCLUDE PREPARATION FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION.

X. REMOVAL OF EXISTING PLUMBING FIXTURES TO INCLUDE PIPING, WASTE LINES, ETC. LINES ARE TO BE CAPPED AS REQUIRED. SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS.

Y. REMOVAL OF EXISTING HVAC TO INCLUDE DUCTWORK, HANGERS, GRILLES, DIFFUSERS, ETC. SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS.

Z. REMOVAL OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS TO INCLUDE CONDUIT, BOXES, WIRE, CABLE, SUPPORTS, WIRING DEVICES, SAFETY SWITCHES, FIRE ALARM EQUIPMENT, SPEAKERS, TELEPHONE OUTLETS AND LIGHT FIXTURES. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS.

AA. WHILE IT IS NOT EXPECTED, IF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS, SUCH AS ASBESTOS AND/OR LEAD PAINT, IS ENCOUNTERED ON THE PROJECT SITE, THE OWNER SHALL ENGAGE A TESTING COMPANY TO IDENTIFY AREAS AND PROVIDE APPROPRIATE ABATEMENT. DEMOLITION CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL ACTIVITIES WITH ABATEMENT CONTRACTOR.

TEENS

EXIST.READING

AREA

EXIST. DIRECTOR

OFFICE

MECH.

CIRCULATIONDESK

STACKS

EXISTING PERIODICALS

EXIST.CHILDREN'S AREA

EXISTINGMENS

EXIST.WOMENS

EXIST.MEETING ROOM

EXIST.STORAGE

RECEIVING

EXISTING GENEALOGY

STACKS

MAIN ENTRANCE

EXIST.WORK ROOM

MECH.

DN.

EXIST.FURN.

EXIST. E.P.

(6")

EXIST.E.P.

D101

D101

D101

D102

D101

D101

D102

D102

D103

D102

D102

EXIST. FURN.

EXIST. FURN.

D102

D102

D102

D106

D101

D101

D107

D101

D101

4'-6" 6'-0"

D108

D109

D110

D111

D112

D113

D114

8'-11

1/4

" F

.V.

REMOVE EXIST TO BE SALVAGED

D117

D118

D119

D120

D121

D122

D115

D109

D109

D101

D116

D115

D117

D121

D101

D123

6'-0

"

NOTE: SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR REQUIRED 2ND FLOOR DEMOLITION WORK

D104

D124

D124

D109

D101

D1061

1

2

3 45

6

7

8

910

11

12

12

13

10

'-1

0"

F.V

.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

DATE:

DRAWN:

REVIEWED:

SHEET TITLE:

SHEET NUMBER:

PROJECT NO.:

PROJECT:

ISSUE:

# DATE: DESCRIPTION:

DESIGNED:

8/3

0/2

018 1

:48:3

2 P

M AD1.1

FIRST FLOORDEMOLITION PLAN

NWK

DRL

0180834.00

MARSHALL PUBLICLIBRARY PHASE IRENOVATIONS

THE CITY OF MARSHALL

612 ARCHER AVE. MARSHALL, IL62441

08/30/2018

08/30/2018

BID SET

JJH

0 4 8 16

NORTH

PLAN

DEMOLITION KEYNOTES

DIVISION 00

D101 EXISTING BOOK SHELVES TO BE REMOVED AND RELOCATED FORFUTURE USE

D102 EXISTING FLOORING AND ADHESIVE TO BE REMOVED.

D103 EXISTING DRINKING FOUNTAIN TO BE REMOVED, CAP PLUMBING FORNEW HI-LOW DRINKING FOUNTAIN

D104 EXISTING DRAWER FILE CABINET TO BE REMOVED AND RELOCATED ASINDICATED ON FLOOR PLAN

D106 EXISTING WALL TO BE REMOVED.

D107 EXISTING PORTION OF MULTIWYTHE BRICK WALL TO BE REMOVED FORNEW ALUMINUM WINDOW. SEE XX/XXX FOR LINTEL DETAILS.

D108 REMOVE 30" WIDE SECTION OF UPPER AND LOWER CABINETS, MODIFYCOUNTER FOR NEW LAYOUT.

D109 EXISTING SINK AND PLUMBING FIXTURES TO BE REMOVED, CAP PIPINGFOR NEW FIXTURES.

D110 EXISTING ALUMINUM STOREFRONT DOOR AND FRAME TO BE REMOVED.

D111 EXISTING PORTION OF STOREFRONT FRAME AND GLASS PANEL TO BEREMOVED, PREP FOR NEW STOREFRONT MODIFICATIONS

D112 SAWCUT EXISTING BRICK KNEE WALL, PREP OPENING FOR NEWALUMINUM SLIDING DOOR.

D113 EXISTING TIME CLOCK AND 911 ALARM SWITCH TO BE RELOCATED TONEW LOCATION SHOWN ON FLOOR PLAN

D114 EXISTING DOOR, FRAME AND HARDWARE TO BE REMOVED ANDSALVAGED FOR RE-LOCATION AS INDICATED ON THE FLOOR PLAN

D115 EXISTING CIRCULATION DESK TO BE MODIFIED TO NEW CONFIGURATIONAS SHOWN ON THE PLAN

D116 EXISTING CIRCULATION DESK COUNTER TOP TO BE REMOVED, PREPFRAMING FOR NEW COUNTERTOP CONFIGURATION.

D117 SAWCUT AND REMOVE EXISTING TRUNCATED CONCRETE FLOOR ATRAMP EDGES. FIELD VERIFY EXTENTS OF CONCRETE TO BE REMOVEDFOR LEVEL FLOOR.

D118 EXISTING FURNACE AND VERTICAL DUCTWORK AND PIPING TO BEREMOVED. SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR EXTENTS OF WORK.

D119 EXISTING COMPUTER CARRELS TO BE REMOVED AND SALVAGED FORRELOCATION, SEE FLOOR PLAN, COORDINATE WITH OWNER.

D120 EXISTING PLATFORM TO BE REMOVED, SALVAGED AND RETURNED TOOWNER.

D121 CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE THE REMOVAL OFF ALL EXISTINGABANDONED CONDUITS, BOXES, PANELS AND WIRING.

D122 EXISTING FAUX FIREPLACE FEATURE TO BE REMOVED, SALVAGED ANDRETURNED TO OWNER.

D123 EXISTING TRAIN CAR FEATURE TO BE RELOCATED PER NEW FLOORPLAN.

D124 EXISTING DOOR, FRAME AND HARDWARE TO BE REMOVED

DEMOLITION GENERAL NOTES

Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0"1

FIRST FLOOR DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN

08/30/2018

BID SET

RAMP UP

UP

FD

FD

FD

FD

WH

MECH./IT.

107

STAFFR.R.

111

ACTIVITYRM.

110

DIRECTOROFFICE

106

ELEC.RM.

112

CREATIVE/STUDYROOM

104

MECH.

105

CORRIDOR

108

R.R.FOYER

113

WOMENS

114

MEN'S

115

VESTIBULE

101

LIBRARIANOFFICE

103

LIBRARY

102

TEENS

109

MEETINGROOM

116

PUBLIC COMPUTERS

STACKS

READING

PERIODICALS

INFO.

CHILDREN'S AREA

E. STAIR

EX. STAIR

GENEALOGY

EXIST. E.P.

EXIT. SIGN

9

CIRCULATION

WCT-1

LVT-1

LVT-1

CPT-3

LVT-1

WCT-1

LVT-1

CPT-3

LVT-1

CPT-2

CPT-1

CPT-1

CPT-1

CPT-4

LIN

E O

F T

RA

NS

ITIO

NA

L

CA

RP

ET

BLE

ND

4'-6

"

9"

3'-0

"9

"

6'-9"

6'-0" 9"

9"

6'-9

"9

"

3'-0"

START PATTERN @ THIS LOCATION

CONTINUE PATTERN

LVT-2

LVT-2

CPT-3

EXISTING FLOOR

EXISTING FLOOR

EXISTING FLOOR

LVT-2

LVT-1

CPT-3

FINISH MATERIAL NOTES:

1. ALL INTERIOR FINISH MATERIAL SHALL COMPLY W/ THE FLAME SPREAD & SMOKE

DEVELOPMENT LIMITATIONS LISTED IN CHAPTER 8 OF THE INTERNATIONAL BLDG.

CODE AND/OR PER APPLICABLE LOCAL CODES

2. ALL INTERIOR WALL COVERINGS MUST COMPLY W/ THE FOLLOWING: CLASS 1, FLAME

SPREAD RATING 0-25, ASTM E-84 PER FINISH SHEET.

3. ALL PAINTED WALLS & DOOR FRAMES TO RECEIVE 2 COATS PER FINISH PAINT COLOR

PER FINISH SELECTIONS OR PER OWNER / INTERIOR DESIGNER.

4. CARPET / FLOOR COVERING TO COMPLY W/ DOC-FF-1 PILL TEST ASTM E648.

CONTRACTOR TO SUPPLY COPY OF TEST REPORT TO PERMIT REVIEWER & SHALL

IDENTIFY CARPET NAME, STYLE & MANUF. INSTALL ARMSTRONG VCT FLOORING WHERE

VCT IS INDICATED W/ COLOR PER OWNER / INTERIOR DESIGNER FINISH SELECTIONS.

5. ALL INTERIOR TENANT DOORS ARE TO BE BLDG. STANDARD SOLID CORE W/ H.M.

FRAMES STAINED PER OWNER / INTERIOR DESIGNER. SEE ALSO HARDWARE

SCHEDULE.

6. ALL BLOCKING USED IN CONSTRUCTION TO BE FIRE TREATED LUMBER (FRT) OR METAL

STRAPPING. PROVIDE BLOCKING FOR ALL WALL HUNG ITEMS INCLUDING BUT NOT

LIMITED TO GRAB BARS AND CASEWORK.

1. SPECIFICATIONS, SHOP DRAWIINGS/LAYOUTS, AND TWO SAMPLES OF

EACH MATERIAL SELECTED ARE TO BE PROVIDED FOR APPROVAL BY

OWNER & INTERIOR DESIGNER/ARCHITECT. CLIENT MUST SIGN OFF ON

ALL SAMPLES APPROVED BEFORE THE INTERIORS ARE INSTALLED.

2. SUBSTITUTIONS NOT ALLOWED UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.

SPECIFICATIONS MUST BE SUBMITTED WITH PROPOSED SUBSTITUTIONS

IMMEDIATELY FOR TENANT/DESIGNER/ARCHITECT APPROVAL.

FINISH MATERIALS FOR APPROVAL:

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

DATE:

DRAWN:

REVIEWED:

SHEET TITLE:

SHEET NUMBER:

PROJECT NO.:

PROJECT:

ISSUE:

# DATE: DESCRIPTION:

DESIGNED:

8/3

0/2

018 3

:36:4

9 P

M I1.1

FIRST FLOOR FINISH

PLAN & SCHEDULES

SLV

DRL

0180834.00

MARSHALL PUBLIC

LIBRARY PHASE I

RENOVATIONS

THE CITY OF MARSHALL

612 ARCHER AVE. MARSHALL, IL62441

08/30/2018

08/30/2018

BID SET

JJH

0 4 8 16

NORTH

PLAN

Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0"1

FIRST FLOOR FINISH PLAN

ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE

ROOM NAME FLOOR BASE

WALLS FINISH CEILING

REMARKS

EAST NORTH SOUTH WEST

FINFIN FIN FIN FIN

101 VESTIBULE WCT-1 RB-1 PNT-1 PNT-1 PNT-1 PNT-1 PNT-6

102 LIBRARY VARIES RB-1 PNT-1 PNT-2 PNT-1 PNT-1 EXIST SEE FLOOR PLAN

103 LIBRARIAN OFFICE CPT-3 RB-1 PNT-2 PNT-1 PNT-1 PNT-1 APC

104 CREATIVE/ STUDY ROOM LVT-1 RB-1 PNT-1 PNT-3 PNT-1 PNT-1 EXIST

105 MECH. EXIST N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A EXIST

106 DIRECTOR OFFICE EXIST N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A EXIST

107 MECH./ IT. EXIST N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A EXIST

108 CORRIDOR WCT-1 RB-1 PNT-1 PNT-1 PNT-1 PNT-1 EXIST

109 TEENS CPT-3 RB-1 PNT-1 PNT-4 PNT-1 PNT-1 EXIST

110 ACTIVITY RM. LVT-1 RB-1 PNT-1 PNT-1 PNT-1 PNT-3 EXIST

111 STAFF R.R. PCT RB-1 PNT-1 PNT-1 PNT-1 PNT-1 PNT-6

112 ELEC. RM. EXIST N/A PNT-1 PNT-1 PNT-1 PNT-1 EXIST

113 R.R. FOYER LVT-1 RB-1 PNT-1 PNT-1 PNT-1 PNT-1 EXIST

114 WOMENS EXIST N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A EXIST

115 MEN'S EXIST N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A EXIST

116 MEETING ROOM CPT-2 RB-1 PNT-5 PNT-1 PNT-1 PNT-1 EXIST

117 WATER HEATER LVT-1 RB-1 PNT-1 PNT-1 PNT-1 PNT-1 EXIST

FINISH LEGEND

ABBREVIATION DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER COLLECTION STYLE COLOR NUMBER SIZE COMMENTSCARPET TILE

CPT-1 CARPET TILE PATCRAFT MID CENTURY POP COLOR POP CENTURY POP 00320 24"x24" 1/4 TURNED RANDOM

CPT-2 CARPET TILE PATCRAFT MID CENTURY POP COLOR BLOCK CENTURY 00320 24"x24" 1/4 TURNED

CPT-3 CARPET TILE PATCRAFT MID CENTURY POP LINEA 2 SLATE 00560 24"x24" 1/4 TURNED

CPT-4 CARPET TILE PATCRAFT MID CENTURY POP LINEA 2 CITRON 00300 24"x24" 1/4 TURNED

WOCT-1 WALK OFF CARPET TILE PATCRAFT BEYOND THE DOOR PASEO OBSIDIAN 00595 24"x24" 1/4 TURNED **USE WITH CPT-2 @35% ACCENT

LUXURY VINYL TILE

LVT-1 LUXURY VINYL TILE PATCRAFT MIXED MATERIALSCOVERAGE

WOOD PLANX AGED MAPLE 00540 9"x36" BASKETWEAVE RANDOM IN 102 &104 - STAGGER IN 113 & 110

LVT-2 LUXURY VINYL TILE PATCRAFT MIXED MATERIALSCOVERAGE

METALLIXI337V

TUNGSTEN 00590 9"x36" BORDER IN 102, SEE DRAWING

RESILIENT BASE

RB-1 RESILIENT BASE JOHNSONITE TRADITIONAL BURNT UMBER B 63 4" COVE

PAINT

PNT-1 PAINT SHERWIN WILLIAMS TBD TBD FIELD

PNT-2 PAINT SHERWIN WILLIAMS TBD TBD ACCENT

PNT-3 PAINT SHERWIN WILLIAMS TBD TBD ACCENT

PNT-4 PAINT SHERWIN WILLIAMS TBD TBD ACCENT

PNT-5 PAINT SHERWIN WILLIAMS TBD TBD ACCENT

PNT-6 PAINT SHERWIN WILLIAMS TBD CEILING BRIGHTWHITE

SW7007 CEILING

PNT-7 PAINT SHERWIN WILLIAMS TBD IRON ORE SW7069 DOOR FRAME

PLASTIC LAMINATE

PLAM-1 PLASTIC LAMINATE WILSONART INDIGO D379-60 CABINET FACE

PLAM-2 PLASTIC LAMINATE WILSONART MACK AVECONCRETE

Y0374-60 COUNTERTOP

ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILING

APC ACOUSTICAL PANELCEILING

USG ECLIPSE CLIMAPLUS 24"x24" GRID: FINELINE 1/8 DXFF

PLUMBING GENERAL NOTES

PLUMBING DEMOLITION GENERAL NOTESA. THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL BE DIRECTLY RESPONSIBLE FOR THE DISCONNECTION AND REMOVAL OF ALL

PLUMBING FIXTURES, PIPING, EQUIPMENT, AND ASSOCIATED APPURTENANCES. NO PERSON OTHER THAN A LICENSED PLUMBER IN THE STATE OF ILLINOIS SHALL REMOVE PLUMBING ITEMS FROM THEIR ORIGINAL LOCATION. THE REMOVED FIXTURES SHALL BE TAKEN OFFSITE AND DISPOSED OF.

B. VERIFY EXACT SIZE AND LOCATION OF ALL EXISTING UTILITIES PRIOR TO START OF DEMOLITION. RELOCATE, REMOVE AND ADJUST ALL MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL ITEMS AS NECESSARY TO COORDINATE WITH NEW WORK PLANS.

C. ALL ITEMS SHOWN ARE EXISTING AND SHOWN IN SCHEMATIC FORM ONLY. REMOVE PIPING AS REQUIRED BACK TO LAST ACTIVE SERVICE. REMOVED FIXTURES SHALL REMAIN THE PROPERTY OF THE OWNER.

D. IN AREAS WHERE EXISTING CONSTRUCTION IS REMOVED AND NO ADDITIONAL CONSTRUCTION IS INDICATED, PATCH TO MATCH EXISTING ADJACENT CONDITIONS.

E. SHUTDOWN OF EXISTING SYSTEMS SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH OWNER TO LIMIT INTERFERENCE WITH OWNER'S OPERATION AND DOWNTIME. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT TO OWNER FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL, THE PROPOSED PHASING PLAN FOR SHUTDOWN OF EXISTING SERVICES.

F. ---- INDICATES REQUIRED DEMOLITION OF PIPING. REMOVE PIPING AS INDICATED AND CAP AT MAIN AS REQUIRED.

G. CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY WITH GENERAL CONDITIONS AND PROTECTION PROVISIONS SPECIFIED FOR JOINT OWNER/CONTRACTOR OCCUPANCY WORK AREAS.

H. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROTECT EXISTING UTILITIES TO REMAIN FROM DAMAGE DURING DEMOLITION. ANY UTILITIES AND SERVICES DAMAGED SHALL BE REPAIRED AT NO EXPENSE TO OWNER.

I. CONTRACTOR SHALL TEMPORARILY MOVE OR TAKE EQUIPMENT OUT OF SERVICE AS NECESSARY TO COMPLETE WORK. SUCH SERVICES SHALL BE REPAIRED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SPECIFICATIONS.

J. SAWCUT CONCRETE FLOOR AS REQUIRED FOR DEMOLITION WORK INDICATED. COORDINATE WITH NEW PLUMBING WORK, STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS, AND ARCHITECTURAL WORK. PATCH TO MATCH ADJACENT CONDITIONS.

A. WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED BY A LICENSED PLUMBER OF THE STATE OF ILLINOIS.

B. MATERIALS, INSTALLATION AND TESTING SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST ADOPTED EDITION OF STATE AND LOCAL CODE PROCEDURES, METHODS AND REQUIREMENTS, INCLUDING THE MOST STRINGENT OF HEALTH AND SAFETY STANDARDS AS REQUIRED AND AS INTERPRETED BY THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. MINIMUM CODE AND STANDARDS REQUIRED, BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING:"ILLINOIS PLUMBING CODE" (CURRENT EDITION)"INTERNATIONAL PLUMBING CODE" (LATEST EDITION)"NFPA 54 - NATIONAL FUEL GAS CODE"APPLICABLE LOCAL AND MUNICIPAL CODES AND ORDINANCES.

C. MEANING AND INTENT OF DRAWINGS: DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC. PIPING IS SHOWN IN SCHEMATIC FORM. SCALES INDICATED ARE FOR ARCHITECTURAL REFERENCE ONLY. IT IS NOT INTENDED THAT THE DRAWINGS SHOW EVERY WASTE, VENT, WATER PIPE, FITTING, SUPPORTS, ETC., AND IT IS UNDERSTOOD THAT THE DRAWINGS MUST BE FOLLOWED AS CLOSELY AS CIRCUMSTANCES WILL PERMIT, THE PROPER INSTALLATION ACCORDING TO THE TRUE INTENT AND MEANING OF THE DRAWINGS, LOCAL CODES AND STANDARD PRACTICES SHALL BE PROVIDED.PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. REPORT ANY PROBLEMS OR CONFLICTS TO THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER. NOTED DIMENSIONS TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. ANY MINOR CHANGES IN LOCATION OF EQUIPMENT, WASTE VENT, WATER PIPE, ETC., FROM THOSE LOCATIONS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT EXTRA COST, IF SO DIRECTED BY THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER BEFORE THE INSTALLATION IS MADE. A MINOR CHANGE IN LOCATION IS CONSIDERED TO BE WITHIN 5'-0" OF THE ORIGINAL INDICATED LOCATION. THE EQUIPMENT INDICATED ON THESE DRAWINGS INCLUDE ONLY THE MAJOR EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS.NOT WITHSTANDING, THE DETAILS PRESENTED IN THESE DRAWINGS VERIFY THE COMPLETENESS OF THE MATERIALS LISTS AND SUITABILITY OF DEVICES TO MEET THE INTENT OF THIS PROJECT. ANY ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT OR MATERIAL REQUIRED, EVEN IF NOT SPECIFICALLY MENTIONED HEREIN SHALL BE PROVIDED WITHOUT CLAIM FOR ADDITIONAL PAYMENT; IT BEING UNDERSTOOD THAT A COMPLETE AND OPERATIONAL PLUMBING SYSTEM, SATISFACTORY TO THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER AND THE OWNER SHALL BE PROVIDED. USE ONLY THE MANUFACTURER'S TESTED ASSEMBLIES.

D. ALL GENERAL NOTES ARE PART OF THIS CONTRACT.

E. ALL EXPENSES CARRIED BY THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER IN TROUBLESHOOTING SYSTEM(S) PROBLEMS CAUSED BY INADEQUATE WORKMANSHIP, LACK OF TECHNICAL EXPERTISE OR OTHER FORMS OF POOR PERFORMANCE ON THE PART OF A CONTRACTOR, SHALL BE BORN BY THAT CONTRACTOR.

F. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL SERVICES IN BUILDING AND TO 5'-0" BEYOND THE BUILDING CONSTRUCTION LINE. SITE UTILITY CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL OTHER PIPING.

G. COORDINATE ROUTING OF PIPING WITH ALL OTHER TRADES AND STRUCTURAL CONDITIONS TO AVOID ANY CONFLICTS.

H. MAINTAIN A MINIMUM CLEARANCE OF 3'-0" IN FRONT OF ELECTRICAL PANELS AND 1'-0" EITHER SIDE FROM STRUCTURE TO STRUCTURE AND FLOOR TO STRUCTURE. ROUTE PIPING AROUND AND NOT DIRECTLY ABOVE ELECTRICAL PANELS. VERIFY CLEARANCE REQUIREMENTS WITH ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO INSTALLING PIPE.

I. INCLUDE IN BID, ALL LICENSE, PERMIT, INSPECTION AND OTHER FEES REQUIRED BY UTILITY COMPANIES OR AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION REQUIRED FOR COMPLETION OF WORK SO THAT NO UNEXPECTED ADDITIONAL EXPENSES ARE INTRODUCED TO OWNER.

J. PROMPTLY INFORM THE ENGINEER, IN WRITING, OF ANY DEVIATIONS IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FROM REQUIREMENTS OF LOCAL UTILITIES, MUNICIPALITIES, STATE OR FEDERAL LAWS AND REGULATIONS. PERFORM THE WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH REQUIREMENTS AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER.

K. PROVIDE ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, TOOLS, EQUIPMENT, ETC. REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE AND FUNCTIONAL SYSTEM AS SPECIFIED AND INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS.

L. ALL CLEANOUTS, VALVES, AIR CHAMBERS, ETC. ARE TO BE ACCESSIBLE. EXTEND PIPING AND PROVIDE ACCESS PANELS AS NECESSARY. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR WILL BE REQUIRED TO DEMONSTRATE ACCESSIBILITY IF IT IS QUESTIONABLE. ACCESS PANEL SIZES, LOCATIONS, AND FINAL COLOR SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH THE ARCHITECT AS WELL AS ALL OTHER TRADES TO AVOID ANY CONFLICTS. ACCESS PANELS PROVIDED BY PLUMBING CONTRACTOR FOR INSTALLATION BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR.

M. DURING CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES, THE ENTIRE WORK AREA SHALL BE CLEAN OF ALL DUST, DIRT AND OTHER DEBRIS BEFORE APPLICATION OF ANY NEW MATERIALS.

N. ALL VALVES IN CORRIDORS SHALL BE LOCATED 1'-0" AWAY FROM WALLS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. VALVES SHALL NOT BE LOCATED OVER INACCESSIBLE CEILINGS UNLESS ADEQUATE ACCESS IS PROVIDED.

O. FURNISH AND INSTALL BALL TYPE SHUTOFF VALVES IN ALL DOMESTIC WATER BRANCH PIPING OFF OF THE MAINS, RISERS, AND IN ALL BRANCH PIPING TO EACH SEPARATE ROOM TO PERMIT WATER SUPPLY SHUT OFF WITHOUT INTERFERING WITH ANY OTHER ROOM OR PORTION OF BUILDING.

P. SANITARY WASTE PIPING SHALL BE SLOPED AT 1/8-INCH PER FOOT MINIMUM FOR ALL PIPING 4-INCH AND LARGER AND AT 1/4-INCH PER FOOT MINIMUM FOR ALL PIPING 3-INCH AND SMALLER.

Q. INDIRECT WASTE FROM FIXTURES AND SPECIALTIES, AND EQUIPMENT DRAIN LINES TERMINATING AT FLOOR DRAINS, OR APPROVED RECEPTACLES SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM 2" AIR GAP. SUPPORT PIPING SO INDIRECT WASTE CANNOT BE DEFLECTED FROM DRAIN OPENING.

R. ALL VENTS FROM HORIZONTAL SOIL OR WASTE PIPE SHALL COME OFF TOP OR AT 45 DEGREE VERTICALLY FROM CENTER OF PIPE BEFORE OFFSETTING HORIZONTALLY TO RISER.

S. ALL VENT TERMINATIONS SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH BUILDING OPENINGS, AIR INTAKES AND AIR EXHAUST OPENINGS. ADJUST VENT THROUGH ROOF LOCATIONS TO COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE CODE AND TO BE IN THE LEAST VISIBLE EXTERIOR VIEWPOINT.

T. SUPPORT ALL NEW PIPING AND EQUIPMENT FROM STRUCTURE ABOVE AS REQUIRED. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL SUPPLEMENTAL STEEL TO SPAN BETWEEN PRIMARY BUILDING STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE COMPLETE DESIGN OF SUPPLEMENTAL STEEL AND PIPE SUPPORTS, INCLUDING REACTION LOADS TO PRIMARY BUILDING STRUCTURAL MEMBERS.

U. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL NAIL PLATES WHERE PIPING PASSES THROUGH STUD(S) WITHIN 2" OF NAILING SURFACE TO PROTECT PIPE FROM NAILS OR DRYWALL SCREWS.

V. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL APPROVED WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS IN WATER LINES, BOTH HOT AND COLD, SERVING BATTERY AND BACK TO BACK FIXTURE INSTALLATIONS IN PIPE SPACE AND PIPE CHASES AND SHALL BE ACCESSIBLE.

W. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL HOT WATER DISTRIBUTION LOOP AND BRANCH SUPPLY PIPING AS CLOSE AS POSSIBLE TO THE HOT WATER INLET SIDE OF POINT OF USE THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE, INCLUDING FIXTURES WITH INTEGRAL MIXING VALVES, SO THAT THERE IS NO MORE THAN 10 LINEAR FEET DISTANCE. THIS SHALL BE IN SINGLE FIXTURE APPLICATIONS. IN MULTIPLE FIXTURE APPLICATIONS BATTERIED IN WALL OR PIPE CHASES, THE HOT WATER SUPPLY PIPING SHALL BE AS CLOSE AS REASONABLY POSSIBLE TO THE FIXTURE CONNECTIONS.

X. ALL P-TRAPS FOR FLOOR DRAINS AND FLOOR SINKS SHALL BE DEEP SEAL TRAP FILLED WITH VEGETABLE OIL. 2" TRAPS SHALL HAVE A 4" MINIMUM WATER SEAL, 3" AND LARGER SHALL HAVE A 5" WATER SEAL.

Y. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL, TEST, AND FIELD BALANCE APPROVED EQUIPMENT PER MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS.

HWC

HW

3-WAY CONTROL VALVE

ANGLE GATE VALVE

ANGLE GLOBE VALVE

BALANCING/SHUTOFF VALVE

BALL VALVE

BUTTERFLY VALVE

CHECK VALVE

CALIBRATED BALANCING VALVE

CONTROL VALVE

EXPANSION VALVE

GATE VALVE

GLOBE VALVE

QUICK OPEN VALVE

SAFETY RELIEF VALVE

SOLENOID VALVE

BACKFLOW PREVENTER

ECCENTRIC REDUCER

CONCENTRIC REDUCER

FLOW ARROW

HOSE BIBB / SILLCOCK

WALL CLEANOUT

WATER CLOSET

VENT THRU ROOF

VACUUM BREAKER

THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE

TO BELOW

SILLCOCK (EXTERIOR)

PLUMBING CONTRACTOR

MOP SINK BASIN

LAVATORY

HOT WATER RECIRCULATION PUMP

HOSE BIBB (INTERIOR)

HIGH AS POSSIBLE

GENERAL CONTRACTOR

FROM FLOOR ABOVE

FLOOR CLEANOUT

FURNISHED BY OTHERS

ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR

BELOW GRADE

BELOW FLOOR

ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR

ABOVE CEILING

PLUMBING EQUIPMENT DESIGNATION

AC

AFF

BF

BG

EC

FBO

FCO

FFA

GC

HAP

HB

HWCP

L

MSB

PC

SC

TB

TMV

VB

VTR

WC

WCO

SP SUMP PUMP

UR URINAL

EWC ELECTRIC WATER COOLER

FD FLOOR DRAIN

RD ROOF DRAIN

CLINICAL SERVICE SINKCSS

EXPANSION TANKET

FROM ABOVEFA

FROM BELOWFB

FROM FLOOR BELOWFFB

FILL TANKFT

GAS WATER HEATERGWH

TO FLOOR BELOWTFB

TO FLOOR ABOVETFA

WASH FOUNTAINWF

VACUUM RELIEF VALVE

SH SHOWER

ELECTRIC WATER HEATEREWH

SERVICE SINKSS

LAUNDRY TUBLT

ICE MAKERIM

HOSE STATIONHS

COMB. EMERGENCY EYE WASH/SHOWEREEWSH

EMERGENCY EYE WASHEEW

DISHWASHERDW

COMBINATION FIXTURECF

WASHER BOXWB

SK SINK

WATER SOFTENERWS

BOOSTER HEATERBH

PIPING SYSTEM

DRINKING FOUNTAINDF

NOTE: NOT ALL MAY BE USED ON THIS PROJECT

GAS COCK

PLUG VALVE

BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEMBAS

BACKFLOW PREVENTION DEVICEBFP

BETWEEN JOISTSBJ

BOTTOM OF PIPEBOP

BRITISH THERMAL UNITS PER HOURBTUH

CONDENSATECOND

CONDENSATE PUMPCP

CONTROL VALVECV

DN DOWN

FPC FIRE PROTECTION SUBCONTRACTOR

GPM GALLONS PER MINUTE

THOUSANDS OF BTU PER HOURMBH

P PUMP

PRV PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE

TOP TOP OF PIPE

NOT TO SCALENTS

ANNOTATION ABBREVIATIONS

ANNOTATION SYMBOLOGY

SF SQUARE FOOT

PLUMBING SYMBOLOGY

SE SEWAGE EJECTOR

(E)EXISTING

PLUMBING KEYNOTE

KITCHEN EQUIPMENT DESIGNATION

DETAIL OR SECTION MARKSHOWN ON DRAWING

DETAIL MODULE NUMBER

POINT OF NEW CONNECTION

POINT OF TERMINATION/CAPNEW BOLD TEXT INDICATES NEW ITEM

ITALIC TEXT INDICATES EXISTING ITEM

##

#

#

PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE (WATER)

PRESSURE REGULATOR (GAS)

PIPE ANCHOR

PIPE GUIDES

WALL CLEANOUT

SUSPENDED CLEANOUT

WCO

WYE STRAINER

WYE STRAINER W/DRAIN VALVE

FLOOR DRAIN - ROUND OR SQUARE

FLOOR CLEANOUT - ROUND OR SQUARE

PIPE CAP

PIPE TURNING DOWN

PIPE TURNING UP

TEE UP

TEE DOWN

DROP AND RUN

DROP AND TURN

TEE OFF TOP

TEE OFF BOTTOM

CROSS AND RISER

PLAN 90° ELBOW

PIPE TEE

PIPE UNION

FLEXIBLE PIPE CONNECTOR

WATER METER

PUMP

AUTOMATIC AIR VENT

PRESSURE SWITCH

PRESSURE GAUGE

THERMOMETER

FLOW SWITCH

TEMPERATURE SWITCH

G NATURAL GAS

ST STORMPD PUMP DISCHARGE

OST OVERFLOW STORM

GW GREASE WASTE

OW OIL WASTE

W SANITARY WASTE

CD CONDENSATE DRAIN

FLOOR SINKFS

MECHANICAL CONTRACTORMC

ORD OVERFLOW ROOF DRAIN

CA COMPRESSED AIR

AW ACID WASTE

N2 NITROGEN

N2O NITROUS OXIDE

MA MEDICAL AIR

O2 OXYGEN

WAGD WASTE ANESTHETIC GAS DISPOSAL

VAC VACUUM

V SANITARY VENT

OV OIL VENT

AV ACID VENT

NPCW NONPOTABLE COLD WATER

DI DE-IONIZED WATER

SCW SOFTENED COLD WATER

CW DOMESTIC COLD WATER

RO REVERSE OSMOSIS WATER

DOMESTIC HW RECIRCULATION

DOMESTIC HOT WATER

CO2 CARBON DIOXIDE

HW 140 DOMESTIC HOT WATER (OTHER TEMP)

OR

OR

YARD CLEANOUTYCO

WATER FILTERWFL

CO

PIPE SLOPE ARROW

F

P

T

M

L1

K22

GARBAGE DISPOSALGD

DS DOWNSPOUT NOZZLE

AREA DRAINAD

PLUMBING SYMBOLS & ABBREVIATIONS

SANITARY LINE(SIZE INDICATEDON DRAWINGS)

WALL CLEANOUT

FRAME WALL

STANDARD PIPE STRAP

UNISTRUT P-1000 SUPPORT

FINISHED FL.

EXPANSION BOLT (TYP)

SECTION A-A

A

A

5 1

/4"

MIN

.CL

FLOOR DRAIN. SET SO RIM IS FLUSHWITH SCHEDULED FINISHED FLOORCOORDINATE WITH SLAB DEPRESSION.

FIN. FLR.

*SLOPE TO DRAINFLOOR PITCH

VENT PIPING WHERE OCCURS ON PLANS

DEEP-SEAL TRAP

TOP OF SLAB

PIPE SECTION

*NOTE: SEE STRUCTURAL AND ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR SLOPING AND DRAIN ELEVATION

WASTE LINE(SIZE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS)

HOT WATERSUPPLY

TYPICAL STOP

COLD WATERSUPPLY

CWTW

CW

TMV(SEE SCHEDULE)

TYPICAL LAVATORY(SELF-RIMMING ORWALL HUNG)

SOFT METAL FLANGE

VENT STACK EXTENSION, TURNFLASHING DOWN INTO STACK

ROOF INSULATION AND DECK / SUBSTRATE

VENT STACK INCREASER

VENT STACK

SEALANT

12" MIN.

"1

6" MIN.

SOFT METAL PIPE FLASHING (2.25 LB./S.F. SHEET LEAD OR 16 OZ./S.F. SHEET COPPER)

NOTE: INSTALLATION REQUIRES WRITTEN APPROVAL OF CONTRACTOR HOLDING ROOF WARRANTY

MIN.

"4

1"MIN. CLEARANCE

HW SUPPLY. CONNECT TO EXISTING HW MAIN AND INSTALL NEW HW PIPING TO NEW MSB1

THERMOMETER

T&P RELIEF VALVEROUTED TO NEARESTFLOOR DRAIN.

PVC COMBUSTION AIR INTAKE BY MC TO MFG. SPECS.

CONTROL ENCLOSURE

BALL VALVE

WATER HEATER (SEESCHEDULE AND SPECS.)

DIELECTRIC UNION (TYP)

GAS INLET

4" HOUSE KEEPING PAD

PVC FLUE PIPING BYMC TO MFG. SPECS.

DIRT LEG

VENT MOTOR

CW SUPPLY (SEEPLANS FOR CONT.)

BALL VALVE

GAS PIPING (SEEPLANS FOR CONT.)

VACUUM RELIEF VALVE(LOCATE ABOVE HEATER)

NOTE:1. REFER TO WATER HEATER SCHEDULE ON PLUMBING

DRAWINGS FOR WATER HEATER REQUIREMENTS.

M.C. SHALL INSTALL CONCENTRIC VENT KIT TERMINATION

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

DATE:

DRAWN:

REVIEWED:

SHEET TITLE:

SHEET NUMBER:

PROJECT NO.:

PROJECT:

ISSUE:

# DATE: DESCRIPTION:

DESIGNED:

8/2

9/2

018

9:0

2:4

3 A

M P0.1

PLUMBING GENERALINFORMATION ANDDETAILS

VUJ

JMG

0180834.00

MARSHALL PUBLICLIBRARY

City of Marshall

612 ARCHER AVE. MARSHALL, IL

08/30/2018

08/30/2018

PERMIT SET

VUJ

Scale: No Scale2

WALL CLEANOUT DETAIL (WCO1)

Scale: No Scale3

FLOOR DRAIN (FD1)

Scale: No Scale1

POINT-OF-USE MIXING VALVE (TMV1)

Scale: No Scale4

PLUMBING VENT THRU BUILT-UP ROOF

Scale: No Scale5

GAS WATER HEATER DETAIL (GWH1)

JOSEPH M.

062-069758

GAIED

LICENSE EXPIRES: 11-30-2019

DATE SIGNED: 08/29/2018

08/30/2018

BID SET

SECTION- BASIC PLUMBING GENERAL REQUIREMENTSPART 1- GENERAL

SUMMARYSECTION SPECIFIES THE BASIC REQUIREMENTS FOR PLUMBING INSTALLATIONS AND INCLUDES REQUIREMENTS

COMMON TO MORE THAN ONE SECTION OF THE SPECIFICATIONS.

GENERAL REFERENCESALL OF THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE CONSIDERED A PART OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. THE

CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR SEARCHING ALL CONTRACT DOCUMENTS TO DETERMINE THE

SCOPE OF WORK REQUIRED IN FINAL CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT PROVIDED BY OTHER CONTRACTS OR

CONTRACTORS. IT IS THE INTENT OF THE DRAWINGS TO PROVIDE AS MUCH INFORMATION AS POSSIBLE ON

EQUIPMENT PROVIDED BY OTHERS. HOWEVER, THE EXTENT OF FINAL CONNECTIONS AND TYPE OF FINAL

CONNECTIONS SHALL BE DETERMINED BY THE ACTUAL EQUIPMENT SUPPLIED BY OTHERS. THIS CONTRACTOR

SHALL INCLUDE IN HIS BASE BID, RESONABLE COST FOR THE INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT PROVIDED BY

OTHERS. HE SHALL NOT BE AWARDED EXTRA COSTS AFTER THE CONTRACT IS AWARDED UNLESS THE

EQUIPMENT SO INSTALLED IS NOT SHOWN ON ANY OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.

WORK INCLUDED UNDER THIS DIVISION SHALL CONSIST OF FURNISHING ALL MATERIALS, SUPPLIES,

EQUIPMENT, TOOLS, INSURANCE, TRANSPORTATION AND FACILITIES, AND PERFOMING ALL LABOR AND

SERVICES NECESSARY FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION OF THE NEW PLUMBING SYSTEM(S).

DRAWINGSDRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC, INDICATING ONLY APPROXIMATE LOCATIONS OF SERVICES, FIXTURES,

APPARATUS, AND PIPING UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, AND ARE NOT TO BE SCALED. ACTUAL INSTALLATION

MUST CONFORM TO ACTUAL BUILDING CONDITIONS, AND VERFIED IN THE FIELD. THE ARCHITECT/ ENGINEER

RESERVES THE RIGHT TO EFFECT REASONABLE CHANGES IN THE LOCATION OF EQUIPMENT UP TO THE TIME

OF ROUGH-IN WITHOUT ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. ANY AND ALL CHANGES SHALL BE APPROVED BY

THE ARCHITECT/ ENGINEER. MAINTAIN MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDED CLEARANCES AROUND ALL

EQUIPMENT.

THE DECISION OF THE ARCHITECT/ ENGINEER AS TO THE TRUE INTENT AND MEANING OF THE PLANS AND

SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE FINAL AND BINDING UPON BOTH PARTIES TO THE CONTRACT.

ITEMS OMITTED FROM THE DRAWINGS BUT SPECIFIED, OR ITEMS CALLED FOR ON THE DRAWINGS BUT OMITTED

FROM THE SPECIFICATIONS, SHALL BE CONSIDERED AS APPEARING IN BOTH. WHERE A CONFLICT OCCURS

BETWEEN SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS, THE MOST EXPENSIVE ITEM WILL TAKE PRECEDENCE. THE

CONFLICT WILL THEN BE RESOLVED DURING CONSTRUCTION AND A CREDIT ISSUED FOR A LESS COSTLY

SOLUTION.

THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE INSTALLATION OF ALL PLUMBING PIPING, AND TO

CONFORM TO ACTUAL BUILDING STRUCTURAL CONDITIONS.

ITEMS OMITTED FROM DRAWINGS AND/ OR SPECIFICATIONS BUT REQUIRED FOR PROPER OPERATION OF

EQUIPMENT OR FIXTURES BY MANUFACTURER SHALL BE CONSIDERED AS PART OF THE CONTRACT

DOCUMENTS. ITEMS AS STATED ABOVE WHICH ARE NECESSARY TO COMPLY WITH THE INTENT OF THE

CONTRACT DOCUMENTS SHALL BE CONSIDERED AS PART OF THE CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS.

REGULATORY REQUIREMENTSPLUMBING TO CONFORM TO THE STATE OF ILLINOIS PLUMBING CODE (77 ILL. ADMIN. CODE 890) (CURRENT

EDITION), INTERNATIONAL PLUMBING CODE, AND LOCAL, COUNTY, AND CITY CODES.

SECURE AND PAY FOR ALL PERMITS AND CERTIFICATIONS OF INSPECTIONS INCIDENTAL TO THIS WORK

REQUIRED BY FOREGOING AUTHORITIES. BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PAYMENTS TO ALL PUBLIC UTILITIES FOR

WORK PERFOMED BY THEM IN CONNECTION WITH THE PROVISION OF SERVICE CONNECTION REQUIRED.

DELIVER ALL CERTIFICATES TO ARCHITECT/ ENGINEER IN DUPLICATE.

PART 2- PRODUCTS (NOT APPLICABLE)

PART 3- EXECUTION

OPERATIONS MANUALTHIS CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH COMPETENT PERSONNEL TO INSTRUCT THE OWNER'S OPERATING

PERSONNEL IN THE PROPER OPERATION OF EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURES.

PRIOR TO FINAL PAYMENT DEMONSTRATE TO THE OWNER'S SATISFACTION THE PROPER OPERATION OF EACH

AND ALL SYSTEMS, INSTRUCTING IN OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF PLUMBING FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT.

SECTION- GENERAL PIPING AND VALVESALL PIPING SHALL BE INSTALLED PARALLEL WITH, OR AT RIGHT ANGLES TO, THE BUILDING WALLS. ALL

VERTICAL RISERS SHALL BE INSTALLED PLUMB AND STRAIGHT.

ALL PIPING SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH A PITCH IN THE DIRECTION OF FLOW OF NOT LESS THAN ONE INCH IN

FORTY FEET, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SHOWN. IT MUST BE POSSIBLE TO DRAIN EVERY PORTION OF THE PIPING

SYSTEM. DRAINS SHALL HAVE HOSE THREAD ENDS.

ANY PIPE RESTING ON OR COMING IN CONTACT WITH BUILDING STRUCTURE OR SUPPLEMENTAL SUPPORTS

SHALL BE INSULATED AT THAT POINT TO PREVENT TELEGRAGHING OF SOUND OR VIBRATION.

ALL PLUMBING PIPING SHALL BE RIGIDLY SUPPORTED AND SHALL NOT BE LOOSE OR SHAKEY.

COPPER WATER PIPING JOINTS SHALL BE MADE WITH THE SCHEDULED FITTINGS. SURFACE TO BA SOLDERED

SHALL BE CLEANED BRIGHT, PROPERLY FLUXED AND MADE WITH SOLDER OF NOT LESS THAN 95-5. JOINTS

BETWEEN COPPER PIPE TO SCREWED PIPE JOINTS SHALL BE MADE BY USE OF A BRASS FITTING.

CLEAN- UPAT ALL TIMES KEEP PREMISES AND BUILDING IN NEAT ORDERLY CONDITION, FOLLOW EXPLICITLY ANY

INSTRUCTIONS OF CONSTRUCTION MANAGER AND ARCHITECT/ ENGINEER IN REGARD TO STORING OF

MATERIALS, PROTECTIVE MEASURES, CLEANING- UP OF DEBRIS, ETC.

UPON COMPLETION OF THE WORK THE CONTRACTOR SHALL THOROUGHLY CLEAN ALL FIXTURES, FAUCET

AERATORS, FLUSH VALVE DIAPHRAGMS, EQUIPMENT, PACK ALL VALVES REMOVING ALL DIRT, GREASE AND OIL.

FIRE AND SOUND STOPPINGPIPE SLEEVES SHALL BE SIZED TO ALLOW FOR PROPER ANNULAR SPACE BETWEEN SLEEVE AND PIPE OR

INSULATION. SEAL THE ANNULAR SPACE WITH A FIRE RETARDANT CAULK OR PUTTY ON ALL WALLS USING UL

APPROVED METHOD AS RECOMMENDED BY THE SEALANT MANUFACTURER. THE SIZE OF THE ANNULAR SPACE

WILL VARY DEPENDENT ON THE SEALANT APPLICATION TECHNIQUE WITH THE SEALANT MANUFACTURER.

FIRE AND SOUND STOPPING SEALER SHALL BE 3M FIRE BARRIER CAULK CP25 OR PUTTY 303, THOMAS & BETTS

FLAME-SAFE FIRE STOP COMPOUND OR NELSON FLAMESEAL PUTTY.

SECTION- SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR PLUMBING PIPINGPART 1- GENERAL

SUMMARYSECTION INCLUDES SLEEVES, SLEEVE-SEAL SYSTEMS, AND GROUT FOR PLUMBING PIPING AT FLOOR AND WALL

PENETRATIONS.

ACTION SUBMITTALS

PRODUCT DATA FOR EACH TYPE OF PRODUCT INDICATED

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

SLEEVES

CAST IRON WALL PIPES: CAST OR FABRICATED OR CAST OR DUCTILE IRON AND EQUIVALENT TO DUCTILE-IRON

PRESSURE PIPE, WITH PLAIN ENDS AND INTEGRAL WATERSTOP UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.

GALVANIZED-STEEL WALL PIPES: ASTM A 53/A 53M, SCHEDULE 40, WITH PLAIN ENDS AND WELDED STEEL

COLLAR; ZINC COATED.

GALVANIZED-STEEL-PIPE SLEEVES: ASTM A 53/A 53M, TYPE E, GRADE B, SCHEDULE 40, ZINC COATED, WITH

PLAIN ENDS.

PVC-PIPE SLEEVES: ASTM D 1785, SCHEDULE 40.

SLEEVE-SEAL SYSTEMS

DESCRIPTION: MODULAR SEALING-ELEMENT UNIT, DESIGNED FOR FIELD ASSEMBLY, FOR FILLING ANNULAR

SPACE BETWEEN PIPING AND SLEEVE.

SEALING ELEMENTS: EPDM-RUBBER INTERLOCKING LINKS SHAPED TO FIT SURFACE OF PIPE. INCLUDE TYPE

AND NUMBER REQUIRED FOR PIPE MATERIAL AND SIZE OF PIPE.

PRESSURE PLATES: CARBON STEEL

CONNECTING BOLTS AND NUTS: CARBON STEEL, WITH CORROSION-RESISTANT COATING, OF LENGTH

REQUIRED TO SECURE PRESSURE PLATES TO SEALING ELEMENTS.

GROUT

STANDARD ASTM C 1107M, GRADE B, POST- HARDENING AND VOLUME-ADJUSTING, DRY, HYDRAULIC-CEMENT

GROUT.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

SLEEVE INSTALLATION

INSTALL SLEEVES FOR PIPING PASSING THROUGH PENETRATIONS IN FLOORS, PARTITIONS, ROOFS, AND WALLS.

INSTALL SLEEVES IN CONCRETE FLOORS, CONCRETE ROOF SLABS, AND CONCRETE WALLS AS NEW SLABS AND

WALLS AND CONSTRUCTED.

CUT SLEEVES TO LENGTH FOR MOUNTING FLUSH WITH BOTH SURFACES.

USING GROUT, SEAL THE SPACE OUTSIDE OF SLEEVES IN SLABS AND WALLS WITHOUT SLEEVE-SEAL SYSTEM.

INSTALL SLEEVES FOR PIPES PASSING THROUGH INTERIOR PARTITIONS.

FIRE-BARRIER PENETRATIONS: MAINTAIN INDICATED FIRE RATING OF WALLS, PARTITIONS, CEILINGS, AND

FLOORS AT PIPE PENETRATIONS. SEAL PIPE PENETRATIONS WITH FIRESTOP MATERIALS. COMPLY WITH

REQUIREMENTS FOR FIRESTOPPING SPECIFIED IN SECTION 078413 “PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING.”

SLEEVE-SEAL-SYSTEM INSTALLATION

INSTALL SLEEVE-SEAL SYSTEMS IN SLEEVES IN EXTERIOR CONCRETE WALLS AND SLABS-ON-GRADE AT

SERVICE PIPING ENTRIES INTO BUILDING.

SELECT TYPE, SIZE, AND NUMBER OF SEALING ELEMENTS REQUIRED FOR PIPING MATERIAL AND SIZE FOR

SLEEVE ID OR HOLE SIZE. POSITION PIPING IN CENTER OF SLEEVE. CENTER PIPING IN PENETRATION,

ASSEMBLE SLEEVE-SEAL SYSTEM COMPONENTS, AND INSTALL IN ANNULAR SPACE BETWEEN PIPING AND

SLEEVE. TIGHTEN BOLTS AGAINST PRESSURE PLATES THAT CAUSE SEALING ELEMENTS TO EXPAND AND MAKE

A WATERTIGHT SEAL.

SECTION- ESCUTCHEONS FOR PLUMBING PIPINGPART 1- GENERAL

SUMMARYESCUTCHEONS FOR PIPING AT CEILING, FLOOR AND WALL PENETRATIONS.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

ESCUTCHEONS

ONE-PIECE, CAST BRASS TYPE, WITH POLISHED, CHROME-PLATED AND ROUGH-BRASS FINISH AND SETSCREW

FASTENER.

ONE-PIECE, DEEP-PATTERN TYPE: DEEP-DRAWN, BOX-SHAPED BRASS WITH CHROME-PLATED FINISH AND

SPRING-CLIP FASTENERS.

ONE-PIECE, STAMPED-STEEL TYPE: WITH CHROME-PLATED FINISH AND SPRING-CLIP FASTENERS.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

INSTALLATION

INSTALL ESCUTCHEONS FOR PIPING PENETRATIONS OF WALLS, CEILINGS, AND FINISHED FLOORS.

INSTALL ESCUTCHEONS WITH ID TO CLOSELY FIT AROUND PIPE, TUBE, AND INSULATION OF PIPING AND WITH

OD THAT COMPLETELY COVERS OPENING.

FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

REPLACE BROKEN AND DAMAGED ESCUTCHEONS AND FLOOR PLATES USING NEW MATERIALS.

SECTION- GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPINGPART 1- GENERAL

SUMMARYSECTION INCLUDES GENERAL DUTY VALVES COMMON TO MULTIPLE PLUMBING SYSTEMS.

ACTION SUBMITTALS

PRODUCT DATA: FOR EACH TYPE OF VALVE INDICATED.

QUALITY ASSURANCE

ASME COMPLIANCE:

ASME B16:10 AND ASME B16:34 FOR FERROUS VALVE DIMENSIONS AND DESIGN CRITERIA.

ASME B31.1 FOR POWER PIPING VALVES.

ASME B31.9 FOR BUILDING SERVICES PIPING VALVES.

NSF COMPLIANCE: NSF 61 FOR VALVE MATERIALS FOR POTABLE-WATER SERVICE.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR VALVES

VALVE PRESSURE AND TEMPURATURE RATINGS: NOT LESS THAN INDICATED AND AS REQUIRED FOR

SYSTEM PRESSURES AND TEMPERATURES.

BRONZE BALL VALVES

TWO-PIECE, FULL-PORT, BRONZE BALL VALVES WITH BRONZE TRIM:

DESCRIPTION:

STANDARD: MSS SP-110, SWP RATING: 150 PSIG; BODY DESIGN: TWO PIECE; BODY MATERIAL: BRONZE.

IRON, SINGLE-FLANGE BUTTERFLY VALVES

200 CWP, IRON, SINGLE-FLANGE BUTTERLY VALVES

DESCRIPTION:

STANDARD: MSS SP-67, TYPE I, CWP RATING: 200 PSIG, SEAT: EPDM, STEM: ONE-OR TWO-PIECE STAINLESS

STEEL.

DISC: ALUMINUM BRONZE.

BRONZE SWING CHECK VALVES

CLASS 150, BRONZE SWING CHECK VALVES WITH BRONZE DISC:

DESCRIPTION:

STANDARD: MSS SP-80, TYPE 3, BODY DESIGN: HORIZONTAL FLOW, BODY MATERIAL: ASTM B 62, BRONZE,

ENDS: THREADED, DISC: BRONZE.

BRONZE GATE VALVES

CLASS 150, NRS BRONZE GATE VALVES:

DESCRIPTION:

STANDARD: MSS SP-80, TYPE 1, BODY MATERIAL: ASTM B 62, BRONZE WITH INTEGRAL SEAT AND

UNION-RING BONNET, ENDS: THREADED, STEM: BRONZE, DISC: SOLID WEDGE; BRONZE, PACKING:

ASBESTOS FREE.

BRONZE GLOBE VALVES

CLASS 150, BRONZE GLOBE VALVES WITH NONMETALLIC DISC:

DESCRIPTION:

STANDARD: MSS SP-80, TYPE 2, BODY MATERIAL: ASTM B 62, BRONZE WITH INTEGRAL SEAT AND

UNION-RING BONNETS, ENDS: THREADED, STEM: BRONZE, DISC: PTFE OR TFE, PACKING: ASBESTOS FREE.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

VALVE INSTALLATION

INSTALL VALVES WITH UNIONS OR FLANGES AT EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT ARRANGED TO ALLOW SERVICE,

MAINTENANCE, AND EQUIPMENT REMOVAL WITHOUT SYSTEM SHUTDOWN.

LOCATE VALVES FOR EASY ACCESS AND PROVIDE SEPARATE SUPPORT WHERE NECESSARY.

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR VALVE APPLICATIONS

IF VALVE APPLICATIONS ARE NOT INDICATED, USE THE FOLLOWING:

SHUTOFF SERVICE: BALL, BUTTERFLY OR GATE VALVES.

THROTTLING SERVICE: GLOBE OR BALL VALVES. PUMP-DISCHARGE CHECK VALVES.

NPS 2 AND SMALLER: BRONZE SWING CHECK VALVES WITH BRONZE OR NONMETALLIC DISC.

IF VALVES WITH SPECIFIED SWP CLASSES OR CWP RATINGS ARE NOT AVAILABLE, THE SAME TYPES OF

VALVES WITH HIGHER SWP CLASSES OR CWP RATINGS MY BE SUBSTITUTED.

DOMESTIC, HOT-AND COLD-WATER VALVE SCHEDULE

PIPE NPS2 AND SMALLER:

BRONZE VALVES: MAY BE PROVIDED WITH SOLDER-JOINT ENDS INSTEAD OF THREADED ENDS.

BALL VALVES: TWO PIECE, FULL PORT, BRONZE WITH BRONZE DISC.

SECTION- HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENTPART 1- GENERAL

SUMMARYSECTION INCLUDES SINGLE AND MULTIPLE HANGERS, AND SUPPORTS. THIS SECTION ALSO INCLUDES

MECHANICAL EXPANSION ANCHORS, AND PIPE POSITIONING SYSTEMS.

PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

DELEGATED DESIGN: DESIGN TRAPEZE PIPE HANGERS AND EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS, INCLUDING

COMPREHENSIVE ENGINEERING ANALYSIS BY A QUALIFIED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER, USING

PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS AND DESIGN CRITERIA INDICATED.

ACTION SUBMITTALS

PRODUCT DATA: FOR EACH TYPE OF PRODUCT INDICATED.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

METAL PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS

CARBON-STEEL PIPE HANGER AND SUPPORTS:

DESCRIPTION: MSS SP-58, TYPES 1 THOUGH 58, FACTORY-FABRICATED COMPONENTS.

GALVANIZED METALLIC COATINGS: PREGALVANIZED OR HOT DIPPED.

HANGER RODS: CONTINUOUS-THREAD ROD, NUTS, AND WASHER MADE OF CARBON STEEL.

COPPER PIPE HANGERS: DESCRIPTION: MSS SP-58, TYPES 1 THROUGH 58, COPPER-COATED-STEEL,

FACTORY-FABRICATED COMPONENTS.

HANGER RODS: CONTINUOUS-THREAD ROD, NUTS, AND WASHER MADE OF COPPER-COATED STEEL.

TRAPEZE PIPE HANGERS:

DESCRIPTION: MSS SP-69, TYPE 59, SHOP-OR FIELD-FABRICATED PIPE-SUPPORT ASSEMBLY MADE FROM

STRUCTURAL CARBON-STEEL SHAPES WITH MSS SP-58 CARBON-STEEL HANGER RODS, NUTS, SADDLES,

AND U-BOLTS.

FASTENER SYSTEMS

MECHANICAL-EXPANSION ANCHORS: INSERT-WEDGE-TYPE, ZINC-COATED, STAINLESS-STEEL ANCHORS,

FOR USEIN HARDENED PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE; WITH PULLOUT , TENSION AND SHEAR CAPACITIES

APPROPRIATE FOR SUPPORTED LOADS AND BUILDING MATERIALS WHERE USED.

PIPE POSITIONING SYSTEMS

DESCRIPTION: IAPMO PS 42, POSITIONING SYSTEM OF METAL BRACKETS, CLIPS, AND STRAPS FOR

POSITIONING PIPING IN PIPE SPACES; FOR PLUMBING FIXTURES IN COMMERCIAL APPLICATIONS.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION

METAL PIPE-HANGER INSTALLATION: COMPLY WITH MSS SP-69 AND MSS SP-89. INSTALL HANGERS,

SUPPORTS, CLAMPS, AND ATTACHMENTS AS REQUIRED TO PROPERLY SUPPORT PIPING FROM THE

BUILDING STRUCTURE.

METAL TRAPEZE PIPE-HANGER INSTALLATION: COMPLY WITH MSS SP-69 AND MSS SP-89. ARRANGE FOR

GROUPING OF PARALLEL RUNS OF HORIZONTAL PIPING, AND SUPPORT TOGETHER ON FIELD-FABRICATED

TRAPEZE PIPE HANGERS.

1. PIPES OF VARIOUS SIZES: SUPPORT TOGETHER AND SPACE TRAPEZES FOR SMALLEST PIPE SIZE OR

INSTALL INTERMEDIATE SUPPORTS FOR SMALLER DIAMETER PIPES AS SPECIFIED FOR INDIVIDUAL PIPE

HANGERS.

2. FIELD FABRICATE FROM ASTM A 36/A 36M, CARBON-STEEL SHAPES SELECTED FOR LOADS BEING

SUPPORTED. WELD STEEL ACCORDING TO AWS D1.1/D1.1M.

FASTENER SYSTEM INSTALLATION:

INSTALL MECHANICAL-EXPANSION ANCHORS IN CONCRETE AFTER CONCRETE IS PLACED AND COMPLETELY

CURED. INSTALL FASTENERS ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS.

PIPE POSITIONING-SYSTEM INSTALLATION: INSTALL SUPPORT DEVICES TO MAKE RIGID SUPPLY AND WASTE

PIPING CONNECTIONS TO EACH PLUMBING FIXTURE.

LOAD DISTRIBUTION: INSTALL HANGERS AND SUPPORTS SO THAT PIPING LIVE AND DEAD LOADS AND

STRESSES FROM MOVEMENT WILL NOT BE TRANSMITTED TO CONNECTED EQUIPMENT.

HANGER AND SUPPORT SCHEDULE

COMPLY WITH MSS SP-69 FOR PIPE HANGER SELECTIONS AND APPLICATIONS THAT ARE NOT SPECIFIED IN

PIPING SYSTEM SECTIONS.

USE CARBON-STEEL PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS AND METAL TRAPEZE PIPE HANGERS AND

ATTACHMENTS FOR GENERAL SERVICE APPLICATIONS. USE COPPER-PLATED PIPE HANGERS AND COPPER

ATTACHMENTS FOR COPPER PIPING AND TUBING.

HORIZONTAL-PIPING HANGERS AND SUPPORTS: UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED AND EXCEPT AS SPECIFIED

IN PIPING SYSTEM SECTIONS, INSTALL THE FOLLOWING TYPES:

1. ADJUSTABLE, STEEL CLEVIS HANGERS (MSS TYPE 1): FOR SUSPENSION OF NONINSULATED OR

INSULATED, STATIONARY PIPES NPS ½ TO NPS 30.

2. U-BOLTS (MSS TYPE 24): FOR SUPPORT OF HEAVY PIPES NPS ½ OR NPS 30.

3. HANGER-ROD ATTACHMENTS: UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED AND EXCEPT AS SPECIFIED IN PIPING

SYSTEM SECTIONS, INSTALL THE FOLLOWING TYPES:

4. STEEL CLEVISES (MSS TYPE 14): FOR 120 TO 450 DEG F PIPING INSTALLATIONS.

COMPLY WITH MSS SP-69 FOR TRAPEZE PIPE-HANGER SELECTIONS AND APPLICATIONS THAT ARE NOT

SPECIFIED IN PIPING SYSTEM SECTIONS.

USE PIPE POSITIONING SYSTEMS IN PIPE SPACES BEHIND PLUMBING FIXTURES TO SUPPORT SUPPLY AND

WASTE PIPING FOR PLUMBING FIXTURES.

SECTION- PLUMBING PIPING INSULATIONPART 1- GENERAL

SUMMARYSECTION INCLUDES INSULATION, JACKETS AND INSULATION ACCESSORIES FOR PLUMBING PIPING TO

PREVENT HEAT LOSS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST ENERGY STANDARDS.

ACTION SUBMITTALS

PRODUCT DATA: FOR EACH TYPE OF PRODUCT INDICATED.

QUALITY ASSURANCE

SURFACE-BURNING CHARACTERISTICS: FOR INSULATION AND RELATED MATERIALS, AS DETERMINED BY

TESTING IDENTICAL PRODUCTS ACCORDING TO ASTM E 84 BY A TESTING AGENCY ACCEPTABLE TO

AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. FACTORY LABEL INSULATION AND JACKET MATERIALS AND ADHESIVE,

MASTIC, TAPES, AND CEMENT MATERIAL CONTAINERS, WITH APPROPRIATE MARKINGS OF APPLICABLE

TESTING AGENCY.

INSULATION INSTALLED INDOORS: FLAME-SPREAD INDEX OF 25 OR LESS, AND SMOKE-DEVELOPED INDEX

OF 50 OR LESS. COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING APPLICABLE STANDARDS AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS

SPECIFIED FOR MISCELLANEOUS COMPONENTS:

SUPPLY AND DRAIN PROTECTIVE SHIELDING GUARDS: ICC A117.1.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

INSULATION MATERIALS

COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS IN “PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE, GENERAL,” “INDOOR PIPING INSULATION

SCHEDULE,” ARTICLES FOR WHERE INSULATING MATERIALS SHALL BE APPLIED. PRODUCTS SHALL NOT

CONTAIN ASBESTOS, LEAD, MERCURY, OR MERCURY COMPOUND.

FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC INSULATION: CLOSED-CELL, SPONGE-OR EXPANDED-RUBBER MATERIALS.

COMPLY WITH ASTM C534, TYPE I FOR TUBULAR MATERIALS.

ADHESIVES

MATERIALS SHALL BE COMPATIBLE WITH INSULATION MATERIALS, JACKETS, AND SUBSTRATES AND FOR

BONDING INSULATION TO ITSELF AND TO SURFACES TO BE INSULATED, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.

FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC AND POLYOLEFIN ADHESIVE: COMPLY WITH MIL-A-24179A, TYPE II, CLASS I.

MINERAL-FIBER ADHESIVE: COMPLY WITH MIL-A-3316C, CLASS 2, GRADE A.

ASJ ADHESIVE, AND FSK JACKET ADHESIVE: COMPLY WITH MIL-A-3316C, CLASS 2, GRADE A FOR BONDING

INSULATION JACKET LAP SEAMS AND JOINTS.

SEALANTS

JOINT SEALANTS:

MATERIALS SHALL BE COMPATIBLE WITH INSULATION MATERIALS, JACKETS, AND SUBSTRATES.

PERMANENTLY FLEXIBLE, ELASTOMERIC SEALANT. SERVICE TEMPERATURE RANGE: MINUS 100 TO PLUS

300 DEG F.

FACTORY-APPLIED JACKETS

INSULATION SYSTEM SCHEDULES INDICATE FACTORY-APPLIED JACKETS ON VARIOUS APPLICATIONS.

WHEN FACTORY-APPLIED JACKETS ARE INDICATED, COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING:

ASJ-SSL: ASJ WITH SELF-SEALING, PRESSURE-SENSITIVE, ACRYLIC-BASED ADHESIVE COVERED BY A

REMOVABLE PROTECTIVE STRIP; COMPLYING WITH ASTM C 1136, TYPE I.

TAPES

ASJ TAPE: WHITE VAPOR-RETARDER TAPE MATCHING FACTORY-APPLIED JACKET WITH ACRYLIC ADHESIVE,

COMPLYING WITH ASTM C 1136.

SECUREMENTS

STAPLES: OUTWARD-CLINCHING INSULATION STAPLES, NOMINAL ¾ INCH-WIDE, STAINLESS STEEL OR

MONEL.

PROTECTIVE SHIELDING GUARDS

PROTECTIVE SHIELDING PIPE COVERS. DESCRIPTION: MANUFACTURED PLASTIC WRAPS FOR COVERING

PLUMBING FIXTURE HOT-AND COLD-WATER SUPPLIES AND TRAP AND DRAIN PIPING. COMPLY WITH

AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT (ADA) REQUIREMENTS.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

INSTALL INSULATION MATERIALS, ACCESSORIES, AND FINISHES WITH SMOOTH, STRAIGHT, AND EVEN

SURFACES; FREE OF VOIDS THROUGHOUT THE LENGTH OF PIPING INCLUDING FITTINGS, VALVES, AND

SPECIALTIES. INSTALL INSULATION MATERIALS, FORMS, VAPOR BARRIERS OR RETARDERS, JACKETS, AND

THICKNESSES REQUIRED FOR EACH ITEM OF PIPE SYSTEM AS SPECIFIED IN INSULATION SYSTEM

SCHEDULES. INSTALL ACCESSORIES COMPATIBLE WITH INSULATION MATERIALS AND SUITABLE FOR THE

SERVICE. INSTALL ACCESSORIES THAT DO NOT CORRODE, SOFTEN, OR OTHERWISE ATTACK INSULATION

OR JACKET IN EITHER WET OR DRY STATE.

INSTALL INSULATION WITH FACTORY-APPLIED JACKETS AS FOLLOWS:

DRAW JACKET TIGHT AND SMOOTH. COVER CIRCUMFERENTIAL JOINTS WITH 3-INCH WIDE STRIPS, OF SAME

MATERIAL AS INSULATION JACKET. SECURE STRIPS WITH ADHESIVE AND OUTWARD CLINCHING STAPLES

ALONG BOTH EDGES OF STRIP, SPACED 4 INCHES O.C. OVERLAP JACKET LONGITUDINAL SEAMS AT LEAST 1

½ INCHES. INSTALL INSULATION WITH LONGITUDINAL SEAMS AT BOTTOM OF PIPE. CLEAN AND DRY

SURFACE TO RECEIVE SELF-SEALING LAP. STAPLE LAPS WITH OUTWARD CLINCHING STAPLES ALONG

EDGE AT 2 INCHES O.C. COVER JOINTS AND SEAMS WITH TAPE, ACCORDING TO INSULATION MATERIAL

MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS, TO MAINTAIN VAPOR SEAL.

REPAIR DAMAGED INSULATION FACINGS BY APPLYING SAME FACING MATERIAL OVER DAMAGED AREAS.

EXTEND PATCHES AT LEAST 4 INCHES BEYOND DAMAGED AREAS. ADHERE, STAPLE, AND SEAL PATCHES

SIMILAR TO BUTT JOINTS.

INSULATION INSTALLATION AT INTERIOR WALL AND PARTITION PENETRATIONS (THAT ARE NOT FIRE RATED):

INSTALL INSULATION CONTINOUSLY THROUGH WALLS AND PARTITIONS.

INSULATION INSTALLATION AT FIRE-RATED WALL AND PARTITION PENETRATIONS: INSTALL INSULATION

CONTINUOUSLY THROUGH PENETRATIONS OF FIRE-RATED WALLS AND PARTITIONS.

GENERAL PIPE INSULATION INSTALLATION

INSTALLATION OF FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC INSULATION

SEAL LONGITUDINAL SEAMS AND END JOINTS WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED ADHESIVE TO

ELIMINATE OPENINGS IN INSULATION THAT ALLOW PASSAGE OF AIR TO SURFACE BEING INSULATED.

INSULATION INSTALLATION ON PIPE FITTINGS AND ELBOWS:

INSTALL MITERED SECTIONS OF PIPE INSULATION.

SECURE INSULATION MATERIALS AND SEAL SEAMS WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED ADHESIVE TO

ELIMINATE OPENINGS IN INSULATION THAT ALLOW PASSAGE OF AIR TO SURFACE BEING INSULATED.

INSULATION INSTALLATION OF STRAIGHT PIPES AND TUBES:

SECURE EACH LAYER OF PREFORMED PIPE INSULATION TO PIPE WITH WIRE OR BANDS AND TIGHTEN

BANDS WITHOUT DEFORMING INSULATION MATERIALS.

FOR INSULATION WITH FACTORY-APPLIED JACKETS ON BELOW-AMBIENT SURFACES, DO NOT STAPLE

LONGITUDINAL TABS. INSTEAD, SECURE TABS WITH ADDITIONAL ADHESIVE AS RECOMMENDED BY

INSULATION MATERIALS. FOR INSULATION WITH FACTORY-APPLIED JACKETS ON BELOW-AMBIENT

SURFACES, DO NOT STAPLE LONGITUDINAL TABS. INSTEAD, SECURE TABS WITH ADDITIONAL ADHESIVE AS

RECOMMENDED BY INSULATION MATERIAL MANUFACTURER AND SEAL WITH VAPOR-BARRIER MASTIC AND

FLASHING SEALANT.

INSULATION INSTALLATION ON PIPE FITTINGS AND ELBOWS:

INSTALL PREFORMED SECTIONS OF SAME MATERIAL AS STRAIGHT SEGMENTS OF PIPE INSULATION WHEN

AVAILABLE. WHEN PREFORMED INSULATION ELBOWS AND FITTINGS ARE NOT AVAILABLE, INSTALL MITERED

SECTIONS OF PIPE INSULATION, TO A THICKNESS EQUAL TO ADJOINING PIPE INSULATION. SECURE

INSULATION MATERIALS WITH WIRE OR BANDS.

PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE, GENERAL

ACCEPTABLE PREFORMED PIPE AND TUBULAR INSULATION MATERIALS AND THICKNESS ARE IDENTIFIED

FOR EACH PIPING SYSTEM AND PIPE SIZE RANGE. IF MORE THAN ONE MATERIAL IS LISTED FOR A PIPING

SYSTEM, SELECTION FROM MATERIALS LISTED IS CONTRACTOR'S OPTION.

INDOOR PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE

DOMESTIC HOT WATER PIPING, AND RECIRCULATED HOT WATER PIPING: INSULATION SHALL BE THE

FOLLOWING:

FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC: 1 INCH THICK, MINERAL-FIBER PREFORMED PIPE INSULATION, TYPE I: 1 INCH

THICK.

EXPOSED SANITARY DRAINS, DOMESTIC COLD WATER PIPING, AND STOPS FOR PLUMBING FIXTURES FOR

PEOPLE WITH DISABILITIES: INSULATION SHALL BE THE FOLLOWING: FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC ¾ INCH

THICK.

SECTION- DOMESTIC WATER PIPINGPART 1- GENERAL

SUMMARYSECTION INCLUDES POTABLE WATER DISRIBUTION PIPING INSIDE THE BUILDING, BOTH ABOVEGROUND AND

BELOWGROUND.

ACTION SUBMITTALS

PRODUCT DATA: FOR TRANSITION FITTINGS AND DIELECTRIC FITTINGS.

INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

SYSTEM PURGING AND DISINFECTING ACTIVITIES REPORT.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

PIPING MATERIALS

COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS IN 'PIPING SCHEDULE” ARTICLE FOR APPLICATIONS OF PIPE, TUBE, FITTING

MATERIALS, AND JOINING METHODS FOR SPECIFIC SERVICES, SERVICE LOCATIONS, AND PIPE SIZES.

POTABLE-WATER PIPING AND COMPONENTS SHALL COMPLY WITH NSF 14 AND NSF 61 ANNEX G. PLASTIC

PIPING COMPONENTS SHALL BE MARKED WITH “NSF-PW.”

COPPER TUBE AND FITTINGS

HARD COPPER TUBE: ASTM B 88, TYPE L WATER TUBE, DRAWN TEMPER. SOFT COPPER TUBE: ASTM B 88,

TYPE K WATER TUBE, ANNEALED TEMPER. CAST-COPPER, SOLDER-JOINT FITTINGS: ASME B16, 18,

PRESSURE FITTINGS. WROUGHT-COPPER, SOLDER-JOINT FITTINGS: ASME B16, 22, WROUGHT-COPPER

PRESSURE FITTINGS.

COPPER PRESSURE-SEAL-JOINT FITTINGS: FITTINGS FOR NPS 2 AND SMALLER. WROUGHT-COPPER FITTING

WITH EPDM-RUBBER, O-RING SEAL IN EACH END.

COPPER-TUBE, EXTRUDED-TEE CONNECTIONS: DESCRIPTION: TEE FORMED IN COPPER TUBE ACCORDING

TO ASTM F 2014.

PIPING JOINING MATERIALS

SOLDER FILLER METALS: ASTM B 32, LEAD-FREE ALLOYS. FLUX: ASTM B 813, WATER FLUSHABLE. BRAZING

FILLER METALS: AWS A5.8/A5.8M, BCUP SERIES, COPPER-PHOSPHORUS ALLOYS FOR GENERAL-DUTY

BRAZING UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. SOLVENT CEMENTS FOR JOINING CPVC PIPING AND TUBING:

ASTM F 493. SOLVENT CEMENTS FOR JOINING PVC PIPING: ASTM D 2564. INCLUDE PRIMER ACCORDING TO

ASTM F 656.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

PIPING INSTALLATION

INSTALL COPPER TUBING UNDER BUILDING SLAB ACCORDING TO CDA'S “COPPER TUBE HANDBOOK.” INSTALL SHUTOFF VALVE, HOSE-END DRAIN VALVE,

STRAINER, PRESSURE GAGE, AND TEST TEE WITH VALVE INSIDE THE BUILDING AT EACH DOMESTIC WATER-SERVICE ENTRANCE. INSTALL DOMESTIC WATER

PIPING LEVEL WITHOUT PITCH AND PLUMB. INSTALL PIPING CONCEALED FROM VIEW AND PROTECTED FROM PHYSICAL CONTACT BY BUILDING OCCUPANTS

UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED AND EXCEPT IN EQUIPMENT ROOMS AND SERVICE AREAS. INSTALL PIPING INDICATED TO BE EXPOSED AND PIPING IN

EQUIPMENT ROOMS AND SERVICE AREAS. INSTALL PIPING INDICATED TO BE EXPOSED AND PIPING IN EQUIPMENT ROOMS AND SERVICE AREAS. INSTALL PIPING

INDICATED TO BE EXPOSED AND PIPING IN EQUIPMENT ROOMS AND SERVICE AREAS AT RIGHT ANGLES OR PARALLEL TO BUILDING WALLS. DIAGONAL RUNS ARE

PROHIBITED UNLESS SPECIFICALLY INDICATED OTHERWISE. INSTALL PIPING ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILINGS TO ALLOW SUFFICIENT SPACE FOR CEILING PANEL

REMOVAL, AND COORDINATE WITH OTHER SERVICES OCCUPYING THAT SPACE. INSTALL PIPING TO PERMIT VALVE SERVICING. INSTALL NIPPLES, UNIONS,

SPECIAL FITTINGS, AND VALVES WITH PRESSURE RATINGS THE SAME AS OR HIGHER THAN THE SYSTEM PRESSURE RATING USED IN APPLICATIONS BELOW

UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. INSTALL PIPING FREE OF SAGES AND BENDS. INSTALL FITTINGS FOR CHANGES IN DIRECTION AND BRANCH CONNECTIONS.

INSTALL PEX PIPING WITH LOOP AT EACH CHANGE OF DIRECTION OF MORE THAN 90 DAYS. INSTALL UNIONS IN COPPER TUBING AT FINAL CONNECTION TO EACH

PIECE OF EQUIPMENT, MACHINE, AND SPECIALTY.

JOINT CONSTRUCTION

REAM ENDS OF PIPES AND TUBES AND REMOVE BURRS. BEVEL PLAIN ENDS OF STEEL PIPE. REMOVE SCALE, SLAG, DIRT, AND DEBRIS FROM INSIDE AND

OUTSIDE OF PIPES, TUBES, AND FITTINGS BEFORE ASSEMBLY. JOINTS FOR PEX PIPING: JOIN ACCORDING TO ASTM F 1807. JOINTS FOR DISSIMILAR-MATERIAL

PIPING: MAKE JOINTS USING ADAPTERS COMPATIBLE WITH MATERIALS OF BOTH PIPING SYSTEMS.

HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION

COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR PIPE HANGER, SUPPORT PRODUCTS, AND INSTALLATION IN SECTION “HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND

EQUIPMENT.”

VERTICAL PIPING: MSS TYPE 8 OR 42, CLAMPS. INDIVIDUAL, STRAIGHT, HORIZONTAL PIPING RUNS:

100 FEET AND LESS: MSS TYPE 1, ADJUSTABLE, STEEL CLEVIS HANGERS.

SUPPORT VERTICAL PIPING AND TUBING AT BASE AND AT EACH FLOOR. INSTALL SUPPORTS FOR VERTICAL COPPER TUBING EVERY 10 FEET. INSTALL

VINYL-COATED

CONNECTIONS

CONNECT DOMESTIC WATER PIPING TO EXTERIOR WATER-SERVICE PIPING. USE TRANSITION FITTING TO JOIN DISSIMILAR PIPING MATERIALS. CONNECT

DOMESTIC WATER PIPING TO WATER-SERVICE PIPING WITH SHUTOFF VALVE; EXTEND AND CONNECT TO THE FOLLOWING: WATER HEATERS: COLD-WATER INLET

AND HOT-WATER OUTLET PIPING IN SIZES INDICATED, BUT NOT SMALLER THAN SIZES OF WATER HEATER CONNECTIONS. PLUMBING FIXTURES: COLD-AND

HOT-WATER-SUPPLY PIPING IN SIZES INDICATED, BUT NOT SMALLER THAN THAT REQUIRED BY PLUMBING CODE. EQUIPMENT: COLD- AND HOT-WATER-SUPPLY

PIPING WAS INDICATED, BUT NOT SMALLER THAN EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS. PROVIDE SHUTOFF VALVE AND UNION FOR EACH CONNECTION. USE FLANGES

INSTEAD OF UNIONS FOR NPS 2-1/2 AND LARGER.

IDENTIFICATION

IDENTIFY SYSTEM COMPONENTS. COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION IN SECTION “IDENTIFICATION FOR

PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT.” LABEL PRESSURE PIPING WITH SYSTEM OPERATING PRESSURE.

FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

PERFORM THE FOLLOWING TESTS AND INSPECTIONS:

PIPING INSPECTIONS: DO NOT ENCLOSE, COVER, OR PUT PIPING INTO OPERATION UNTIL IT HAS BEEN INSPECTED AND APPROVED BY AUTHORITIES HAVING

JURISDICTION. DURING INSTALLATION, NOTIFY AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION AT LEAST ONE DAY BEFORE INSPECTION MUST BE MADE. PERFORM TESTS

SPECIFIED BELOW IN PRESENCE OF AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. DURING INSTALLATION, NOTIFY AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION AT LEAST ONE

DAY BEFORE INSPECTION MUST BE MADE. PERFORM TESTS SPECIFIED BELOW IN PRESENCE OF AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. REINSPECTION: IF

AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION FIND THAT PIPING WILL NOT PASS TESTS OR INSPECTIONS, MAKE REQUIRED CORRECTIONS AND ARRANGE FOR

REINSPECTION.

PIPING TESTS:

FILL DOMESTIC WATER PIPING. CHECK COMPONENTS TO DETERMINE THAT THEY ARE NOT AIR BOUND AND THAT PIPING IS FULL OF WATER. TEST FOR LEAKS

AND DEFECTS IN NEW PIPING AND PARTS OF EXISTING PIPING THAT HAVE BEEN ALTERED, EXTENDED, OR REPAIRED. IF TESTING IS PERFORMED IN SEGMENTS,

SUBMIT A SEPARATE REPORT FOR EACH TEST, COMPLETE WITH DIAGRAM OF PORTION OF PIPING TESTED. CAP AND SUBJECT PIPING TO STATIC WATER

PRESSURE OF 50 PSIG ABOVE OPERATING PRESSURE, WITHOUT EXCEEDING PRESSURE RATING OF PIPING SYSTEM MATERIALS. ISOLATE TEST SOURCE AND

ALLOW IT TO STAND FOR FOUR HOURS. LEAKS AND LOSS IN TEST PRESSURE CONSTITUTE DEFECTS THAT MUST BE REPAIRED. REPAIR LEAKS AND DEFECTS

WITH NEW MATERIALS, AND RETEST PIPING OR PORTION THEREOF UNTIL SATISFACTORY RESULTS ARE OBTAINED. PREPARE REPORTS FOR TESTS AND FOR

CORRECTIVE ACTION REQUIRED.

DOMESTIC WATER PIPING WILL BE CONSIDERED DEFECTIVE IF IT DOES NOT PASS TESTS AND INSPECTIONS. PREPARE TEST AND INSPECTION REPORTS.

CLEANING

CLEAN AND DISINFECT POTABLE WATER PIPING AS FOLLOWS:

PURGE NEW PIPING AND PARTS OF EXISTING PIPING THAT HAVE BEEN ALTERED, EXTENDED, OR REPAIRED BEFORE USING. USE PURGING AND DISINFECTING

PROCEDURES PRESCRIBED BY AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION; IF METHODS ARE NOT PRESCRIBED, USE PROCEDURES IN EITHER AWWA C651 OR AWWA

C652.

PREPARE AND SUBMIT REPORTS OF PURGING AND DISINFECTING ACTIVITIES. INCLUDE COPIES OF WATER-SAMPLE APPROVALS FROM AUTHORITIES HAVING

JURISDICTION. CLEAN INTERIOR OF DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SYSTEM. REMOVE DIRT AND DEBRIS AS WORK PROGRESSES.

SECTION- SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPINGPART 1- GENERAL

SUMMARYSECTION INCLUDES SOIL, WASTE AND VENT PIPING INSIDE THE BUILDING, BOTH ABOVEGROUND AND BELOWGROUND.

PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

COMPONENTS AND INSTALLATION SHALL BE CAPABLE OF WITHSTANDING THE FOLLOWING MINIMUM WORKING PRESSURE UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED:

SOIL, WASTE, AND VENT PIPING: 10 FOOT HEAD OF WATER.

ACTION SUBMITTALS

PRODUCT DATA: FOR EACH TYPE OF PRODUCT INDICATED.

QUALITY ASSURANCE

PIPING MATERIALS SHALL BEAR LABEL, STAMP, OR OTHER MARKINGS OF SPECIFIED TESTING AGENGY. COMPLY WITH NSF/ANSI14, “PLASTICS PIPING SYSTEMS

COMPONENTS AND RELATED MATERIALS,” FOR PLASTIC PIPING COMPONENTS. INCLUDE MARKING WITH “NSF-DWV” FOR PLASTIC DRAIN, WASTE, AND VENT

PIPING AND “NSF-SEWER” FOR PLASTIC SEWER PIPING.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

PIPING MATERIALS

MATCH TO EXISTING MATERIAL (FIELD VERIFY).

COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS IN “PIPING SCHEDULE” ARTICLE FOR APPLICATIONS OF PIPE, TUBE, FITTING MATERIALS, AND JOINING METHODS FOR SPECIFIC

SERVICES, SERVICE LOCATIONS, AND PIPE SIZES.

HUB-AND-SPIGOT, CAST-IRON SOIL PIPE AND FITTINGS

PIPE AND FITTINGS: ASTM A 74, SERVICE AND EXTRA HEAVY CLASS(ES). GASKETS: ASTM C 564, RUBBER.

HUBLESS, CAST-IRON SOIL PIPE AND FITTINGS

PIPE AND FITTINGS: ASTM A 888 OR CISPI 301.

CISPI, HUBLESS-PIPING COUPLINGS: STANDARDS: ASTM C 1277 AND CISPI 310. DESCRIPTION: STAINLESS-STEEL CORRUGATED SHIELD WITH STAINLESS-STEEL

BANDS AND TIGHTENING DEVICES; AND ASTM C 564, RUBBER SLEEVE WITH INTEGRAL, CENTER PIPE STOP.

HEAVY-DUTY, HUBLESS-PIPING COUPLINGS: STANDARDS: ASTM C 1277 AND ASTM C 1540. DESCRIPTION: STAINLESS-STEEL CORRUGATED SHIELD WITH

STAINLESS-STEEL BANDS AND TIGHTENING DEVICES; AND ASTM C 564, RUBBER SLEEVE WITH INTEGRAL, CENTER PIPE STOP.

COPPER TUBE AND FITTINGS

COPPER DMV TUBE: ASTM B 306, DRAINAGE TUBE, DRAWN TEMPER. COPPER DRAINAGE FITTINGS: ASME B16.23, CAST COPPER OR ASME B16.29, WROUGHT

COPPER, SOLDER-JOINT FITTINGS. HARD COPPER TUBE: ASTM B 88, TYPE L AND TYPE M WATER TUBE, DRAWN TEMPER.

COPPER PRESSURE FITTINGS: COPPER FITTINGS: ASME B16.18, CAST-COPPER-ALLOY OR ASME B16.22, WROUGHT-COPPER, SOLDER-JOINT FITTINGS. FURNISH

WROUGHT-COPPER FITTINGS IF INDICATED.

SOLDER: ASTM B 32, LEAD FREE WITH ASTM B813, WATER-FLUSHABLE FLUX.

PVC PIPE AND FITTINGS

SOLID-WALL PVC PIPE: ASTM D2665, DRAIN, WASTE, AND VENT. CELLULAR-CORE PVC PIPE: ASTM F 891, SCHEDULE 40. PVC SOCKET FITTINGS: ASTM D 2665,

MADE TO ASTM D 3311, DRAIN, WASTE, AND VENT PATTERNS TO FIT SCHEDULE 40 PIPE. ADHESIVE PRIMER: ASTM F 656.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

PIPING INSTALLATION

INSTALL PIPING ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILINGS TO ALLOW SUFFICIENT SPACE FOR CEILING PANEL REMOVAL. INSTALL PIPING AT INDICATED SLOPES. INSTALL

PIPING FREE OF SAGS AND BENDS. INSTALL FITTINGS FOR CHANGES IN DIRECTION AND BRANCH CONNECTIONS. MAKE CHANGES IN DIRECTION FOR SOIL AND

WASTE DRAINAGE AND VENT PIPING USING APPROPRIATE BRANCHES, BENDS, AND LONG-SWEEP BENDS. SANITARY TEES AND SHORT-SWEEP ¼ BENDS MAY BE

USED ON VERTICAL STACKS IF CHANGE IN DIRECTION OF FLOW IS FROM HORIZONTAL TO VERTICAL. USE LONG-TURN, DOUBLE Y-BRANCH AND 1/8-BEND

FITTINGS IF TWO FIXTURES ARE INSTALLED BACK TO BACK OR SIDE BY SIDE WITH COMMON DRAIN PIPE. STRAIGHT TEES, ELBOWS AND CROSSES MAY BE USED

ON VENT LINES. DO NOT CHANGE DIRECTION OF FLOW MORE THAN 90 DEGREES. USE PROPER SIZE OF STANDARD INCREASERS AND REDUCERS IF PIPES OF

DIFFERENT SIZES ARE CONNECTED. REDUCING SIZE OF DRAINAGE PIPING IN DIRECTION OF FLOW IS PROHIBITED. LAY BURIED BUILDING PIPING BEGINNING AT

LOW POINT OF EACH SYSTEM. INSTALL TRUE TO GRADES AND ALIGNMENT INDICATED, WITH UNBROKEN CONTINUITY OF INVERT. PLACE HUB ENDS OF PIPING

UPSTREAM. INSTALL REQUIRED GASKETS ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE OF LUBRICANTS, CEMENTS, AND OTHER

INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. MAINTAIN SWAB IN PIPING AND PULL PAST EACH JOINT AS COMPLETED.

INSTALL SOIL AND WASTE DRAINAGE AND VENT PIPING AT THE FOLLOWING MINIMUM SLOPES UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED: BUILDING SANITARY DRAIN: 2

PERCENT DOWNWARD IN DIRECTION OF FLOW FOR PIPING NPS3 AND SMALLER; 1 PERCENT, 2 PERCENT, DOWNWARD IN DIRECTION OF FLOW FOR PIPING NPS4

AND LARGER. HORIZONTAL SANITARY DRAINAGE PIPING: 2 PECENT DOWNWARD IN DIRECTION OF FLOW. VENT PIPING 1 PERCENT DOWN TOWARD VERTICAL

FIXTURE VENT TOWARD VENT STACK.

INSTALL ABOVEGROUND PVC PIPING ACCORDING TO ASTM D 2665. INSTALL UNDERGROUND PVC PIPING ACCORDING TO ASTM D 2321.

JOINT CONSTRUCTION

JOIN HUB-AND-SPIGOT, CAST-IRON SOIL PIPING WITH GASKET JOINTS ACCORDING TO CISPI'S “CAST IRON SOIL PIPE AND FITTINGS HANDBOOK” FOR

COMPRESSION JOINTS. JOIN HUBLESS, CAST-IRON SOIL PIPING ACCORDING TO CISPI 310 AND CISPI'S “CAST IRON SOIL PIPE AND FITTINGS HANDBOOK” FOR

HUBLESS-PIPING COUPLING JOINTS.

HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION

COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR PIPE HANGER AND SUPPORT DEVICES AND INSTALLATION SPECIFIED IN SECTION “HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING

PIPING AND EQUIPMENT.” INSTALL SUPPORTS FOR VERTICAL CAST-IRON SOIL PIPING EVERY 15 FEET. INSTALL SUPPORTS FOR VERTICAL PVC PIPING EVERY 48

INCHES. SUPPORT PIPING AND TUBING NOT LISTED ABOVE ACCORDING TO MSS SP-69 AND MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS.

CONNECTIONS

CONNECT SOIL AND WASTE PIPING TO EXTERIOR SANITARY SEWERAGE PIPING. USE TRANSITION FITTING TO JOIN DISSIMILIAR PIPING MATERIALS.

CONNECT DRAINAGE AND VENT PIPING TO THE FOLLOWING:

PLUMBING FIXTURES: CONNECT DRAINAGE PIPING IN SIZES INDICATED, BUT NOT SMALLER THAN REQUIRED BY PLUMBING CODE. PLUMBING FIXTURES AND

EQUIPMENT: CONNECT ATMOSPHERIC VENT PIPING IN SIZES INDICATED, BUT NOT SMALLER THAN REQUIRED BY AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. PLUMBING

SPECIALTIES: CONNECT DRAINAGE AND VENT PIPING IN SIZES INDICATED, BUT NOT SMALLER THAN REQUIRED BY PLUMBING CODE.

IDENTIFICATION

IDENTIFY EXPOSED SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING. COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR IDENTIFICATION SPECIFIED IN SECTION “IDENTIFICATION FOR

PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT.”

FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

DURING INSTALLATION, NOTIFY AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION AT LEAST 24 HOURS BEFORE INSPECTION MUST BE MADE. PERFORM TESTS SPECIFIED

BELOW IN PRESENCE OF AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. REINSPECTION: IF AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISIDICTION FIND THAT PIPING WILL NOT PASS TEST

OR INSPECTION, MAKE REQUIRED CORRECTIONS AND ARRANGE FOR REINSPECTION.

TEST SANITARY DRAINAGE AND VENT PIPING ACCORDING TO PROCEDURES OF AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION OR, IN ABSENCE OF PUBLISHED

PROCEDURES, AS FOLLOWS: TEST FOR LEAKS AND DEFECTS IN NEW PIPING AND PARTS OF EXISTING PIPING THAT HAVE BEEN ALTERED, EXTENDED, OR

REPAIRED. IF TESTING IS PERFORMED IN SEGMENTS, SUBMIT SEPARATE REPORT FOR EACH TEST, COMPLETE WITH DIAGRAM OF PORTION OF PIPING TESTED.

LEAVE UNCOVERED AND UNCONCEALED NEW, ALTERED, EXTENDED, OR REPLACED DRAINAGE AND VENT PIPING UNTIL IT HAS BEEN TESTED AND APPROVED.

EXPOSE WORK THAT WAS COVERED OR CONCEALED BEFORE IT WAS TESTED. REPAIR LEAKS AND DEFECTS WITH NEW MATERIALS AND RETEST PIPING, OR

PORTION THEREOF, UNTIL SATISFACTORY RESULTS ARE OBTAINED.

SECTION- PLUMBING FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENTPART 1- GENERAL

SUMMARYSECTION INCLUDES REQUIREMENTS FOR PLUMBING FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT.

REFER TO THE PLUMBING SCHEDULES ON THE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR PLUMBING FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS AND INSTALLATION

INSTRUCTIONS.

PLUMBING FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT

PLUMBING FIXTURES INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO: LAVATORIES, SINKS, WATER CLOSETS, URINALS, AND MOP SERVICE BASINS.

PLUMBING EQUIPMENT INCLUDES, BUT LIMITED TO: CLEANOUTS, FLOOR DRAINS, AND HIGH EFFICIENCY WATER HEATER.

FOR SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTALS, PROVIDE PRODUCT DATA FOR EACH TYPE OF PRODUCT SCHEDULED. INCLUDE ANY DIAGRAMS RELATED TO POWER, SIGNAL,

AND CONTROL WIRING.

LAVATORIES: COMPLY WITH STANDARD ASME A112.19.2/CSA B45.1. REFER TO THE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR LAVATORY AND LAVATORY FAUCET REQUIREMENTS

SINKS: COMPLY WITH STANDARD ASME A112.19.1/CSA B45.2. REFER TO THE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR SINK AND SINK FAUCET REQUIREMENTS.

WATER CLOSETS: COMPLY WITH STANDARDS ASME A112.19.2/CSA B45.1, ASME A112.19.5, AND ASSE 1037. REFER TO THE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR WATER

CLOSET AND FLUSH VALVE REQUIREMENTS.

MOP SERVICE BASINS: COMPLY WITH STANDARD IAPMO/ANSI Z124.6. REFER TO THE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR MOP SERVICE BASIN AND SERVICE BASIN FAUCET

REQUIREMENTS.

THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVES: COMPLY WITH STANDARD ASSE 1017. REFER TO THE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE REQUIREMENTS.

SANITARY LINE CLEANOUTS: COMPLY WITH STANDARD ASME A112.36.2M. REFER TO THE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR CLEANOUT REQUIREMENTS.

FLOOR DRAINS: COMPLY WITH STANDARD ASME A112.6.3. REFER TO THE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR FLOOR DRAIN REQUIREMENTS.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

DATE:

DRAWN:

REVIEWED:

SHEET TITLE:

SHEET NUMBER:

PROJECT NO.:

PROJECT:

ISSUE:

# DATE: DESCRIPTION:

DESIGNED:

8/2

9/2

018

9:0

2:4

3 A

M P0.2

PLUMBINGSPECIFICATIONS

VUJ

JMG

0180834.00

MARSHALL PUBLICLIBRARY

City of Marshall

612 ARCHER AVE. MARSHALL, IL

08/30/2018

08/30/2018

PERMIT SET

VUJ

JOSEPH M.

062-069758

GAIED

LICENSE EXPIRES: 11-30-2019

DATE SIGNED: 08/29/2018

08/30/2018

BID SET

RAMP UP

UP

FDFD

WH

RAMP UP

UP

FD

WH

FD

WH

WH

WC2 WC2

WC1

L2 L2

MSB1

10 10

10

13 13

12

W(E)

2"V

15

G

M

M

G(E)

(E)

M

3/4"CW

_____P1.1

3

WC3

10

3"W25 (BG)

27

M

TMV1TMV1

VESTIBULE

101

MEN'S

115

WOMENS

114

MECH./ IT.

107

DIRECTOR OFFICE

106

CREATIVE/ STUDY ROOM

104

CORRIDOR

108

LIBRARY

102

LIBRARIAN OFFICE

103

ACTIVITY RM.

110 ELEC. RM.

112

TEENS

109

MEETING ROOM

116

R.R. FOYER

113

3/4"HW

3/4"HW

14

1 1

3 6

6 6

7

5

2

1"DEMO GAS

4

8

9

8 8

8

W(E)

1"DEMO RL/RS

G

G

(E)

(E)

M

M

M

1"

DEMO DOMESTIC WATER PIPING

23

24

EXISTING TO REMAIN

W(E)

1"

DEMO CONDENSATE DRAIN

(E) GAS METER

(E) GAS METER

M

(E) WATER METER (BELOW GRADE)

3/4"CW(E)

MECH./ IT.

107

DIRECTOR OFFICE

106

CREATIVE/ STUDY ROOM

104

CORRIDOR

108

MEN'S

115

WOMENS

114

9

LIBRARY

102

MEETING ROOM

116

TEENS

109

R.R. FOYER

113

WC2

SK1

18

17

21

11

16

M

1/2"CW

20

22

3"FD1

L1

TMV1 1 1/4"CW

1"CW

26

19

WCO1

TMV1

GWH1

STAFF R.R.

111

ACTIVITY RM.

110

28

291 1/2"W(BG)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

DATE:

DRAWN:

REVIEWED:

SHEET TITLE:

SHEET NUMBER:

PROJECT NO.:

PROJECT:

ISSUE:

# DATE: DESCRIPTION:

DESIGNED:

8/2

9/2

018

9:0

2:4

7 A

M P1.1

FIRST FLOORDOMESTICPLUMBING PLANS

VUJ

JMG

0180834.00

MARSHALL PUBLICLIBRARY

City of Marshall

612 ARCHER AVE. MARSHALL, IL

08/30/2018

08/30/2018

PERMIT SET

VUJ

#

D. NEW BELOW-GRADE PIPING WILL REQUIRE CONCRETE SAW CUTTING.

C. ALL SINKS, LAVATORIES, AND THE MOP SINK BASIN SHALL BE SUPPLIED WITH COLDWATER, HOT WATER, WASTE AND VENT.

B. PROVIDE CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPING FOR GAS FURNACE ON SECOND FLOOR. SEESHEET M1.2 FOR MORE INFORMATION.

A. INCREASE WATER SERVICE SIZE TO 1 1/4".

GENERAL NOTES

KEYNOTES

1 DEMO EXISTING WALL HUNG LAVATORY. WATER AND WASTE SOURCES TO REMAINFOR CONNECTIONS TO NEW PLUMBING FIXTURES.

2 DEMO EXISTING WALL HUNG LAVATORY.

3 DEMO EXISTING URINAL. EXISTING WATER AND WASTE SOURCES TO REMAIN FORCONNECTION TO NEW URINAL.

4 EXISTING ELECTRIC WATER COOLER TO REMAIN.

5 DEMO EXISTING WATER CLOSET.

6 DEMO EXISTING FLOOR MOUNTED WATER CLOSET. WATER AND WASTE SOURCESTO REMAIN FOR CONNECTIONS TO NEW WATER CLOSETS.

7 DEMO EXISTING ELECTRIC WATER HEATER.

8 EXISTING FLOOR DRAIN TO REMAIN.

9 EXISTING FLOOR CLEANOUT TO REMAIN.

10 CONNECT NEW WATER CLOSET TO EXISTING WATER AND WASTE SOURCES.

11 PROVIDE NEW GAS WATER HEATER PER THE BASIS OF DESIGN MANUFACTURERINDICATED ON THE SCHEDULE OR APPROVED EQUAL. INSTALL NEW GAS WATERHEATER AND CONNECT TO EXISTING DOMESTIC HOT WATER MAIN. AND INSTALLNEW 3/4" HW PIPING TO NEW MOP SINK BASIN.

12 INSTALL NEW MOP SINK BASIN. EXTEND CW AND HW IN WALL AND CONNECT TOMSB. INSTALL NEW VENT LINE AND CONNECT TO EXISTING VENT SYSTEM. INSTALLNEW WASTE LINE TO NEARBY EXISTING WASTE MAIN. FIELD VERIFY LOCATION OFWASTE MAIN.

13 CONNECT NEW LAVATORY TO EXISTING WASTE AND WATER SOURCES.

14 EXTEND 3/4"CW FROM NEAREST CW MAIN THAT IS 3/4" OR GREATER IN SIZE.

15 CONNECT TO EXISTING WASTE LINE BELOW GRADE.

16 CONNECT NEW GAS LINE TO EXISTING GAS LINE AT MATCHING SIZE. ROUTE NEWPIPEWORK TO FLOOR ABOVE AND CONNECT TO NEW GAS FURNACE. GASFURNACE HAS LOAD OF 97 CFH.

17 INSTALL NEW WATER CLOSET. CONNECT TO WASTE LINE THAT IS 4" OR LARGER.INSTALL 1/2" CW CONNECTION. INSTALL VENT PIPING AND CONNECT TO EXISTINGVENT THROUGH ROOF.

18 INSTALL NEW LAVATORY. CONNECT TO NEARBY WASTE AND WATER SOURCES.INSTALL NEW VENT PIPING AND CONNECT TO EXISTING VENT THROUGH ROOF.

19 1" CONDENSATE DRAIN FROM FURNACE ON SECOND FLOOR. SECURE PIPING TOEXTERIOR WALL AND TERMINATE 6" ABOVE GRADE.

20 INCREASE WATER SERVICE SIZE TO 1"CW. WATER SERVICE INCREASE MAYREQUIRE A LARGER METER THAN EXISTING METER SIZE. FIELD VERIFY.

21 INSTALL NEW SINK. CONNECT 1 1/2" W, 1 1/2" V, AND 1/2" CW AND HW.

22 1 1/2" SHUTOFF VALVE TO WATER SERVICE. INSTALL IN WALL WITH AN ACCESSPANEL.

23 DEMO EXISTING DOMESTIC WATER PIPING BACK TO WATER METER. EXISTINGWATER METER MAY REQUIRE REPLACEMENT. FIELD VERIFY EXISTING SIZE.

24 REUSE EXISTING SINK IN NEW WORK PHASE.

25 NEW WASTE LINE INSTALLATION WILL REQUIRE SAWCUTTING CONCRETE FLOOR.

26 EXTEND CW PIPING TO SK1, EWH1, AND CONNECT TO EXISTING WATER PIPINGTHAT SERVES TWO EXISTING RESTROOMS.

27 EXISTING INSTANTANEOUS WATER HEATER (BELOW SINK) TO REMAIN. INSTALLEXISTING SINK IN NEW COUNTERTOP.

28 INSTALL NEW 3/4"HW PIPING TO MOP SINK BASIN. INSTALL PIPES ABOVE CEILINGSWHERE POSSIBLE.

29 1 1/2"W FROM SINK. CONNECT TO EXISTING WASTE LINE BELOW GRADE.

0 4 8 16

NO

RT

H

TRUE

Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0"2

FIRST FLOOR DOMESTIC PLUMBING PLAN

Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0"1

FIRST FLOOR PLUMBING DEMOLITION PLAN

0 4 8 16

NO

RT

H

TRUE

Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"3

ENLARGED RESTROOM PLAN

JOSEPH M.

062-069758

GAIED

LICENSE EXPIRES: 11-30-2019

DATE SIGNED: 08/29/2018

08/30/2018

BID SET

PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE

PLANMARK

FIXTURE DESCRIPTION AND REMARKS

MINIMUM INDIVIDUAL LINE SIZESELECTRICAL

DATA

COLDWATER

HOTWATER

WASTE VENT V/PH FLA

L1

LAVATORY - WALL HUNG, VITREOUS CHINA, 20 INCH x18 INCH MINIMUM RECTANGULAR BASIN, 4 INCHHIGH BACK, DRILLINGS ON 8 INCH CENTERS, SPLASH LIP, OVERFLOW, SUITABLE FOR CONCEALEDARM CARRIERS.ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: KOHLER (K2030), AMERICAN STANDARD, ELJER, CRANE, GERBER.LAVATORY TRIM: 8 INCH SUPPLY FITTINGS, 4 INCH WRIST BLADES, AERATOR, CAST BRASS DRAINPLUG WITH FLAT STRAINER, ANGLE STOPS BY BRASSCRAFT OR McGUIRE, 17 GAUGE 1 1/4 INCH O.D.TAILPIECE AND 17 GAUGE 1 1/4 INCH P-TRAP BY BRASSCRAFT, McGUIRE, OR DEARBORN AND 5 3/8INCH GOOSENECK SPOUT.ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: CHICAGO FAUCET (786-E3-327A), T&S BRASS, DELTA COMMERCIAL,SPEAKMAN.ACCESSORIES: PROVIDE WITH CONCEALED ARM CARRIER BY WADE, JOSAM OR ZURN. VERIFYEQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS AND ROUGH-IN LOCATIONS. EXPOSED TRIM SHALL BE HEAVILYCHROME PLATED.

1/2" 1/2" 1 1/4" 1 1/2"

L2(HC)

LAVATORY - SELF-RIMMING WHITE VITREOUS CHINA, 20 INCH x17 INCH OVAL BASIN, DRILLINGS ON 8INCH CENTERS, OVERFLOW.ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: KOHLER (K2196), AMERICAN STANDARD, ELJER, CRANE, GERBER.LAVATORY TRIM: 8 INCH SUPPLY FITTINGS, 4 INCH WRIST BLADE HANDLES, VANDAL RESISTANTAERATOR, CAST BRASS DRAIN PLUG WITH FLAT STRAINER, ANGLE STOPS BY BRASSCRAFT ORMcGUIRE, 17 GAUGE 1 1/4 INCH O.D. TAILPIECE AND 17 GAUGE 1 1/4 INCH P-TRAP BY BRASSCRAFT,McGUIRE, OR DEARBORN AND 5 INCH SPOUT.ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: CHICAGO FAUCET (786-E3-317), T&S BRASS, DELTA COMMERCIAL,SPEAKMAN.ACCESSORIES: VERIFY EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS AND ROUGH-IN LOCATIONS. EXPOSED TRIMSHALL BE HEAVILY CHROME PLATED. PIPING EXPOSED BELOW LAVATORY SHALL BE COVERED WITHAN ADA INSULATOR KIT.MOUNT FOR HANDICAPPED ACCESSIBILITY.

1/2" 1/2" 1 1/4" 1 1/2"

MSB1

MOP SERVICE BASIN - FLOOR MOUNTED WHITE MOLDED STONE, 24 INCH x 24 INCH x 10 INCH DEEPWITH 1 INCH WIDE SHOULDERS STAINLESS STEEL STRAINER AND BUMPER GUARD.ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: FIAT (MSB-2424), STERN-WILLIAMS, MUSTEE.MOP SERVICE BASIN TRIM: CHROME PLATED CAST BRASS VACUUM BREAKER SPOUT, 3/4 INCH HOSETHREADED OUTLET, PAIL HOOK WITH WALL SUPPORT, INTEGRAL SCREWDRIVER STOPS WITHCOVERING CAPS, STRAIGHT SHANK WITH FLANGE AND CROSS TYPE HANDLES.ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: CHICAGO FAUCET (540-LD897SWXFCP), T&S BRASS, SPEAKMAN,CAMBRIDGE.ACCESSORIES: PROVIDE WITH 5 FEET OF 1/2 INCH PLAIN END REINFORCED RUBBER HOSE, HOSECLAMP AND MOP HANGER.

3/4" 3/4" 3" 2"

SK1

SINK - SELF-RIMMING, 18 GAUGE TYPE 302 STAINLESS STEEL 22 INCH x19 INCH x7 1/2 INCH DEEPSINGLE COMPARTMENT, UNDERCOATED AND THREE HOLE DRILLING.ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: ELKAY (LR-2219), JUST, KOHLER.SINK TRIM: 8 INCH SUPPLY FITTINGS, 4 INCH WRIST BLADES, AERATOR, BASKET STRAINER, ANGLESTOPS BY BRASSCRAFT OR McGUIRE, 17 GAUGE 1 1/2 INCH O.D. TAILPIECE AND 17 GAUGE 1 1/2 INCHP-TRAP BY BRASSCRAFT, McGUIRE, OR DEARBORN, AND 9 INCH GOOSENECK SPOUT.ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: CHICAGO FAUCET (201A-GN8A-E3-317), T&S BRASS, SPEAKMAN,DELTA COMMERCIAL.VERIFY EQUIPMENT LOCATION AND ROUGH IN REQUIREMENTS. ALL EXPOSED TRIM SHALL BEHEAVILY CHROME PLATED.

1/2" 1/2" 1 1/2" 1 1/2"

WC1

WATER CLOSET - FLOOR MOUNTED, FLOOR OUTLET, WHITE VITREOUS CHINA, SIPHON JET CLOSETWITH ELONGATED BOWL, CLOSE COUPLED TANK, COVER AND ANTI-SIPHON BALL COCK. WATERCLOSET SHALL FLUSH ON 1.6 GALLONS OF WATER OR LESS.ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: KOHLER (K-3458-C), AMERICAN STANDARD, ELJER, CRANE, GERBER.ACCESSORIES: PROVIDE WITH WHITE ANTI-MICROBIAL OPEN FRONT SEAT WITHOUT COVER, LOOSEKEY ANGLE STOP AND ESCUTCHEON. VERIFY EQUIPMENT LOCATION AND ROUGH IN REQUIREMENTS.

1/2" N/A 4" 2"

WC2(HC)

WATER CLOSET - FLOOR MOUNTED 17 1/2 INCHES HIGH FOR HANDICAPPED ACCESSIBILITY, FLOOROUTLET, WHITE VITREOUS CHINA, SIPHON JET CLOSET WITH ELONGATED BOWL, CLOSE COUPLEDINSULATED TANK WITH FLUSHING HANDLE ON WIDE SIDE OF TOILET AREA, COVER AND ANTI-SIPHONBALL COCK. WATER CLOSET SHALL FLUSH ON 1.6 GALLONS OF WATER OR LESS.ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: KOHLER (K-3427-C), AMERICAN STANDARD, ELJER, CRANE, GERBER.ACCESSORIES: PROVIDE WITH WHITE ANTI-MICROBIAL OPEN FRONT SEAT WITHOUT COVER, LOOSEKEY ANGLE STOP AND ESCUTCHEON. VERIFY EQUIPMENT LOCATION AND ROUGH IN REQUIREMENTS.

1/2" N/A 4" 2"

WC3(HC)

WATER CLOSET - FLOOR MOUNTED 17 1/2 INCHES HIGH FOR HANDICAPPED ACCESSIBILITY, REAROUTLET, WHITE VITREOUS CHINA, SIPHON JET CLOSET WITH ELONGATED BOWL, CLOSE COUPLEDINSULATED TANK WITH FLUSHING HANDLE ON WIDE SIDE OF TOILET AREA, COVER AND ANTI-SIPHONBALL COCK. WATER CLOSET SHALL FLUSH ON 1.6 GALLONS OF WATER OR LESS.ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: AMERICAN STANDARD (YORKVILLE), KOHLER, ELJER, CRANE,GERBER.ACCESSORIES: PROVIDE WITH WHITE ANTI-MICROBIAL OPEN FRONT SEAT WITHOUT COVER, LOOSEKEY ANGLE STOP AND ESCUTCHEON. VERIFY EQUIPMENT LOCATION AND ROUGH IN REQUIREMENTS.

1/2" N/A 4" 2"

DRAIN SCHEDULE

PLANMARK

MAKE/MODEL DESCRIPTION REMARKS

FD1WADE 1100-STDJ.R. SMITHZURN

CAST IRON FLOOR DRAIN WITH SEEPAGE FLANGE, FLASHING RING AND CLAMPING COLLAR, 5"DIAMETER HEEL PROOF ADJUSTABLE POLISHED NICKEL BRONZE RIM AND VANDAL PROOFSTRAINER. SEPARATE DEEP-SEAL TRAP. OUTLET SIZE AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS.(FINISHED AREAS)

THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE SCHEDULEPLANMARK

MANUFACTURER MODEL GPM INLET OUTLET MOUNTING REMARKS

TMV1 WILKINS/ZURN ZW1070XLHT 0.5-6 1/2"-1" 1/2"-1" WALL

(LEAD FREE) HIGH TEMP MIXING VALVE. PROVIDEWITH UNION ENDS, INLET CHECK VALVES, SET TO110 F DEGREES.ASSE1017 (POINT-OF-USE)ASSE 1016,1070 (SINGLE FAUCET)

DESIGN FLOWS BASED ON 5 PSI PRESSURE DROP MAXIMUM.

* 0.5 GPM MINIMUM FLOW RATE CAN BE ACHIEVED WHEN PROPERLY INSTALLED WITH A RECIRCULATION SYSTEM AND RECIRCULATION PUMP ANDPIPED PER MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS.

NOTE: OTHER ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURER'S SHALL BE: BRADLEY, SIMMONS, POWERS, LEONARD, WILKINS, ZURN.

GAS WATER HEATER SCHEDULE

PLANMARK

MANUFACTURER MODEL LOCATIONTANK

STORAGE(GAL.)

RECOVERYGPH @90 DEG.

BTU/HRINPUT

GASCONN.

SIZE (IN.)

WATERCONN.

SIZE (IN.)

CAINTAKE

DIA.(IN.)

FLUEDIA.(IN.)

ELECTRICAL DATA PHYSICAL DATA

REMARKSV/PH FLA D

(IN.)W

(IN.)H

(IN.)DIA.(IN.)

WT.(LB.)

GWH1 BRADFORD WHITE RG2PDV50H6N CLOSET 48 65 60,000 1/2" 3/4" 4 4 120/1 3.1 - - 70 22 604 1

NOTES: 1. INSTALL CONCENTRIC VENT KIT

CLEANOUT SCHEDULE

PLANMARK

MAKE/MODEL LOCATION REMARKS

WCO1

WADE 8480R & 8570WATTSJ.R. SMITHJOSAMZURN

FINISHED ROOMSWALL CLEANOUT, CAST-IRON BODY, WITH WATERTIGHT ABS TAPEREDTHREADED PLUG, AND ROUND, SMOOTH STAINLESS STEEL ACCESSCOVER WITH VANDAL PROOF SECURING SCREW. (HUB & SPIGOT)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

DATE:

DRAWN:

REVIEWED:

SHEET TITLE:

SHEET NUMBER:

PROJECT NO.:

PROJECT:

ISSUE:

# DATE: DESCRIPTION:

DESIGNED:

8/2

9/2

018

9:0

2:4

7 A

M P2.1

PLUMBINGSCHEDULES

VUJ

JMG

0180834.00

MARSHALL PUBLICLIBRARY

City of Marshall

612 ARCHER AVE. MARSHALL, IL

08/30/2018

08/30/2018

PERMIT SET

VUJ

JOSEPH M.

062-069758

GAIED

LICENSE EXPIRES: 11-30-2019

DATE SIGNED: 08/29/2018

08/30/2018

BID SET

BD BOILER BLOW DOWN

CD CONDENSATE DRAIN

CWS CONDENSER WATER SUPPLY

HCWS DUAL TEMPERATURE SUPPLY

HPS HIGH PRESSURE STEAM

HRS HEAT RECOVERY SUPPLY

HTWS HIGH TEMP WATER SUPPLY

HWS HOT WATER SUPPLY

LPS LOW PRESSURE STEAM

LS LOOP SUPPLY

MPS MEDIUM PRESSURE STEAM

PD PUMP DISCHARGE

RHG REFRIGERANT HOT GAS

RL REFRIGERANT LIQUID

RS REFRIGERANT SUCTION

CHR CHILLED WATER RETURN

CWR CONDENSER WATER RETURN

HCWR DUAL TEMPERATURE RETURN

HPR HIGH PRESSURE STEAM CONDENSATE RETURN

HRR HEAT RECOVERY RETURN

HTWR HIGH TEMP WATER RETURN

HWR HOT WATER RETURN

LPR LOW PRESSURE STEAM CONDENSATE RETURN

LR LOOP RETURN

MPR MEDIUM PRESSURE STEAM CONDENSATE RETURN

ABOVE CEILING/AIR CONDITIONERAC

OUTDOOR AIROA

AIR COOLED CONDENSERACC

AIR FILTERAF

ABOVE FINISHED FLOORAFF

AIR HANDLING UNITAHU

AIR MEASURING STATIONAMS

AIR SEPARATORAS

AUTOMATIC AIR VENTAV

BOILERB

BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEMBAS

BACKDRAFT DAMPERBDD

BELOW FINISHED CEILINGBFC

BACKFLOW PREVENTION DEVICEBFP

BETWEEN JOISTSBJ

BOTTOM OF DUCTBOD

BOTTOM OF PIPEBOP

BRITISH THERMAL UNITS PER HOURBTUH

COMPRESSED AIRCA

COUNTER BALANCED SHUTTERCBS

COOLING COILCC

CEILING / CIRCULATING FANCF

CUBIC FEET PER MINUTECFM

CHILLERCH

CHILLED WATER PUMPCHP

CHILLED WATER RETURNCHR

CHILLED WATER SUPPLYCHS

CONVECTORCNV

CONDENSATECOND

CONDENSATE PUMPCP

COMPUTER ROOM AIR CONDITIONERCRAC

COOLING TOWERCT

CONDENSING UNITCU

CABINET UNIT HEATERCUH

CONTROL VALVECV

DOMESTIC COLD WATERCW

CONDENSER WATER PUMPCWP

CONDENSER WATER RETURNCWR

CONDENSER WATER SUPPLYCWS

DRY COOLERDC

DN DOWN

DP DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE

DS DUCT SILENCER

EA EXHAUST AIR

EBB ELECTRIC BASEBOARD HEATER

EF EXHAUST FAN

EG EXHAUST GRILLE (LESS DAMPER)

EHC ELECTRIC HEATING COIL

EL ELEVATION

ER EXHAUST REGISTER

ERV ENERGY RECOVERY VENTILATOR

ET EXPANSION TANK

FA FRESH AIR

FD FIRE DAMPER

FDC FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTION

FFA FROM FLOOR ABOVE

FFB FROM FLOOR BELOW

FPC FLEXIBLE PIPE CONNECTION

FPT FAN POWERED AIR TERMINAL

FT FINNED TUBE RADIATION

GF GAS FURNACE

GIH GRAVITY INTAKE HOOD

GPM GALLONS PER MINUTE

GR GLYCOL RETURN

GS GLYCOL SUPPLY

GUH GAS UNIT HEATER

HU HUMIDIFIER

HC HEATING COIL

HCWR DUAL TEMPERATURE RETURN

HCWS DUAL TEMPERATURE SUPPLY

HP HEAT PUMP

HPR HIGH PRESSURE STEAM RETURN

HPS HIGH PRESSURE STEAM SUPPLY

HRC HEAT RECOVERY COIL

HS HUMIDITY SENSOR

HWP HOT WATER PUMP

HWR HOT WATER RETURN

LOW PRESSURE STEAM SUPPLY

LOW PRESSURE STEAM RETURN

KITCHEN HOOD - COMMERCIAL

HEAT EXCHANGER

HOT WATER SUPPLY

LPS

LPR

KH

HX

HWS

THOUSANDS OF BTU PER HOUR

MOTORIZED DAMPER

MAKEUP AIR UNIT

MIXED AIR

MBH

MD

MAU

MA

OBD OPPOSED BLADE DAMPER

P PUMP

PBD PARALLEL BLADE DAMPER

PRV PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE

PS PRESSURE SWITCH

PSI POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH

PTAC

RA RETURN AIR

RF RETURN AIR FAN

RG RETURN GRILLE (LESS DAMPER)

RH ROOF HOOD

RHC REHEAT COIL

RLFA RELIEF AIR

RPZ REDUCED PRESSURE BFP

RR RETURN REGISTER (WITH DAMPER)

RTU ROOFTOP AIR HANDLING UNIT

SA SUPPLY AIR

SAS SELF-ACTING SHUTTER

SD SUPPLY DIFFUSER/SMOKE DAMPER

SF SUPPLY FAN / SQUARE FOOT

SFD SMOKE/FIRE DAMPER

SG SUPPLY GRILLE

SR SUPPLY REGISTER

TCAC TEMP. CONTROL AIR COMPRESSOR

TCAD TEMP. CONTROL AIR DRYER

TDV TRIPLE DUTY VALVE

TFA TO FLOOR ABOVE

TFB TO FLOOR BELOW

TOD TOP OF DUCT

TOP TOP OF PIPE

UC UNIT COOLER

UFD UNDERFLOOR DUCT

UH UNIT HEATER

UV UNIT VENTILATOR

VAV VARIABLE AIR VOLUME TERMINAL

VD VOLUME DAMPER

VFD VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE

AUTOMATIC AIR VENT

TEMPERATURE SENSOR/SWITCH

PRESSURE GAUGE

THERMOMETER

PIPE ANCHOR

PIPE GUIDES

MANUAL AIR VENT

FLOW SENSOR/SWITCH

PIPE EXPANSION JOINT

PIPE UNION

CONCENTRIC REDUCER

ECCENTRIC REDUCER

WYE STRAINER

WYE STRAINER W/DRAIN VALVE

DIRECTION OF FLOW

STEAM BUCKET TRAP

STEAM F&T TRAP

BACKFLOW PREVENTER

PIPE TURNING UP

PIPE TURNING DOWN

TEE OFF TOP

TEE OFF BOTTOM

PIPE TEE

PIPE CAP

PLAN 90 DEGREE ELBOW

PLAN 45 DEGREE ELBOW

PIPING SYSTEM (SOLID LINE)

PIPING SYSTEM (DASHED LINE)

MOTORIZED SHUTTER

NOT TO SCALE

MS

NTS

ANNOTATION ABBREVIATIONS

ANNOTATION SYMBOLOGY

HYDRONIC SYMBOLOGY VENTILATION SYMBOLOGY

MECHANICAL GENERAL NOTES

COMMON REQUIREMENTS DEMOLITION

DESIGN CONDITIONS

DUCTWORK REQUIREMENTS

UFT UNDERFLOOR FAN TERMINAL

HRV HEAT RECOVERY VENTILATOR (SENSIBLE)

EUH ELECTRIC UNIT HEATER

ESP EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE

INTERNAL STATIC PRESSUREISP

TSP TOTAL STATIC PRESSURE

PUMP

PC PLUMBING CONTRACTOR

EC ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR

GC GENERAL CONTRACTOR

FLEXIBLE PIPE CONNECTOR

FCU FAN COIL UNIT

ALUMINUMAL

VRP VERTICAL RADIANT PANEL

WAC WINDOW / WALL AIR CONDITIONER

DOOR AIR CURTAINDAC

DH DEHUMIDIFIER

DOAS DEDICATED OUTDOOR AIR SYSTEM

DSU DUCTLESS SPLIT UNIT

DX DX COOLING COIL

ERP ELECTRIC RADIANT PANEL

GRH GAS RADIANT HEATER

LOUVERL

PDH POOL ROOM DEHUMIDIFIER

PACKAGED TERMINAL AIR CONDITIONER

RP RADIANT PANEL

S112x12

250

EXISTING

EQUIPMENT TYPE

EQUIPMENT MARK

SHOWN ON DRAWING

DETAIL MODULE NUMBER

AIRFLOW IN CFM

THROAT SIZE

MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT TAG

AIR TERMINAL DESIGNATION

KEYNOTE

DETAIL OR SECTION MARK

POINT OF NEW CONNECTION

CAP EXISTING PIPE OR DUCT

BOLD TEXT INDICATES PROPOSED ITEM

ITALIC TEXT INDICATES EXISTING ITEM

NEW

##

#

#

PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE PLUG

AHU-1GUARD

LOCKABLE GUARD WHERE INDICATED

EQUIPMENT TO BE CONTROLLED

GUARDTEMPHUMIDCO ELEMENT TO BE MONITORED

LOCKABLE GUARD WHERE INDICATED

HUMIDISTAT

THERMOSTAT

SENSOR

SUPPLY DIFFUSER/REGISTER

RETURN REGISTER/GRILLE

EXHAUST REGISTER/GRILLE

DIFFUSER AIRFLOW PATTERN IF OTHER THAN 4-WAY BLOW

FLEXIBLE BRANCH RUNOUT TOSUPPLY DIFFUSER, 36" MAX LENGTH

CEILING RETURN REGISTER WITH LINED DUCT FOR SOUND ATTENUATION OPEN TO CEILING PLENUM

FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTION TO EQUIPMENT OR BETWEEN DUCTS

VOLUME DAMPER

MOTORIZED DAMPER

FIRE DAMPER

SMOKE DAMPER

COMBINATION FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER

SUPPLY AIR DUCT TOWARDS

SUPPLY AIR DUCT AWAY

RETURN/OUTDOOR AIR DUCT TOWARDS

RETURN/OUTDOOR AIR DUCT AWAY

TRANSFER AIR

A. THIS FACILITY HAS BEEN DESIGNATED A "SMOKE-FREE" ENVIRONMENT. NO MECHANICAL VENTILATION PROVISIONS HAVE BEEN MADE TO ACCOMMODATE TOBACCO USAGE BY THE BUILDING OCCUPANTS

B. ALL MECHANICAL SYSTEMS SHALL BE INSTALLED TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE LOCAL CODE AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION

C. EVERY ATTEMPT HAS BEEN MADE TO COORDINATE THE ROUTING OF DUCTWORK WITHIN THE WOOD TRUSSED ATTIC SPACE. ACTUAL LOCATION OF TRUSS WEBS HOWEVER CAN NOT BE DETERMINED UNTIL FABRICATION DRAWINGS ARE SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW. WHERE POSSIBLE, REFRAIN FROM PREFABRICATING DUCTWORK DESIGNATED FOR INSTALLATION WITHIN THE ATTIC UNTIL ROOF FRAMING IS IN PLACE AND ACTUAL STRUCTURAL CONDITIONS CAN BE FIELD VERIFIED.

A. INSTALL EQUIPMENT TO ALLOW MAXIMUM POSSIBLE HEADROOM UNLESS SPECIFIC MOUNTING HEIGHTS ARE INDICATED

B. INSTALL EQUIPMENT LEVEL AND PLUMB, PARALLEL AND PERPENDICULAR TO OTHER BUILDING SYSTEMS AND COMPONENTS IN EXPOSED INTERIOR SPACES, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED

C. INSTALL HVAC EQUIPMENT TO FACILITATE SERVICE, MAINTENANCE, AND REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT OF COMPONENTS. CONNECT EQUIPMENT FOR EASE OF REMOVAL, WITH MINIMUM INTERFERENCE TO OTHER INSTALLATIONS

D. ALL MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT WITH THE EXCEPTION OF AIR HANDLING UNITS, SUPPORTED FROM FLOOR STRUCTURE SHALL BE MOUNTED ON 4" THICK CONCRETE HOUSEKEEPING PADS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.

E. AIR FILTERS SHALL BE REPLACED IN ALL AIR HANDLING EQUIPMENT EMPLOYING SUCH PRIOR TO FINAL COMPLETION AND OWNER OCCUPANCY

F. THE INSTALLING CONTRACTOR ASSUMES FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR ALL MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT PUT INTO OPERATION PRIOR TO THE INSTALLATION OF A WORKING CONTROL SYSTEM, TESTING, AND BALANCING, AND SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. ALL RETURN AND EXHAUST DUCT OPENINGS SHALL BE COVERED WITH ROLL TYPE FILTER MEDIA DURING SUCH TEMPORARY OPERATION. OPERATION OF THE MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT PRIOR TO FINAL COMPLETION SHALL NOT IMPACT THE EQUIPMENT WARRANTY. MINIMUM 1-YEAR FROM SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION UNLESS SPECIFIED OTHERWISE

G. PROVIDE FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTION BETWEEN MOTOR DRIVEN MECHANICAL UNITS AND SHEET METAL SUPPLY, OUTDOOR AIR, EXHAUST, AND/OR RETURN AIR DUCTWORK CONNECTIONS

H. PROVIDE FLEXIBLE PIPE CONNECTION BETWEEN MOTOR DRIVEN MECHANICAL UNITS AND CONNECTING PIPING

I. BASIS OF DESIGN MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT IS AS SCHEDULED ON THE DRAWINGS. INSTALLING CONTRACTOR ASSUMES RESPONSIBILITY FOR COORDINATING PHYSICAL SPACE REQUIREMENTS OF EQUIVALENT CAPACITY MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT DEEMED ACCEPTABLE BY THE ENGINEER

J. MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT FACTORY FINISH DAMAGED DURING THE COURSE OF CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE RESTORED TO ORIGINAL CONDITION PRIOR TO FINAL ACCEPTANCE

A. DUCTWORK IS SHOWN IN SCHEMATIC FORM. ALL REQUIRED DUCT RISERS AND DROPS TO ALLOW GENERAL ROUTING DEPICTED MAY NOT BE SHOWN. PROVIDE OFFSETS AS REQUIRED TO MEET SPACE REQUIREMENTS AND TO AVOID INTERFERENCE WITH OTHER TRADES AND FIELD CONDITIONS. EXACT LOCATION OF THE DUCTWORK MAY VARY ACCORDING TO THE COORDINATED SPACE REQUIREMENTS. EACH TRADE SHALL BE TOTALLY RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATION WITH OTHER TRADES. NOTIFY ENGINEER OF CONDITIONS REPRESENTING SIGNIFICANT CHANGES TO THE DESIGNED ROUTING

B. COMPLY WITH NFPA 90A, "INSTALLATION OF AIR CONDITIONING AND VENTILATING SYSTEMS," UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED

C. COMPLY WITH NFPA 90B, "INSTALLATION OF WARM AIR HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMS," UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED

D. FABRICATE RECTANGULAR DUCTS, ELBOWS, TRANSITIONS, OFFSETS, BRANCH CONNECTIONS, AND OTHER CONSTRUCTION WITH GALVANIZED, SHEET STEEL, ACCORDING TO SMACNA'S "HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS--METAL AND FLEXIBLE." COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR METAL THICKNESS, REINFORCING TYPES AND INTERVALS, TIE-ROD APPLICATIONS, AND JOINT TYPES AND INTERVALS

E. COORDINATE SIZE, QUANTITY, AND LOCATION OF ALL OPENINGS REQUIRED FOR DUCT AND PIPE PENETRATIONS THROUGH WALLS, FLOORS, AND ROOFS, WITH CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR ROUGH FRAMING. COORDINATE LOCATION OF AIR INTAKES WITH EXHAUST AND PLUMBING VENTS SO THAT INTAKES ARE A MINIMUM OF 10 FEET FROM EXHAUST OPENINGS OR PLUMBING VENTS

F. INSTALL DUCTS IN LONGEST LENGTH POSSIBLE AND FEWEST POSSIBLE JOINTS. INSTALL FABRICATED FITTINGS FOR CHANGES IN DIRECTIONS, CHANGES IN SIZE AND SHAPE, AND CONNECTIONS

G. INSTALL DUCTS, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, VERTICALLY AND HORIZONTALLY, PARALLEL AND PERPENDICULAR TO BUILDING LINES; AVOID DIAGONAL RUNS UNLESS SPECIFICALLY INDICATED ON DRAWINGS

H. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR EXACT LOCATION OF CEILING MOUNTED DEVICES. COORDINATE MECHANICAL CEILING DEVICES SUCH AS DIFFUSERS AND REGISTERS WITH LIGHT FIXTURES, SPEAKERS, SPRINKLER HEADS, ETC.

I. ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SPACES: ROUTE DUCTWORK TO AVOID PASSING THROUGH TRANSFORMER VAULTS AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SPACES AND ENCLOSURES. AVOID ROUTING DUCTWORK DIRECTLY ABOVE ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT UNLESS SPECIFICALLY INDICATED ON THE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS

J. NON-FIRE-RATED PARTITION PENETRATIONS: WHERE DUCTS PASS THROUGH INTERIOR PARTITIONS AND ARE EXPOSED TO VIEW IN MECHANICAL ROOMS, CONCEAL SPACE BETWEEN CONSTRUCTION OPENING AND DUCT OR DUCT INSULATION WITH SHEET METAL FLANGES OF SAME METAL THICKNESS AS DUCT. OVERLAP OPENING ON FOUR SIDES BY AT LEAST 1-1/2 INCHES UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE

K. FIRE-RATED PARTITION PENETRATIONS: WHERE DUCTS PASS THROUGH INTERIOR PARTITIONS, INSTALL APPROPRIATELY RATED FIRE DAMPER. FIRE DAMPER INSTALLATION MUST STRICTLY ADHERE TO MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS

L. PROVIDE MANUAL VOLUME-CONTROL BALANCING DAMPER AT ALL BRANCH DUCTS AND AT ALL OTHER LOCATIONS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE AND BALANCEABLE AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM

M. BALANCE ENTIRE AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM TO AIRFLOW QUANTITIES INDICATED ON MECHANICAL DRAWINGS

N. FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK SHALL BE ALLOWED ONLY IN POSITIVE PRESSURE APPLICATIONS AT SUPPLY BRANCH RUNOUTS TO DIFFUSERS ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILINGS. FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK SHALL NOT EXCEED 36" IN LENGTH. 90 DEGREE TURNS SHALL ONLY BE ALLOWED IF RETAINING BANDS EQUAL TO THERMAFLEX "FLEX-FLOW" ARE EMPLOYED. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK BE ALLOWED IN NEGATIVE PRESSURE APPLICATIONS

A. VERIFY EXACT SIZE AND LOCATION OF EXISTING UTILITIES PRIOR TO START OF DEMOLITION WORK

B. RELOCATE, REMOVE, AND ADJUST ALL MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL ITEMS AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMPLISH SCOPE OF NEW WORK

C. EXISTING MECHANICAL ITEMS ARE SHOWN IN SCHEMATIC FORM BASED UPON EXISTING CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS AND/OR FIELD INVESTIGATION

D. REMOVE EXISTING PIPING AND DUCTWORK BACK TO LAST ACTIVE SERVICE AND CAP

E. ---- INDICATES REQUIRED DEMOLITION OF DUCTWORK, PIPING, AND EQUIPMENT.

F. FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT INDICATED TO BE REUSED OR SALVAGED SHALL REMAIN THE PROPERTY OF THE OWNER AND BE STORED IN A LOCATION AS DIRECTED BY OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE

G. IN LOCATIONS WHERE EXISTING CONSTRUCTION IS REMOVED AND NO ADDITIONAL CONSTRUCTION IS INDICATED, PATCH EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACES AND FINISHES

H. CONNECTIONS TO, AND SHUTDOWNS OF, EXISTING SYSTEMS SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE TO ALLOW MINIMUM INTERFERENCE WITH OWNER'S OPERATION AND DOWNTIME OF EXISTING UTILITIES. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT TO OWNER FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL THE PROPOSED PHASING PLAN FOR CONNECTING NEW SERVICES TO EXISTING

HVAC DESIGN LOAD CALCULATIONS ARE BASED ON THE FOLLOWING CLIMATE DATA:

CITY AND STATE: CHAMPAIGN, IL

WINTER OUTDOOR AMBIENT DB/WB: -3 / -4.4

SUMMER OUTDOOR AMBIENT DB/WB: 95 / 75

MECHANICAL SYSTEMS HAVE BEEN DESIGNED BASED UPON THE 2015 INTERNATIONAL MECHANICAL CODE, 2015 INTERNATIONAL ENERGY CONSERVATION CODE, NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION (NFPA) STANDARDS, AND ACCEPTED AMERICAN SOCIETY OF HEATING, REFRIGERATION, AND AIR-CONDITIONING ENGINEERS (ASHRAE) ACCEPTED STANDARDS AND PRACTICES

MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION

PRESSURE SENSOR/SWITCH

EXHAUST AIR DUCT TOWARDS

EXHAUST AIR DUCT AWAY

TJ THROUGH JOISTS

CHS CHILLED WATER SUPPLY

CO2

3-WAY CONTROL VALVE

ANGLE GATE VALVE

ANGLE GLOBE VALVE

BALANCING/SHUTOFF VALVE

BALL VALVE

BUTTERFLY VALVE

CHECK VALVE

CALIBRATED BALANCING VALVE

CONTROL VALVE

EXPANSION VALVE

GATE VALVE

GLOBE VALVE

QUICK OPEN VALVE

SAFETY RELIEF VALVE

SOLENOID VALVE

VACUUM RELIEF VALVE

GAS COCK

PLUG VALVE

PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE (WATER)

PRESSURE REGULATOR (GAS)

PIPE SLOPE ARROW

WALL SWITCH

H

S

T

CFM

F

P

T

FLAT OVAL DUCT12x8Φ

ROUND DUCT12"ø

RECTANGULAR DUCT12x8

AHU

1

METERM

MECHANICAL CONTRACTORMC

MECHANICAL SYMBOLS & ABBREVIATIONS

NOTE: NOT ALL MAY BE USED ON THIS PROJECT

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

DATE:

DRAWN:

REVIEWED:

SHEET TITLE:

SHEET NUMBER:

PROJECT NO.:

PROJECT:

ISSUE:

# DATE: DESCRIPTION:

DESIGNED:

8/2

9/2

018

9:0

2:3

3 A

M M0.1

MECHANICALGENERALINFORMATION

VUJ

JMG

0180834.00

MARSHALL PUBLICLIBRARY

City of Marshall

612 ARCHER AVE. MARSHALL, IL

08/30/2018

08/30/2018

PERMIT SET

VUJ

JOSEPH M.

062-069758

GAIED

LICENSE EXPIRES: 11-30-2019

DATE SIGNED: 08/29/2018

08/30/2018

BID SET

SECTION 230000 - BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTSPART 1- GENERAL

SUMMARYSECTION SPECIFIES THE BASIC REQUIREMENTS FOR MECHANICAL INSTALLATIONS AND INCLUDES REQUIREMENTS COMMON

TO MORE THAN ONE SECTION OF THE SPECIFICATIONS.

GENERAL REFERENCESALL OF THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE CONSIDERED A PART OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. THE CONTRACTOR

SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR SEARCHING ALL CONTRACT DOCUMENTS TO DETERMINE THE SCOPE OF WORK REQUIRED IN

FINAL CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT PROVIDED BY OTHER CONTRACTS OR CONTRACTORS. IT IS THE INTENT OF THE

DRAWINGS TO PROVIDE AS MUCH INFORMATION AS POSSIBLE ON EQUIPMENT PROVIDED BY OTHERS. HOWEVER, THE

EXTENT OF FINAL CONNECTIONS AND TYPE OF FINAL CONNECTIONS SHALL BE DETERMINED BY THE ACTUAL EQUIPMENT

SUPPLIED BY OTHERS. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE IN HIS BASE BID, RESONABLE COST FOR THE INSTALLATION OF

EQUIPMENT PROVIDED BY OTHERS. HE SHALL NOT BE AWARDED EXTRA COSTS AFTER THE CONTRACT IS AWARDED UNLESS

THE EQUIPMENT SO INSTALLED IS NOT SHOWN ON ANY OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.

WORK INCLUDED UNDER THIS DIVISION SHALL CONSIST OF FURNISHING ALL MATERIALS, SUPPLIES, EQUIPMENT, TOOLS,

INSURANCE, TRANSPORTATION AND FACILITIES, AND PERFOMING ALL LABOR AND SERVICES NECESSARY FOR COMPLETE

INSTALLATION OF THE NEW MECHANICAL SYSTEM(S).

ARRANGE FOR PIPE SPACES, CHASES, SLOTS, AND OPENINGS IN BUILDING STRUCTURE DURING PROGRESS OF

CONSTRUCTION, TO ALLOW FOR HVAC INSTALLATIONS.

COORDINATE REQUIREMENTS FOR ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS FOR HVAC ITEMS REQUIRING ACCESS THAT ARE

CONCEALED BEHIND FINISHED SURFACES.

DRAWINGSDRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC, INDICATING ONLY APPROXIMATE LOCATIONS OF SERVICES, DUCTWORK, APPARATUS, AND

PIPING UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, AND ARE NOT TO BE SCALED. ACTUAL INSTALLATION MUST CONFORM TO ACTUAL

BUILDING CONDITIONS, AND VERFIED IN THE FIELD. THE ARCHITECT/ ENGINEER RESERVES THE RIGHT TO EFFECT

REASONABLE CHANGES IN THE LOCATION OF EQUIPMENT UP TO THE TIME OF ROUGH-IN WITHOUT ADDITIONAL COST TO THE

OWNER. ANY AND ALL CHANGES SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT/ ENGINEER. MAINTAIN MANUFACTURERS

RECOMMENDED CLEARANCES AROUND ALL EQUIPMENT.

THE DECISION OF THE ARCHITECT/ ENGINEER AS TO THE TRUE INTENT AND MEANING OF THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS

SHALL BE FINAL AND BINDING UPON BOTH PARTIES TO THE CONTRACT.

ITEMS OMITTED FROM THE DRAWINGS BUT SPECIFIED, OR ITEMS CALLED FOR ON THE DRAWINGS BUT OMITTED FROM THE

SPECIFICATIONS, SHALL BE CONSIDERED AS APPEARING IN BOTH. WHERE A CONFLICT OCCURS BETWEEN SPECIFICATIONS

AND DRAWINGS, THE MOST EXPENSIVE ITEM WILL TAKE PRECEDENCE. THE CONFLICT WILL THEN BE RESOLVED DURING

CONSTRUCTION AND A CREDIT ISSUED FOR A LESS COSTLY SOLUTION.

THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE INSTALLATION OF ALL MECHANICAL APPARATUS, DUCTWORK, AND

PIPING, AND TO CONFORM TO ACTUAL BUILDING STRUCTURAL CONDITIONS.

ITEMS OMITTED FROM DRAWINGS AND/ OR SPECIFICATIONS BUT REQUIRED FOR PROPER OPERATION OF EQUIPMENT OR

FIXTURES BY MANUFACTURER SHALL BE CONSIDERED AS PART OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. ITEMS AS STATED ABOVE

WHICH ARE NECESSARY TO COMPLY WITH THE INTENT OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS SHALL BE CONSIDERED AS PART OF

THE CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS.

REGULATORY REQUIREMENTSMECHANICAL TO CONFORM TO 2015 INTERNATIONAL MECHANICAL CODE, 2015 INTERNATIONAL ENERGY CONSERVATION

CODE, AND LOCAL, COUNTY, AND CITY CODES.

SECURE AND PAY FOR ALL PERMITS AND CERTIFICATIONS OF INSPECTIONS INCIDENTAL TO THIS WORK REQUIRED BY

FOREGOING AUTHORITIES. BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PAYMENTS TO ALL PUBLIC UTILITIES FOR WORK PERFOMED BY THEM IN

CONNECTION WITH THE PROVISION OF SERVICE CONNECTION REQUIRED. DELIVER ALL CERTIFICATES TO ARCHITECT/

ENGINEER IN DUPLICATE.

PART 2- PRODUCTS (NOT APPLICABLE)

PART 3- EXECUTION

EQUIPMENT INSTALLATIONINSTALL EQUIPMENT TO ALLOW MAXIMUM POSSIBLE HEADROOM UNLESS SPECIFIC MOUNTING HEIGHTS ARE NOT INDICATED.

INSTALL EQUIPMENT LEVEL AND PLUMB, PARALLEL AND PERPENDICULAR TO OTHER BUILDING SYSTEMS AND COMPONENTS

IN EXPOSED INTERIOR SPACES, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.

INSTALL HVAC EQUIPMENT TO FACILITATE SERVICE, MAINTENANCE, AND REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT OF COMPONENTS.

CONNECT EQUIPMENT FOR EASE OF DISCONNECTING, WITH MINIMUM INTERFERENCE TO OTHER INSTALLATIONS. EXTEND

GREASE FITTINGS TO ACCESSIBLE LOCATIONS.

INSTALL EQUIPMENT TO ALLOW RIGHT OF WAY FOR PIPING INSTALLED AT REQUIRED SLOPE.

PAINTINGDAMAGE AND TOUCHUP: REPAIR MARRED AND DAMAGED FACTORY-PAINTED FINISHES WITH MATERIALS AND PROCEDURES

TO MATCH ORIGINAL FACTORY FINISH.

ERECTION OF METAL SUPPORTS AND ANCHORAGESCUT, FIT, AND PLACE MISCELLANEOUS METAL SUPPORTS ACCURATELY IN LOCATION, ALIGNMENT, AND ELEVATION TO

SUPPORT AND ANCHOR HVAC MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT.

ERECTION OF WOOD SUPPORTS AND ANCHORAGESCUT, FIT, AND PLACE WOOD GROUNDS, NAILERS, BLOCKING, AND ANCHORAGES TO SUPPORT, AND ANCHOR HVAC

MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT.

SELECT FASTENER SIZES THAT WILL NOT PENETRATE MEMBERS IF OPPOSITE SIDE WILL BE EXPOSED TO VIEW OR WILL

RECEIVE FINISH MATERIALS. TIGHTEN CONNECTIONS BETWEEN MEMBERS. INSTALL FASTENERS WITHOUT SPLITTING WOOD

MEMBERS.

ATTACH TO SUBSTRATES AS REQUIRED TO SUPPORT APPLIED LOADS.

OPERATIONS MANUALTHIS CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH COMPETENT PERSONNEL TO INSTRUCT THE OWNER'S OPERATING PERSONNEL IN THE

PROPER OPERATION OF EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT.

PRIOR TO FINAL PAYMENT DEMONSTRATE TO THE OWNER'S SATISFACTION THE PROPER OPERATION OF EACH AND ALL

SYSTEMS, INSTRUCTING IN OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF MECHANICAL DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT.

SECTION 230517 - SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR HVAC PIPINGPART 1 - GENERAL

RELATED DOCUMENTS

DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT, INCLUDING GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND

DIVISION 01 SPECIFICATION SECTIONS, APPLY TO THIS SECTION.

SUMMARY

SECTION INCLUDES:

SLEEVES.

STACK-SLEEVE FITTINGS.

SLEEVE-SEAL FITTINGS.

GROUT.

ACTION SUBMITTALS

PRODUCT DATA: FOR EACH TYPE OF PRODUCT INDICATED.

PRODUCTS

SLEEVES

CAST-IRON WALL PIPES: CAST OR FABRICATED OF CAST OR DUCTILE IRON AND EQUIVALENT TO DUCTILE-IRON PRESSURE

PIPE, WITH PLAIN ENDS AND INTEGRAL WATERSTOP UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.

MOLDED-PE OR -PP SLEEVES: REMOVABLE, TAPERED-CUP SHAPED, AND SMOOTH OUTER SURFACE WITH NAILING FLANGE

FOR ATTACHING TO WOODEN FORMS.

MOLDED-PVC SLEEVES: WITH NAILING FLANGE FOR ATTACHING TO WOODEN FORMS.

STACK-SLEEVE FITTINGS

DESCRIPTION: MANUFACTURED, CAST-IRON SLEEVE WITH INTEGRAL CLAMPING FLANGE. INCLUDE CLAMPING RING, BOLTS,

AND NUTS FOR MEMBRANE FLASHING.

UNDERDECK CLAMP: CLAMPING RING WITH SETSCREWS.

SLEEVE-SEAL SYSTEMS

DESCRIPTION: MODULAR SEALING-ELEMENT UNIT, DESIGNED FOR FIELD ASSEMBLY, FOR FILLING ANNULAR SPACE BETWEEN

PIPING AND SLEEVE.

SEALING ELEMENTS: EPDM-RUBBER INTERLOCKING LINKS SHAPED TO FIT SURFACE OF PIPE. INCLUDE TYPE AND NUMBER

REQUIRED FOR PIPE MATERIAL AND SIZE OF PIPE.

CONNECTING BOLTS AND NUTS: CARBON STEEL, WITH CORROSION-RESISTANT COATING, OF LENGTH REQUIRED TO SECURE

PRESSURE PLATES TO SEALING ELEMENTS.

SLEEVE-SEAL FITTINGS

DESCRIPTION: MANUFACTURED PLASTIC, SLEEVE-TYPE, WATERSTOP ASSEMBLY MADE FOR IMBEDDING IN CONCRETE SLAB

OR WALL. UNIT HAS PLASTIC OR RUBBER WATERSTOP COLLAR WITH CENTER OPENING TO MATCH PIPING OD.

GROUT

STANDARD: ASTM C 1107/C 1107M, GRADE B, POST-HARDENING AND VOLUME-ADJUSTING, DRY, HYDRAULIC-CEMENT GROUT.

CHARACTERISTICS: NONSHRINK; RECOMMENDED FOR INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR APPLICATIONS.

DESIGN MIX: 5000-PSI (34.5-MPA), 28-DAY COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH.

PACKAGING: PREMIXED AND FACTORY PACKAGED.

EXECUTION

SLEEVE INSTALLATION

INSTALL SLEEVES FOR PIPING PASSING THROUGH PENETRATIONS IN FLOORS, PARTITIONS, ROOFS, AND WALLS.

FOR SLEEVES THAT WILL HAVE SLEEVE-SEAL SYSTEM INSTALLED, SELECT SLEEVES OF SIZE LARGE ENOUGH TO PROVIDE

1-INCH ANNULAR CLEAR SPACE BETWEEN PIPING AND CONCRETE SLABS AND WALLS.

INSTALL SLEEVES FOR PIPES PASSING THROUGH INTERIOR PARTITIONS.

CUT SLEEVES TO LENGTH FOR MOUNTING FLUSH WITH BOTH SURFACES.

INSTALL SLEEVES THAT ARE LARGE ENOUGH TO PROVIDE 1/4-INCH (6.4-MM) ANNULAR CLEAR SPACE BETWEEN SLEEVE AND

PIPE OR PIPE INSULATION.

SEAL ANNULAR SPACE BETWEEN SLEEVE AND PIPING OR PIPING INSULATION; USE JOINT SEALANTS APPROPRIATE FOR SIZE,

DEPTH, AND LOCATION OF JOINT. COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR SEALANTS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 079200 "JOINT

SEALANTS."

STACK-SLEEVE-FITTING INSTALLATION

INSTALL STACK-SLEEVE FITTINGS IN NEW SLABS AS SLABS ARE CONSTRUCTED.

INSTALL FITTINGS THAT ARE LARGE ENOUGH TO PROVIDE 1/4-INCH (6.4-MM) ANNULAR CLEAR SPACE BETWEEN SLEEVE AND

PIPE OR PIPE INSULATION.

SECURE FLASHING BETWEEN CLAMPING FLANGES FOR PIPES PENETRATING FLOORS WITH MEMBRANE WATERPROOFING.

COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR FLASHING SPECIFIED IN SECTION 076200 "SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM."

INSTALL SECTION OF CAST-IRON SOIL PIPE TO EXTEND SLEEVE TO 2 INCHES (50 MM) ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR LEVEL.

EXTEND CAST-IRON SLEEVE FITTINGS BELOW FLOOR SLAB AS REQUIRED TO SECURE CLAMPING RING IF RING IS SPECIFIED.

USING GROUT, SEAL THE SPACE AROUND OUTSIDE OF STACK-SLEEVE FITTINGS.

FIRE-BARRIER PENETRATIONS: MAINTAIN INDICATED FIRE RATING OF FLOORS AT PIPE PENETRATIONS. SEAL PIPE

PENETRATIONS WITH FIRESTOP MATERIALS. COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR FIRESTOPPING SPECIFIED IN SECTION

078413 "PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING."

SLEEVE-SEAL-SYSTEM INSTALLATION

INSTALL SLEEVE-SEAL SYSTEMS IN SLEEVES IN EXTERIOR CONCRETE WALLS AND SLABS-ON-GRADE AT SERVICE PIPING

ENTRIES INTO BUILDING.

SELECT TYPE, SIZE, AND NUMBER OF SEALING ELEMENTS REQUIRED FOR PIPING MATERIAL AND SIZE AND FOR SLEEVE ID

OR HOLE SIZE. POSITION PIPING IN CENTER OF SLEEVE. CENTER PIPING IN PENETRATION, ASSEMBLE SLEEVE-SEAL SYSTEM

COMPONENTS, AND INSTALL IN ANNULAR SPACE BETWEEN PIPING AND SLEEVE. TIGHTEN BOLTS AGAINST PRESSURE

PLATES THAT CAUSE SEALING ELEMENTS TO EXPAND AND MAKE A WATERTIGHT SEAL.

SLEEVE-SEAL-FITTING INSTALLATION

INSTALL SLEEVE-SEAL FITTINGS IN NEW WALLS AND SLABS AS THEY ARE CONSTRUCTED.

ASSEMBLE FITTING COMPONENTS OF LENGTH TO BE FLUSH WITH BOTH SURFACES OF CONCRETE SLABS AND WALLS.

POSITION WATERSTOP FLANGE TO BE CENTERED IN CONCRETE SLAB OR WALL.

SECURE NAILING FLANGES TO CONCRETE FORMS.

USING GROUT, SEAL THE SPACE AROUND OUTSIDE OF SLEEVE-SEAL FITTINGS.

SLEEVE AND SLEEVE-SEAL SCHEDULE

USE SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR THE FOLLOWING PIPING-PENETRATION APPLICATIONS:

INTERIOR PARTITIONS:

PIPING SMALLER THAN NPS 6 (DN 150): PVC-PIPE SLEEVES.

SECTION 230518 - ESCUTCHEONS FOR HVAC PIPINGPART 1 - GENERAL

RELATED DOCUMENTS

DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT, INCLUDING GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND

DIVISION 01 SPECIFICATION SECTIONS, APPLY TO THIS SECTION.

SUMMARY

SECTION INCLUDES:

FLOOR PLATES.

PRODUCTS

FLOOR PLATES

ONE-PIECE FLOOR PLATES: CAST-IRON FLANGE WITH HOLES FOR FASTENERS.

SPLIT-CASTING FLOOR PLATES: CAST BRASS WITH CONCEALED HINGE.

EXECUTION

INSTALLATION

INSTALL FLOOR PLATES FOR PIPING PENETRATIONS OF ROOF.

INSTALL FLOOR PLATES WITH ID TO CLOSELY FIT AROUND PIPE, TUBE, AND INSULATION OF PIPING AND WITH OD THAT

COMPLETELY COVERS OPENING.

NEW PIPING: ONE-PIECE, FLOOR-PLATE TYPE.

EXISTING PIPING: SPLIT-CASTING, FLOOR-PLATE TYPE.

FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

REPLACE BROKEN AND DAMAGED ESCUTCHEONS AND FLOOR PLATES USING NEW MATERIALS.

SECTION 230593 - TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVACPART 1 - GENERAL

QUALITY ASSURANCETAB CONTRACTOR QUALIFICATIONS: ENGAGE A TAB ENTITY CERTIFIED BY AABC NEBB OR TABB.

PART 2 - EXECUTION

EXAMINATIONEXAMINE THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS TO BECOME FAMILIAR WITH PROJECT REQUIREMENTS AND TO DISCOVER

CONDITIONS IN SYSTEMS' DESIGNS THAT MAY PRECLUDE PROPER TAB OF SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT.

EXAMINE SYSTEMS FOR INSTALLED BALANCING DEVICES, SUCH AS FITTINGS AND MANUAL VOLUME DAMPERS. VERIFY THAT

LOCATIONS OF THESE BALANCING DEVICES ARE ACCESSIBLE.

GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR BALANCING AIR SYSTEMSDETERMINE THE BEST LOCATIONS IN MAIN AND BRANCH DUCTS FOR ACCURATE DUCT-AIRFLOW MEASUREMENTS.

LOCATE START-STOP AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES, ELECTRICAL INTERLOCKS, AND MOTOR STARTERS.

VERIFY THAT MOTOR STARTERS ARE EQUIPPED WITH PROPERLY SIZED THERMAL PROTECTION.

CHECK DAMPERS FOR PROPER POSITION TO ACHIEVE DESIRED AIRFLOW PATH.

CHECK FOR AIRFLOW BLOCKAGES.

CHECK CONDENSATE DRAINS FOR PROPER CONNECTIONS AND FUNCTIONING.

PROCEDURES FOR CONSTANT-VOLUME AIR SYSTEMSMEASURE AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS WITHOUT MAKING ADJUSTMENTS.

MEASURE TERMINAL OUTLETS USING A DIRECT-READING HOOD OR OUTLET MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS AND

CALCULATING FACTORS.

ADJUST EACH OUTLET IN SAME ROOM OR SPACE TO WITHIN SPECIFIED TOLERANCES OF INDICATED QUANTITIES WITHOUT

GENERATING NOISE LEVELS ABOVE THE LIMITATIONS PRESCRIBED BY THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.

ADJUST PATTERNS OF ADJUSTABLE OUTLETS FOR PROPER DISTRIBUTION WITHOUT DRAFTS.

TOLERANCESSET HVAC SYSTEM'S AIR FLOW RATES WITHIN THE FOLLOWING TOLERANCES:

SUPPLY, RETURN, AND EXHAUST FANS AND EQUIPMENT WITH FANS: PLUS OR MINUS 10 PERCENT. AIR OUTLETS AND

INLETS: PLUS OR MINUS 10 PERCENT.

FINAL REPORTAIR DEVICE TEST DATA (INDICATED AND ACTUAL VALUES): PRELIMINARY AIR FLOW RATE AS NEEDED IN CFM, FINAL AIR

FLOW RATE IN CFM, AND SPACE TEMPERATURE IN DEG F.

SECTION 230713 - HVAC INSULATIONPART 1 - GENERAL

SUBMITTALSPRODUCT DATA: FOR EACH TYPE OF PRODUCT INDICATED. INCLUDE THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY, THICKNESS, AND JACKETS

(BOTH FACTORY AND FIELD APPLIED, IF ANY).

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

INSULATION MATERIALSPRODUCTS SHALL NOT CONTAIN ASBESTOS, LEAD, MERCURY, OR MERCURY COMPOUNDS.

FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC: CLOSED-CELL, SPONGE- OR EXPANDED-RUBBER MATERIALS. COMPLY WITH ASTM C 534, TYPE I

FOR TUBULAR MATERIALS AND TYPE II FOR SHEET MATERIALS. SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PROVIDE

ONE OF THE FOLLOWING:

AEROFLEX USA INC.; AEROCEL.

ARMACELL LLC; AP ARMAFLEX.

RBX CORPORATION; INSUL-SHEET 1800 AND INSUL-TUBE 180.

ADHESIVE MATERIALS SHALL BE COMPATIBLE WITH INSULATION MATERIALS, JACKETS, AND SUBSTRATES AND FOR BONDING

INSULATION TO ITSELF AND TO SURFACES TO BE INSULATED, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.

MASTIC MATERIALS SHALL BE COMPATIBLE WITH INSULATION MATERIALS, JACKETS, AND SUBSTRATES; COMPLY WITH

MIL-C-19565C, TYPE II. FOR INDOOR APPLICATIONS, USE MASTICS THAT HAVE A VOC CONTENT OF 250 VALUE G/L OR LESS.

TAPES MATCHING FACTORY-APPLIED JACKET WITH ACRYLIC ADHESIVE; COMPLYING WITH ASTM C 1136.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

EXAMINATIONVERIFY THAT SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT TO BE INSULATED HAVE BEEN TESTED AND ARE FREE OF DEFECTS AND SURFACES

TO BE INSULATED ARE CLEAN AND DRY.

PROCEED WITH INSTALLATION ONLY AFTER UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN CORRECTED.

GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTSINSTALL INSULATION MATERIALS, ACCESSORIES, AND FINISHES WITH SMOOTH, STRAIGHT, AND EVEN SURFACES; FREE OF

VOIDS THROUGHOUT THE LENGTH OF EQUIPMENT, DUCTS AND FITTINGS, AND PIPING INCLUDING FITTINGS, VALVES, AND

SPECIALTIES.

INSTALL ACCESSORIES COMPATIBLE WITH INSULATION MATERIALS AND SUITABLE FOR THE SERVICE. INSTALL

ACCESSORIES THAT DO NOT CORRODE, SOFTEN, OR OTHERWISE ATTACK INSULATION OR JACKET IN EITHER WET OR DRY

STATE.

INSTALL INSULATION WITH LONGITUDINAL SEAMS AT TOP AND BOTTOM OF HORIZONTAL RUNS.

INSTALL INSULATION ON REFRIGERANT SUCTION PIPING.

KEEP INSULATION MATERIALS DRY DURING APPLICATION AND FINISHING.

INSTALL INSULATION WITH TIGHT LONGITUDINAL SEAMS AND END JOINTS. BOND SEAMS AND JOINTS WITH ADHESIVE

RECOMMENDED BY INSULATION MATERIAL MANUFACTURER.

INSTALL INSULATION WITH LEAST NUMBER OF JOINTS PRACTICAL.

WHERE VAPOR BARRIER IS INDICATED, SEAL JOINTS, SEAMS, AND PENETRATIONS IN INSULATION AT HANGERS, SUPPORTS,

ANCHORS, AND OTHER PROJECTIONS WITH VAPOR-BARRIER MASTIC.

APPLY ADHESIVES, MASTICS, AND SEALANTS AT MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED COVERAGE RATE AND WET AND DRY

FILM THICKNESSES.

CUT INSULATION IN A MANNER TO AVOID COMPRESSING INSULATION MORE THAN 75 PERCENT OF ITS NOMINAL THICKNESS.

FINISH INSTALLATION WITH SYSTEMS AT OPERATING CONDITIONS. REPAIR JOINT SEPARATIONS AND CRACKING DUE TO

THERMAL MOVEMENT.

REPAIR DAMAGED INSULATION FACINGS BY APPLYING SAME FACING MATERIAL OVER DAMAGED AREAS. EXTEND PATCHES

AT LEAST 4 INCHES BEYOND DAMAGED AREAS. ADHERE, STAPLE, AND SEAL PATCHES SIMILAR TO BUTT JOINTS.

PENETRATIONSINSULATION INSTALLATION AT FLOOR AND ROOF PENETRATIONS: INSTALL INSULATION CONTINUOUSLY THROUGH FLOOR

AND ROOF PENETRATIONS.

INSULATION INSTALLATION AT INTERIOR WALL AND PARTITION PENETRATIONS (THAT ARE NOT FIRE RATED): INSTALL

INSULATION CONTINUOUSLY THROUGH WALLS AND PARTITIONS.

INSULATION INSTALLATION AT FIRE-RATED WALL AND PARTITION PENETRATIONS: INSTALL INSULATION CONTINUOUSLY

THROUGH PENETRATIONS OF FIRE-RATED WALLS AND PARTITIONS. TERMINATE INSULATION AT FIRE DAMPER SLEEVES FOR

FIRE-RATED WALL AND PARTITION PENETRATIONS. EXTERNALLY INSULATE DAMPER SLEEVES TO MATCH ADJACENT

INSULATION AND OVERLAP DUCT INSULATION AT LEAST 2 INCHES.

FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC INSULATION INSTALLATIONSEAL LONGITUDINAL SEAMS AND END JOINTS WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED ADHESIVE TO ELIMINATE OPENINGS

IN INSULATION THAT ALLOW PASSAGE OF AIR TO SURFACE BEING INSULATED.

INSTALLATION ON PIPE FITTINGS: INSTALL MITERED SECTIONS OF PIPE INSULATION. SECURE INSULATION MATERIALS AND

SEAL SEAMS WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED ADHESIVE TO ELIMINATE OPENINGS IN INSULATION THAT ALLOW

PASSAGE OF AIR TO SURFACE BEING INSULATED.

FINISHESFLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC THERMAL INSULATION: AFTER ADHESIVE HAS FULLY CURED, APPLY TWO COATS OF INSULATION

MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED PROTECTIVE COATING.

INSULATION SCHEDULE, GENERAL

REFRIGERANT SUCTION LINE PIPING.

ITEMS NOT INSULATED:

INDOOR, FURNACE RETURN AIR.

FACTORY-INSULATED FLEXIBLE DUCTS.

FACTORY-INSULATED PLENUMS AND CASINGS.

FACTORY-INSULATED ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS.

INDOOR DUCT AND PLENUM INSULATION SCHEDULECONCEALED OR EXPOSED, SUPPLY-AIR DUCT INSULATION SHALL BE THE FOLLOWING: MINERAL-FIBER BLANKET: 1-1/2

INCHES THICK AND 1.5-LB/CU. FT. NOMINAL DENSITY.

INDOOR PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULECONDENSATE AND EQUIPMENT DRAIN WATER BELOW 60 DEG F: ALL COPPER PIPE SIZES: INSULATION SHALL BE THE

FOLLOWING: FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC: 3/4 INCH THICK.

INSULATION NOT REQUIRED FOR PVC CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPING.

REFRIGERANT SUCTION AND HOT-GAS FLEXIBLE TUBING: ALL PIPE SIZES: INSULATION SHALL BE FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC:

3/4 INCH THICK.

SECTION 232300 - REFRIGERANT PIPINGPART 1 - GENERAL

RELATED DOCUMENTS

DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT, INCLUDING GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND

DIVISION 01 SPECIFICATION SECTIONS, APPLY TO THIS SECTION.

SUMMARY

SECTION INCLUDES:

REFRIGERANT PIPES AND FITTINGS.

REFRIGERANT PIPING VALVES AND SPECIALTIES.

REFRIGERANTS.

ACTION SUBMITTALS

PRODUCT DATA: FOR EACH TYPE OF VALVE AND REFRIGERANT PIPING SPECIALTY.

INCLUDE PRESSURE DROP, BASED ON MANUFACTURER'S TEST DATA, FOR THE FOLLOWING:

THERMOSTATIC EXPANSION VALVES.

SOLENOID VALVES.

HOT-GAS BYPASS VALVES.

FILTER DRYERS.

STRAINERS.

PRESSURE-REGULATING VALVES.

CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA: FOR REFRIGERANT VALVES AND PIPING SPECIALTIES TO INCLUDE IN MAINTENANCE

MANUALS.

QUALITY ASSURANCEWELDING QUALIFICATIONS: QUALIFY PROCEDURES AND PERSONNEL ACCORDING TO 2010 ASME BOILER AND PRESSURE

VESSEL CODE: SECTION IX, "WELDING AND BRAZING QUALIFICATIONS."

COMPLY WITH ASHRAE 15, "SAFETY CODE FOR REFRIGERATION SYSTEMS."

COMPLY WITH ASME B31.5, "REFRIGERATION PIPING AND HEAT TRANSFER COMPONENTS."

PRODUCTS

PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

LINE TEST PRESSURE FOR REFRIGERANT R-410A:

SUCTION LINES FOR AIR-CONDITIONING APPLICATIONS: 300 PSIG (2068 KPA).

HOT-GAS AND LIQUID LINES: 535 PSIG (3689 KPA).

COPPER TUBE AND FITTINGS

COPPER TUBE: ASTM B 88, TYPE K OR L (ASTM B 88M, TYPE A OR B) .

WROUGHT-COPPER FITTINGS: ASME B16.22.

WROUGHT-COPPER UNIONS: ASME B16.22.

SOLDER FILLER METALS: ASTM B 32. USE 95-5 TIN ANTIMONY OR ALLOY HB SOLDER TO JOIN COPPER SOCKET FITTINGS ON

COPPER PIPE.

BRAZING FILLER METALS: AWS A5.8/A5.8M.

FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS:

BODY: TIN-BRONZE BELLOWS WITH WOVEN, FLEXIBLE, TINNED-BRONZE-WIRE-REINFORCED PROTECTIVE JACKET.

END CONNECTIONS: SOCKET ENDS.

OFFSET PERFORMANCE: CAPABLE OF MINIMUM 3/4-INCH (20-MM) MISALIGNMENT IN MINIMUM 7-INCH- (180-MM-) LONG

ASSEMBLY.

WORKING PRESSURE RATING: FACTORY TEST AT MINIMUM 500 PSIG (3450 KPA).

MAXIMUM OPERATING TEMPERATURE: 250 DEG F (121 DEG C) .

VALVES AND SPECIALTIES

DIAPHRAGM PACKLESS VALVES:

BODY AND BONNET: FORGED BRASS OR CAST BRONZE; GLOBE DESIGN WITH STRAIGHT-THROUGH OR ANGLE PATTERN.

DIAPHRAGM: PHOSPHOR BRONZE AND STAINLESS STEEL WITH STAINLESS-STEEL SPRING.

OPERATOR: RISING STEM AND HAND WHEEL.

SEAT: NYLON.

END CONNECTIONS: SOCKET, UNION, OR FLANGED.

WORKING PRESSURE RATING: 500 PSIG (3450 KPA).

MAXIMUM OPERATING TEMPERATURE: 275 DEG F (135 DEG C) .

PACKED-ANGLE VALVES:

BODY AND BONNET: FORGED BRASS OR CAST BRONZE.

PACKING: MOLDED STEM, BACK SEATING, AND REPLACEABLE UNDER PRESSURE.

OPERATOR: RISING STEM.

SEAT: NONROTATING, SELF-ALIGNING POLYTETRAFLUOROETHYLENE.

SEAL CAP: FORGED-BRASS OR VALOX HEX CAP.

END CONNECTIONS: SOCKET, UNION, THREADED, OR FLANGED.

WORKING PRESSURE RATING: 500 PSIG (3450 KPA).

MAXIMUM OPERATING TEMPERATURE: 275 DEG F (135 DEG C) .

CHECK VALVES:

BODY: DUCTILE IRON, FORGED BRASS, OR CAST BRONZE; GLOBE PATTERN.

BONNET: BOLTED DUCTILE IRON, FORGED BRASS, OR CAST BRONZE; OR BRASS HEX PLUG.

PISTON: REMOVABLE POLYTETRAFLUOROETHYLENE SEAT.

CLOSING SPRING: STAINLESS STEEL.

MANUAL OPENING STEM: SEAL CAP, PLATED-STEEL STEM, AND GRAPHITE SEAL.

END CONNECTIONS: SOCKET, UNION, THREADED, OR FLANGED.

SERVICE VALVES:

BODY: FORGED BRASS WITH BRASS CAP INCLUDING KEY END TO REMOVE CORE.

CORE: REMOVABLE BALL-TYPE CHECK VALVE WITH STAINLESS-STEEL SPRING.

SEAT: POLYTETRAFLUOROETHYLENE.

END CONNECTIONS: COPPER SPRING.

SOLENOID VALVES: COMPLY WITH AHRI 760 AND UL 429; LISTED AND LABELED BY A NATIONAL RECOGNIZED TESTING

LABORATORY (NRTL).

BODY AND BONNET: PLATED STEEL.

SOLENOID TUBE, PLUNGER, CLOSING SPRING, AND SEAT ORIFICE: STAINLESS STEEL.

END CONNECTIONS: THREADED.

ELECTRICAL: MOLDED, WATERTIGHT COIL IN NEMA 250 ENCLOSURE OF TYPE REQUIRED BY LOCATION WITH 1/2-INCH

CONDUIT ADAPTER, AND 115-V AC COIL.

SAFETY RELIEF VALVES: COMPLY WITH 2010 ASME BOILER AND PRESSURE VESSEL CODE; LISTED AND LABELED BY AN NRTL.

BODY AND BONNET: DUCTILE IRON AND STEEL, WITH NEOPRENE O-RING SEAL.

PISTON, CLOSING SPRING, AND SEAT INSERT: STAINLESS STEEL.

SEAT: POLYTETRAFLUOROETHYLENE.

END CONNECTIONS: THREADED.

WORKING PRESSURE RATING: 400 PSIG (2760 KPA).

MAXIMUM OPERATING TEMPERATURE: 240 DEG F (116 DEG C) .

THERMOSTATIC EXPANSION VALVES: COMPLY WITH AHRI 750.

BODY, BONNET, AND SEAL CAP: FORGED BRASS OR STEEL.

DIAPHRAGM, PISTON, CLOSING SPRING, AND SEAT INSERT: STAINLESS STEEL.

PACKING AND GASKETS: NON-ASBESTOS.

CAPILLARY AND BULB: COPPER TUBING FILLED WITH REFRIGERANT CHARGE.

END CONNECTIONS: SOCKET, FLARE, OR THREADED UNION.

HOT-GAS BYPASS VALVES: COMPLY WITH UL 429; LISTED AND LABELED BY AN NRTL.

BODY, BONNET, AND SEAL CAP: DUCTILE IRON OR STEEL.

DIAPHRAGM, PISTON, CLOSING SPRING, AND SEAT INSERT: STAINLESS STEEL.

PACKING AND GASKETS: NON-ASBESTOS.

SOLENOID TUBE, PLUNGER, CLOSING SPRING, AND SEAT ORIFICE: STAINLESS STEEL.

SEAT: POLYTETRAFLUOROETHYLENE.

ELECTRICAL: MOLDED, WATERTIGHT COIL IN NEMA 250 ENCLOSURE OF TYPE REQUIRED BY LOCATION WITH 1/2-INCH

CONDUIT ADAPTER AND 115-V AC COIL.

END CONNECTIONS: SOCKET.

THROTTLING RANGE: MAXIMUM 5 PSIG (34 KPA).

WORKING PRESSURE RATING: 500 PSIG (3450 KPA).

MAXIMUM OPERATING TEMPERATURE: 240 DEG F (116 DEG C) .

STRAIGHT-TYPE STRAINERS:

BODY: WELDED STEEL WITH CORROSION-RESISTANT COATING.

SCREEN: 100-MESH STAINLESS STEEL.

END CONNECTIONS: SOCKET OR FLARE.

WORKING PRESSURE RATING: 500 PSIG (3450 KPA).

MAXIMUM OPERATING TEMPERATURE: 275 DEG F (135 DEG C) .

ANGLE-TYPE STRAINERS:

BODY: FORGED BRASS OR CAST BRONZE.

DRAIN PLUG: BRASS HEX PLUG.

SCREEN: 100-MESH MONEL.

END CONNECTIONS: SOCKET OR FLARE.

WORKING PRESSURE RATING: 500 PSIG (3450 KPA).

MAXIMUM OPERATING TEMPERATURE: 275 DEG F (135 DEG C) .

MOISTURE/LIQUID INDICATORS:

BODY: FORGED BRASS.

WINDOW: REPLACEABLE, CLEAR, FUSED GLASS WINDOW WITH INDICATING ELEMENT PROTECTED BY FILTER SCREEN.

INDICATOR: COLOR CODED TO SHOW MOISTURE CONTENT IN PARTS PER MILLION (PPM).

MINIMUM MOISTURE INDICATOR SENSITIVITY: INDICATE MOISTURE ABOVE 60 PPM.

END CONNECTIONS: SOCKET OR FLARE.

WORKING PRESSURE RATING: 500 PSIG (3450 KPA).

MAXIMUM OPERATING TEMPERATURE: 240 DEG F (116 DEG C) .

REPLACEABLE-CORE FILTER DRYERS: COMPLY WITH AHRI 730.

BODY AND COVER: PAINTED-STEEL SHELL WITH DUCTILE-IRON COVER, STAINLESS-STEEL SCREWS, AND NEOPRENE

GASKETS.

FILTER MEDIA: 10 MICRON, PLEATED WITH INTEGRAL END RINGS; STAINLESS-STEEL SUPPORT.

DESIGNED FOR REVERSE FLOW (FOR HEAT-PUMP APPLICATIONS).

END CONNECTIONS: SOCKET.

ACCESS PORTS: NPS 1/4 (DN 8) CONNECTIONS AT ENTERING AND LEAVING SIDES FOR PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL

MEASUREMENT.

MAXIMUM PRESSURE LOSS: 2 PSIG (14 KPA).

WORKING PRESSURE RATING: 500 PSIG (3450 KPA).

MAXIMUM OPERATING TEMPERATURE: 240 DEG F (116 DEG C) .

PERMANENT FILTER DRYERS: COMPLY WITH AHRI 730.

BODY AND COVER: PAINTED-STEEL SHELL.

FILTER MEDIA: 10 MICRON, PLEATED WITH INTEGRAL END RINGS; STAINLESS-STEEL SUPPORT.

DESIGNED FOR REVERSE FLOW (FOR HEAT-PUMP APPLICATIONS).

END CONNECTIONS: SOCKET.

ACCESS PORTS: NPS 1/4 (DN 8) CONNECTIONS AT ENTERING AND LEAVING SIDES FOR PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL

MEASUREMENT.

MAXIMUM PRESSURE LOSS: 2 PSIG (14 KPA).

WORKING PRESSURE RATING: 500 PSIG (3450 KPA).

MAXIMUM OPERATING TEMPERATURE: 240 DEG F (116 DEG C) .

MUFFLERS:

BODY: WELDED STEEL WITH CORROSION-RESISTANT COATING.

END CONNECTIONS: SOCKET OR FLARE.

WORKING PRESSURE RATING: 500 PSIG (3450 KPA).

MAXIMUM OPERATING TEMPERATURE: 275 DEG F (135 DEG C) .

RECEIVERS: COMPLY WITH AHRI 495.

COMPLY WITH 2010 ASME BOILER AND PRESSURE VESSEL CODE; LISTED AND LABELED BY AN NRTL.

COMPLY WITH UL 207; LISTED AND LABELED BY AN NRTL.

BODY: WELDED STEEL WITH CORROSION-RESISTANT COATING.

TAPPINGS: INLET, OUTLET, LIQUID LEVEL INDICATOR, AND SAFETY RELIEF VALVE.

END CONNECTIONS: SOCKET OR THREADED.

WORKING PRESSURE RATING: 500 PSIG (3450 KPA).

MAXIMUM OPERATING TEMPERATURE: 275 DEG F (135 DEG C) .

LIQUID ACCUMULATORS: COMPLY WITH AHRI 495.

BODY: WELDED STEEL WITH CORROSION-RESISTANT COATING.

END CONNECTIONS: SOCKET OR THREADED.

WORKING PRESSURE RATING: 500 PSIG (3450 KPA).

MAXIMUM OPERATING TEMPERATURE: 275 DEG F (135 DEG C) .

REFRIGERANTS

ASHRAE 34, R-410A: PENTAFLUOROETHANE/DIFLUOROMETHANE.

EXECUTIONPIPING APPLICATIONS FOR REFRIGERANT R-410A

SUCTION LINES [ NPS 1-1/2 (DN 40) AND SMALLER] FOR CONVENTIONAL AIR-CONDITIONING APPLICATIONS: COPPER, TYPE

ACR, ANNEALED-TEMPER TUBING AND WROUGHT-COPPER FITTINGS WITH SOLDERED JOINTS.

SUCTION LINES [ NPS 2 TO NPS 3-1/2 (DN 50 TO DN 90) ] FOR CONVENTIONAL AIR-CONDITIONING APPLICATIONS: COPPER,

TYPE L (B), DRAWN-TEMPER TUBING AND WROUGHT-COPPER FITTINGS WITH SOLDERED JOINTS.

HOT-GAS AND LIQUID LINES: COPPER, TYPE L (B), ANNEALED- OR DRAWN-TEMPER TUBING AND WROUGHT-COPPER FITTINGS

WITH SOLDERED JOINTS.

SAFETY-RELIEF-VALVE DISCHARGE PIPING: COPPER, TYPE L (B), ANNEALED- OR DRAWN-TEMPER TUBING AND

WROUGHT-COPPER FITTINGS WITH SOLDERED JOINTS.

VALVE AND SPECIALTY APPLICATIONS

INSTALL DIAPHRAGM PACKLESS VALVES IN SUCTION AND DISCHARGE LINES OF COMPRESSOR.

INSTALL SERVICE VALVES FOR GAGE TAPS AT INLET AND OUTLET OF HOT-GAS BYPASS VALVES AND STRAINERS IF THEY

ARE NOT AN INTEGRAL PART OF VALVES AND STRAINERS.

INSTALL A CHECK VALVE AT THE COMPRESSOR DISCHARGE AND A LIQUID ACCUMULATOR AT THE COMPRESSOR SUCTION

CONNECTION.

EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE INDICATED, INSTALL DIAPHRAGM PACKLESS VALVES ON INLET AND OUTLET SIDE OF FILTER

DRYERS.

INSTALL A FULL-SIZE, THREE-VALVE BYPASS AROUND FILTER DRYERS.

INSTALL SOLENOID VALVES UPSTREAM FROM EACH EXPANSION VALVE AND HOT-GAS BYPASS VALVE. INSTALL SOLENOID

VALVES IN HORIZONTAL LINES WITH COIL AT TOP.

INSTALL THERMOSTATIC EXPANSION VALVES AS CLOSE AS POSSIBLE TO DISTRIBUTORS ON EVAPORATORS.

INSTALL VALVE SO DIAPHRAGM CASE IS WARMER THAN BULB.

SECURE BULB TO CLEAN, STRAIGHT, HORIZONTAL SECTION OF SUCTION LINE USING TWO BULB STRAPS. DO NOT

MOUNT BULB IN A TRAP OR AT BOTTOM OF THE LINE.

IF EXTERNAL EQUALIZER LINES ARE REQUIRED, MAKE CONNECTION WHERE IT WILL REFLECT SUCTION-LINE PRESSURE

AT BULB LOCATION.

INSTALL SAFETY RELIEF VALVES WHERE REQUIRED BY 2010 ASME BOILER AND PRESSURE VESSEL CODE. PIPE

SAFETY-RELIEF-VALVE DISCHARGE LINE TO OUTSIDE ACCORDING TO ASHRAE 15.

INSTALL MOISTURE/LIQUID INDICATORS IN LIQUID LINE AT THE INLET OF THE THERMOSTATIC EXPANSION VALVE OR AT THE

INLET OF THE EVAPORATOR COIL CAPILLARY TUBE.

INSTALL STRAINERS UPSTREAM FROM AND ADJACENT TO THE FOLLOWING UNLESS THEY ARE FURNISHED AS AN INTEGRAL

ASSEMBLY FOR THE DEVICE BEING PROTECTED:

SOLENOID VALVES.

THERMOSTATIC EXPANSION VALVES.

HOT-GAS BYPASS VALVES.

COMPRESSOR.

INSTALL FILTER DRYERS IN LIQUID LINE BETWEEN COMPRESSOR AND THERMOSTATIC EXPANSION VALVE.

INSTALL RECEIVERS SIZED TO ACCOMMODATE PUMP-DOWN CHARGE.

INSTALL FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS AT COMPRESSORS.

PIPING INSTALLATION

DRAWING PLANS, SCHEMATICS, AND DIAGRAMS INDICATE GENERAL LOCATION AND ARRANGEMENT OF PIPING SYSTEMS;

INDICATED LOCATIONS AND ARRANGEMENTS WERE USED TO SIZE PIPE AND CALCULATE FRICTION LOSS, EXPANSION,

PUMP SIZING, AND OTHER DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS. INSTALL PIPING AS INDICATED UNLESS DEVIATIONS TO LAYOUT ARE

APPROVED ON SHOP DRAWINGS.

INSTALL REFRIGERANT PIPING ACCORDING TO ASHRAE 15.

INSTALL PIPING IN CONCEALED LOCATIONS UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED AND EXCEPT IN EQUIPMENT ROOMS AND

SERVICE AREAS.

INSTALL PIPING INDICATED TO BE EXPOSED AND PIPING IN EQUIPMENT ROOMS AND SERVICE AREAS AT RIGHT ANGLES OR

PARALLEL TO BUILDING WALLS. DIAGONAL RUNS ARE PROHIBITED UNLESS SPECIFICALLY INDICATED OTHERWISE.

INSTALL PIPING ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILINGS TO ALLOW SUFFICIENT SPACE FOR CEILING PANEL REMOVAL.

INSTALL PIPING ADJACENT TO MACHINES TO ALLOW SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE.

INSTALL PIPING FREE OF SAGS AND BENDS.

INSTALL FITTINGS FOR CHANGES IN DIRECTION AND BRANCH CONNECTIONS.

SELECT SYSTEM COMPONENTS WITH PRESSURE RATING EQUAL TO OR GREATER THAN SYSTEM OPERATING PRESSURE.

REFER TO SECTION 230923 "DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL (DDC) SYSTEM FOR HVAC" AND SECTION 230993.11 "SEQUENCE OF

OPERATIONS FOR HVAC DDC" FOR SOLENOID VALVE CONTROLLERS, CONTROL WIRING, AND SEQUENCE OF OPERATION.

INSTALL PIPING AS SHORT AND DIRECT AS POSSIBLE, WITH A MINIMUM NUMBER OF JOINTS, ELBOWS, AND FITTINGS.

ARRANGE PIPING TO ALLOW INSPECTION AND SERVICE OF REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT. INSTALL VALVES AND

SPECIALTIES IN ACCESSIBLE LOCATIONS TO ALLOW FOR SERVICE AND INSPECTION. INSTALL ACCESS DOORS OR PANELS

AS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 083113 "ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES" IF VALVES OR EQUIPMENT REQUIRING MAINTENANCE IS

CONCEALED BEHIND FINISHED SURFACES.

INSTALL REFRIGERANT PIPING IN RIGID OR FLEXIBLE CONDUIT IN LOCATIONS WHERE EXPOSED TO MECHANICAL INJURY.

SLOPE REFRIGERANT PIPING AS FOLLOWS:

INSTALL HORIZONTAL HOT-GAS DISCHARGE PIPING WITH A UNIFORM SLOPE DOWNWARD AWAY FROM COMPRESSOR.

INSTALL HORIZONTAL SUCTION LINES WITH A UNIFORM SLOPE DOWNWARD TO COMPRESSOR.

INSTALL TRAPS AND DOUBLE RISERS TO ENTRAIN OIL IN VERTICAL RUNS.

LIQUID LINES MAY BE INSTALLED LEVEL.

WHEN BRAZING OR SOLDERING, REMOVE SOLENOID-VALVE COILS AND SIGHT GLASSES; ALSO REMOVE VALVE STEMS,

SEATS, AND PACKING, AND ACCESSIBLE INTERNAL PARTS OF REFRIGERANT SPECIALTIES. DO NOT APPLY HEAT NEAR

EXPANSION-VALVE BULB.

BEFORE INSTALLATION OF STEEL REFRIGERANT PIPING, CLEAN PIPE AND FITTINGS USING THE FOLLOWING PROCEDURES:

SHOT BLAST THE INTERIOR OF PIPING.

REMOVE COARSE PARTICLES OF DIRT AND DUST BY DRAWING A CLEAN, LINTLESS CLOTH THROUGH TUBING BY MEANS

OF A WIRE OR ELECTRICIAN'S TAPE.

DRAW A CLEAN, LINTLESS CLOTH SATURATED WITH TRICHLOROETHYLENE THROUGH THE TUBE OR PIPE. CONTINUE

THIS PROCEDURE UNTIL CLOTH IS NOT DISCOLORED BY DIRT.

DRAW A CLEAN, LINTLESS CLOTH, SATURATED WITH COMPRESSOR OIL, SQUEEZED DRY, THROUGH THE TUBE OR PIPE

TO REMOVE REMAINING LINT. INSPECT TUBE OR PIPE VISUALLY FOR REMAINING DIRT AND LINT.

FINALLY, DRAW A CLEAN, DRY, LINTLESS CLOTH THROUGH THE TUBE OR PIPE.

SAFETY-RELIEF-VALVE DISCHARGE PIPING IS NOT REQUIRED TO BE CLEANED BUT IS REQUIRED TO BE OPEN TO ALLOW

UNRESTRICTED FLOW.

INSTALL PIPING WITH ADEQUATE CLEARANCE BETWEEN PIPE AND ADJACENT WALLS AND HANGERS OR BETWEEN PIPES

FOR INSULATION INSTALLATION.

IDENTIFY REFRIGERANT PIPING AND VALVES ACCORDING TO SECTION 230553 "IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND

EQUIPMENT."

INSTALL SLEEVES FOR PIPING PENETRATIONS OF WALLS, CEILINGS, AND FLOORS. COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR

SLEEVES SPECIFIED IN SECTION 230517 "SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR HVAC PIPING."

INSTALL ESCUTCHEONS AND FLOOR PLATES FOR PIPING PENETRATIONS OF CEILINGS, AND FLOORS. COMPLY WITH

REQUIREMENTS FOR ESCUTCHEONS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 230518 "ESCUTCHEONS FOR HVAC PIPING."

PIPE JOINT CONSTRUCTION

REAM ENDS OF PIPES AND TUBES AND REMOVE BURRS. BEVEL PLAIN ENDS OF STEEL PIPE.

REMOVE SCALE, SLAG, DIRT, AND DEBRIS FROM INSIDE AND OUTSIDE OF PIPE AND FITTINGS BEFORE ASSEMBLY.

FILL PIPE AND FITTINGS WITH AN INERT GAS (NITROGEN OR CARBON DIOXIDE), DURING BRAZING OR WELDING, TO

PREVENT SCALE FORMATION.

SOLDERED JOINTS: CONSTRUCT JOINTS ACCORDING TO ASTM B 828 OR CDA'S "COPPER TUBE HANDBOOK."

BRAZED JOINTS: CONSTRUCT JOINTS ACCORDING TO AWS'S "BRAZING HANDBOOK," CHAPTER "PIPE AND TUBE."

USE TYPE BCUP (COPPER-PHOSPHORUS) ALLOY FOR JOINING COPPER SOCKET FITTINGS WITH COPPER PIPE.

USE TYPE BAG (CADMIUM-FREE SILVER) ALLOY FOR JOINING COPPER WITH BRONZE OR STEEL.

THREADED JOINTS: THREAD STEEL PIPE WITH TAPERED PIPE THREADS ACCORDING TO ASME B1.20.1. CUT THREADS FULL

AND CLEAN USING SHARP DIES. REAM THREADED PIPE ENDS TO REMOVE BURRS AND TO RESTORE FULL ID. JOIN PIPE

FITTINGS AND VALVES AS FOLLOWS:

APPLY APPROPRIATE TAPE OR THREAD COMPOUND TO EXTERNAL PIPE THREADS UNLESS DRY-SEAL THREADING IS

SPECIFIED.

DAMAGED THREADS: DO NOT USE PIPE OR PIPE FITTINGS WITH THREADS THAT ARE CORRODED OR DAMAGED. DO NOT

USE PIPE SECTIONS THAT HAVE CRACKED OR OPEN WELDS.

STEEL PIPE CAN BE THREADED, BUT THREADED JOINTS MUST BE SEAL BRAZED OR SEAL WELDED.

WELDED JOINTS: CONSTRUCT JOINTS ACCORDING TO AWS D10.12M/D10.12.

FLANGED JOINTS: SELECT APPROPRIATE GASKET MATERIAL, SIZE, TYPE, AND THICKNESS FOR SERVICE APPLICATION.

INSTALL GASKET CONCENTRICALLY POSITIONED. USE SUITABLE LUBRICANTS ON BOLT THREADS.

HANGERS AND SUPPORTS

COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 230529 "HANGERS AND

SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT."

INSTALL THE FOLLOWING PIPE ATTACHMENTS:

ADJUSTABLE STEEL CLEVIS HANGERS FOR INDIVIDUAL HORIZONTAL RUNS LESS THAN 20 FEET (6 M) LONG.

ROLLER HANGERS AND SPRING HANGERS FOR INDIVIDUAL HORIZONTAL RUNS 20 FEET (6 M) OR LONGER.

SPRING HANGERS TO SUPPORT VERTICAL RUNS.

COPPER-CLAD HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HANGERS AND SUPPORTS IN DIRECT CONTACT WITH COPPER PIPE.

SUPPORT MULTIFLOOR VERTICAL RUNS AT LEAST AT EACH FLOOR.

FIELD QUALITY CONTROLPERFORM THE FOLLOWING TESTS AND INSPECTIONS:

COMPLY WITH ASME B31.5, CHAPTER VI.

TEST REFRIGERANT PIPING, SPECIALTIES, AND RECEIVERS. ISOLATE COMPRESSOR, CONDENSER, EVAPORATOR, AND

SAFETY DEVICES FROM TEST PRESSURE IF THEY ARE NOT RATED ABOVE THE TEST PRESSURE.

TEST HIGH- AND LOW-PRESSURE SIDE PIPING OF EACH SYSTEM SEPARATELY AT NOT LESS THAN THE PRESSURES

INDICATED IN "PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS" ARTICLE.

FILL SYSTEM WITH NITROGEN TO THE REQUIRED TEST PRESSURE.

SYSTEM SHALL MAINTAIN TEST PRESSURE AT THE MANIFOLD GAGE THROUGHOUT DURATION OF TEST.

TEST JOINTS AND FITTINGS WITH ELECTRONIC LEAK DETECTOR OR BY BRUSHING A SMALL AMOUNT OF SOAP AND

GLYCERIN SOLUTION OVER JOINTS.

REMAKE LEAKING JOINTS USING NEW MATERIALS, AND RETEST UNTIL SATISFACTORY RESULTS ARE ACHIEVED.

PREPARE TEST AND INSPECTION REPORTS.

SYSTEM CHARGING

CHARGE SYSTEM USING THE FOLLOWING PROCEDURES:

INSTALL CORE IN FILTER DRYERS AFTER LEAK TEST BUT BEFORE EVACUATION.

EVACUATE ENTIRE REFRIGERANT SYSTEM WITH A VACUUM PUMP TO 500 MICROMETERS (67 PA). IF VACUUM HOLDS

FOR 12 HOURS, SYSTEM IS READY FOR CHARGING.

BREAK VACUUM WITH REFRIGERANT GAS, ALLOWING PRESSURE TO BUILD UP TO 2 PSIG (14 KPA).

CHARGE SYSTEM WITH A NEW FILTER-DRYER CORE IN CHARGING LINE.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

DATE:

DRAWN:

REVIEWED:

SHEET TITLE:

SHEET NUMBER:

PROJECT NO.:

PROJECT:

ISSUE:

# DATE: DESCRIPTION:

DESIGNED:

8/2

9/2

018

9:0

2:3

3 A

M M0.2

MECHANICALSPECIFICATIONS

VUJ

JMG

0180834.00

MARSHALL PUBLICLIBRARY

City of Marshall

612 ARCHER AVE. MARSHALL, IL

08/30/2018

08/30/2018

PERMIT SET

VUJ

JOSEPH M.

062-069758

GAIED

LICENSE EXPIRES: 11-30-2019

DATE SIGNED: 08/29/2018

08/30/2018

BID SET

ADJUSTING

ADJUST THERMOSTATIC EXPANSION VALVE TO OBTAIN PROPER EVAPORATOR SUPERHEAT.

ADJUST HIGH- AND LOW-PRESSURE SWITCH SETTINGS TO AVOID SHORT CYCLING IN RESPONSE TO FLUCTUATING SUCTION

PRESSURE.

ADJUST SET-POINT TEMPERATURE OF AIR-CONDITIONING OR CHILLED-WATER CONTROLLERS TO THE SYSTEM DESIGN

TEMPERATURE.

PERFORM THE FOLLOWING ADJUSTMENTS BEFORE OPERATING THE REFRIGERATION SYSTEM, ACCORDING TO

MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS:

OPEN SHUTOFF VALVES IN CONDENSER WATER CIRCUIT.

VERIFY THAT COMPRESSOR OIL LEVEL IS CORRECT.

OPEN COMPRESSOR SUCTION AND DISCHARGE VALVES.

OPEN REFRIGERANT VALVES EXCEPT BYPASS VALVES THAT ARE USED FOR OTHER PURPOSES.

CHECK OPEN COMPRESSOR-MOTOR ALIGNMENT AND VERIFY LUBRICATION FOR MOTORS AND BEARINGS.

REPLACE CORE OF REPLACEABLE FILTER DRYER AFTER SYSTEM HAS BEEN ADJUSTED AND AFTER DESIGN FLOW RATES

AND PRESSURES ARE ESTABLISHED.

SECTION 233113 - METAL DUCTSPART 1 - GENERAL

DELEGATED DUCT DESIGN: DUCT CONSTRUCTION, INCLUDING SHEET METAL THICKNESSES, SEAM AND JOINT

CONSTRUCTION, REINFORCEMENTS, AND HANGERS AND SUPPORTS, SHALL COMPLY WITH SMACNA'S "HVAC DUCT

CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS - METAL AND FLEXIBLE" AND PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS AND DESIGN CRITERIA INDICATED

IN "DUCT SCHEDULE" ARTICLE.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

SINGLE-WALL RECTANGULAR DUCTS AND FITTINGSGENERAL FABRICATION REQUIREMENTS: COMPLY WITH SMACNA'S "HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS - METAL AND

FLEXIBLE" BASED ON INDICATED STATIC-PRESSURE CLASS UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.

SINGLE-WALL ROUND DUCTS AND FITTINGSGENERAL FABRICATION REQUIREMENTS: COMPLY WITH SMACNA'S "HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS - METAL AND

FLEXIBLE," CHAPTER 3, "ROUND, OVAL, AND FLEXIBLE DUCT," BASED ON INDICATED STATIC-PRESSURE CLASS UNLESS

OTHERWISE INDICATED. USE ONLY SPIRAL DUCT.

SHEET METAL MATERIALSGENERAL MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS: COMPLY WITH SMACNA'S "HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS - METAL AND

FLEXIBLE" FOR ACCEPTABLE MATERIALS, MATERIAL THICKNESSES, AND DUCT CONSTRUCTION METHODS UNLESS

OTHERWISE INDICATED. SHEET METAL MATERIALS SHALL BE FREE OF PITTING, SEAM MARKS, ROLLER MARKS, STAINS,

DISCOLORATIONS, AND OTHER IMPERFECTIONS.

GALVANIZED SHEET STEEL: COMPLY WITH ASTM A 653/A 653M. GALVANIZED COATING DESIGNATION: G90. FINISHES FOR

SURFACES EXPOSED TO VIEW: MILL PHOSPHATIZED.

REINFORCEMENT SHAPES AND PLATES: ASTM A 36/A 36M, STEEL PLATES, SHAPES, AND BARS; GALVANIZED.

SEALANT AND GASKETSGENERAL SEALANT AND GASKET REQUIREMENTS: SURFACE-BURNING CHARACTERISTICS FOR SEALANTS AND GASKETS

SHALL BE A MAXIMUM FLAME-SPREAD INDEX OF 25 AND A MAXIMUM SMOKE-DEVELOPED INDEX OF 50.

HANGERS AND SUPPORTSHANGER RODS FOR NONCORROSIVE ENVIRONMENTS: CADMIUM-PLATED STEEL RODS AND NUTS.

STRAP AND ROD SIZES: COMPLY WITH SMACNA'S "HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS - METAL AND FLEXIBLE," TABLE

4-1, "RECTANGULAR DUCT HANGERS MINIMUM SIZE," AND TABLE 4-2, "MINIMUM HANGER SIZES FOR ROUND DUCT."

DUCT ATTACHMENTS: SHEET METAL SCREWS, BLIND RIVETS, OR SELF-TAPPING METAL SCREWS; COMPATIBLE WITH DUCT

MATERIALS.

SUPPORTS FOR GALVANIZED-STEEL DUCTS: GALVANIZED-STEEL SHAPES AND PLATES.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

DUCT INSTALLATIONDRAWING PLANS, SCHEMATICS, AND DIAGRAMS INDICATE GENERAL LOCATION AND ARRANGEMENT OF DUCT SYSTEM.

INDICATED DUCT LOCATIONS, CONFIGURATIONS, AND ARRANGEMENTS WERE USED TO SIZE DUCTS AND CALCULATE

FRICTION LOSS FOR AIR-HANDLING EQUIPMENT SIZING AND FOR OTHER DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS. INSTALL DUCT SYSTEMS

AS INDICATED UNLESS DEVIATIONS TO LAYOUT ARE APPROVED.

INSTALL DUCTS ACCORDING TO SMACNA'S "HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS - METAL AND FLEXIBLE" UNLESS

OTHERWISE INDICATED.

INSTALL ROUND DUCTS IN MAXIMUM PRACTICAL LENGTHS.

INSTALL DUCTS WITH FEWEST POSSIBLE JOINTS.

INSTALL FACTORY- OR SHOP-FABRICATED FITTINGS FOR CHANGES IN DIRECTION, SIZE, AND SHAPE AND FOR BRANCH

CONNECTIONS.

UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, INSTALL DUCTS VERTICALLY AND HORIZONTALLY, AND PARALLEL AND PERPENDICULAR TO

BUILDING LINES.

INSTALL DUCTS CLOSE TO WALLS, OVERHEAD CONSTRUCTION, COLUMNS, AND OTHER STRUCTURAL AND PERMANENT

ENCLOSURE ELEMENTS OF BUILDING.

INSTALL DUCTS WITH A CLEARANCE OF 1 INCH, PLUS ALLOWANCE FOR INSULATION THICKNESS.

ROUTE DUCTS TO AVOID PASSING THROUGH TRANSFORMER VAULTS AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT ROOMS AND

ENCLOSURES.

WHERE DUCTS PASS THROUGH NON-FIRE-RATED INTERIOR PARTITIONS AND EXTERIOR WALLS AND ARE EXPOSED TO VIEW,

COVER THE OPENING BETWEEN THE PARTITION AND DUCT OR DUCT INSULATION WITH SHEET METAL FLANGES OF SAME

METAL THICKNESS AS THE DUCT. OVERLAP OPENINGS ON FOUR SIDES BY AT LEAST 1-1/2 INCHES.

WHERE DUCTS PASS THROUGH FIRE-RATED INTERIOR PARTITIONS AND EXTERIOR WALLS, INSTALL FIRE DAMPERS.

PROVIDE DUCT LINER AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWING DETAIL FOR RETURN AIR TRANSFER DUCTS ONLY.

PROTECT DUCT INTERIORS FROM MOISTURE, CONSTRUCTION DEBRIS AND DUST, AND OTHER FOREIGN MATERIALS.

DUCT SEALINGSEAL DUCTS TO THE FOLLOWING SEAL CLASSES ACCORDING TO SMACNA'S "HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS -

METAL AND FLEXIBLE":

UNCONDITIONED SPACE, SUPPLY-AIR DUCTS IN PRESSURE CLASSES 2-INCH WG AND LOWER: SEAL CLASS B.

UNCONDITIONED SPACE, EXHAUST DUCTS: SEAL CLASS C.

UNCONDITIONED SPACE, RETURN-AIR DUCTS: SEAL CLASS B.

CONDITIONED SPACE, SUPPLY-AIR DUCTS IN PRESSURE CLASSES 2-INCH WG AND LOWER: SEAL CLASS C.

CONDITIONED SPACE, EXHAUST DUCTS: SEAL CLASS B.

CONDITIONED SPACE, RETURN-AIR DUCTS: SEAL CLASS C.

HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATIONCOMPLY WITH SMACNA'S "HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS - METAL AND FLEXIBLE," CHAPTER 4, "HANGERS AND

SUPPORTS."

HANGER SPACING: COMPLY WITH SMACNA'S "HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS - METAL AND FLEXIBLE," TABLE 4-1,

"RECTANGULAR DUCT HANGERS MINIMUM SIZE," AND TABLE 4-2, "MINIMUM HANGER SIZES FOR ROUND DUCT," FOR MAXIMUM

HANGER SPACING; INSTALL HANGERS AND SUPPORTS WITHIN 24 INCHES OF EACH ELBOW AND WITHIN 48 INCHES OF EACH

BRANCH INTERSECTION.

HANGERS EXPOSED TO VIEW: THREADED ROD AND ANGLE OR CHANNEL SUPPORTS.

SUPPORT VERTICAL DUCTS WITH STEEL ANGLES OR CHANNEL SECURED TO THE SIDES OF THE DUCT WITH BOLTS, SHEET

METAL SCREWS, OR BLIND RIVETS; SUPPORT AT EACH FLOOR AND AT MAXIMUM INTERVALS OF 16 FEET.

INSTALL UPPER ATTACHMENTS TO STRUCTURES. SELECT AND SIZE UPPER ATTACHMENTS WITH PULL-OUT, TENSION, AND

SHEAR CAPACITIES APPROPRIATE FOR SUPPORTED LOADS AND BUILDING MATERIALS WHERE USED.

CONNECTIONSMAKE CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT WITH FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS.

COMPLY WITH SMACNA'S "HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS - METAL AND FLEXIBLE" FOR BRANCH, OUTLET AND

INLET, AND TERMINAL UNIT CONNECTIONS.

PAINTINGPAINT INTERIOR OF METAL DUCTS THAT ARE VISIBLE THROUGH REGISTERS AND GRILLES. APPLY ONE COAT OF FLAT, BLACK,

LATEX PAINT OVER A COMPATIBLE GALVANIZED-STEEL PRIMER.

SECTION 233300 - AIR DUCT ACCESSORIESPART 1 - GENERAL

SUMMARYSECTION INCLUDES: MANUAL VOLUME DAMPERS, FIRE DAMPERS, TURNING VANES, DUCT-MOUNTED ACCESS DOORS,

FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS, FLEXIBLE DUCTS, AND DUCT ACCESSORY HARDWARE.

SUBMITTALSPRODUCT DATA: FOR EACH TYPE OF PRODUCT INDICATED.

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA: FOR AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES TO INCLUDE IN OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE

MANUALS.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

MANUAL VOLUME DAMPERSSTANDARD, GALVANIZED STEEL, MANUAL VOLUME DAMPERS: ROUND: RUSKIN MDRS25 WITH HAND QUADRANT AND

STAND-OFF BRACKET. RECTANGULAR: RUSKIN MD15 WITH HAND QUADRANT AND STAND-OFF BRACKET.

FLANGE CONNECTORSAT CONTRACTOR'S OPTION PROVIDE DUCT FLANGE CONNECTORS EQUAL TO DUCTMATE INDUSTRIES, INC.

DESCRIPTION: ROLL-FORMED, FACTORY-FABRICATED, SLIDE-ON TRANSVERSE FLANGE CONNECTORS, GASKETS, AND

COMPONENTS.

MATERIAL: GALVANIZED STEEL.

GAGE AND SHAPE: MATCH CONNECTING DUCTWORK.

TURNING VANESGENERAL REQUIREMENTS: COMPLY WITH SMACNA'S "HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS - METAL AND FLEXIBLE";

FIGURES 2-3, "VANES AND VANE RUNNERS," AND 2-4, "VANE SUPPORT IN ELBOWS."

VANE CONSTRUCTION: SINGLE WALL FOR DUCTS UP TO 48 INCHES WIDE AND DOUBLE WALL FOR LARGER DIMENSIONS.

FLEXIBLE CONNECTORSMANUFACTURERS: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PROVIDE PRODUCTS BY ONE OF THE FOLLOWING:

DUCTMATE INDUSTRIES, INC.

VENTFABRICS, INC.

MATERIALS: FLAME-RETARDANT OR NONCOMBUSTIBLE FABRICS.

COATINGS AND ADHESIVES: COMPLY WITH UL 181, CLASS 1.

METAL-EDGED CONNECTORS: FACTORY FABRICATED WITH A FABRIC STRIP 3-1/2 INCHES WIDE ATTACHED TO 2 STRIPS OF

2-3/4-INCH- WIDE, 0.028-INCH- THICK, GALVANIZED SHEET STEEL OR 0.032-INCH- THICK ALUMINUM SHEETS. PROVIDE METAL

COMPATIBLE WITH CONNECTED DUCTS.

INDOOR SYSTEM, FLEXIBLE CONNECTOR FABRIC: GLASS FABRIC DOUBLE COATED WITH NEOPRENE. MINIMUM WEIGHT: 26

OZ./SQ. YD.. TENSILE STRENGTH: 480 LBF/INCH IN THE WARP AND 360 LBF/INCH IN THE FILLING. SERVICE TEMPERATURE:

MINUS 40 TO PLUS 200 DEG F.

FLEXIBLE DUCTSSUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PROVIDE PRODUCTS BY FLEXMASTER U.S.A., INC. OR APPROVED EQUAL

INSULATED, FLEXIBLE DUCT: UL 181, CLASS 1, 2-PLY VINYL FILM SUPPORTED BY HELICALLY WOUND, SPRING-STEEL WIRE;

FIBROUS-GLASS INSULATION; POLYETHYLENE VAPOR-BARRIER FILM. FLEXMASTER 8B.

PRESSURE RATING: 10-INCH WG POSITIVE AND 1.0-INCH WG NEGATIVE.

MAXIMUM AIR VELOCITY: 4000 FPM.

TEMPERATURE RANGE: MINUS 10 TO PLUS 250 DEG F.

FLAME/SMOKE RATING: 25/50

INSULATION R-VALUE: 5.0 MINIMUM.

FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTORS: STAINLESS-STEEL BAND WITH CADMIUM-PLATED HEX SCREW TO TIGHTEN BAND WITH A

WORM-GEAR ACTION IN SIZES 3 THROUGH 18 INCHES, TO SUIT DUCT SIZE.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

INSTALLATIONINSTALL DUCT ACCESSORIES ACCORDING TO APPLICABLE DETAILS IN SMACNA'S "HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS -

METAL AND FLEXIBLE" FOR METAL DUCTS.

INSTALL DUCT ACCESSORIES OF MATERIALS SUITED TO DUCT MATERIALS; USE GALVANIZED-STEEL ACCESSORIES IN

GALVANIZED-STEEL DUCTS.

INSTALL VOLUME DAMPERS AT POINTS ON SUPPLY, RETURN, AND EXHAUST SYSTEMS WHERE BRANCHES EXTEND FROM

LARGER DUCTS.

INSTALL STEEL VOLUME DAMPERS IN STEEL DUCTS.

SET DAMPERS TO FULLY OPEN POSITION BEFORE TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING.

INSTALL FIRE DAMPERS ACCORDING TO UL LISTING AND MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS.

INSTALL FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS TO CONNECT DUCTS TO EQUIPMENT.

CONNECT DIFFUSERS TO DUCTS DIRECTLY OR WITH MAXIMUM 36-INCH LENGTHS OF FLEXIBLE DUCT CLAMPED OR

STRAPPED IN PLACE. DO NOT USE FLEXIBLE DUCT TO MAKE CHANGE IN DIRECTION.

CONNECT FLEXIBLE DUCTS TO METAL DUCTS WITH DRAW BANDS.

FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

OPERATE DAMPERS TO VERIFY FULL RANGE OF MOVEMENT.

INSPECT LOCATIONS OF ACCESS DOORS AND VERIFY THAT PURPOSE OF ACCESS DOOR CAN BE PERFORMED.

OPERATE FIRE, DAMPERS TO VERIFY FULL RANGE OF MOVEMENT AND VERIFY THAT PROPER HEAT-RESPONSE DEVICE IS

INSTALLED.

SECTION 233423 - HVAC POWER VENTILATORS

PART 1 - GENERAL

ACTION SUBMITTALSPRODUCT DATA: FOR EACH TYPE OF PRODUCT INDICATED.

CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALSOPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

REFER TO EQUIPMENT SCHEDULESPART 3 - EXECUTION

INSTALLATIONSUSPEND UNITS FROM STRUCTURE; USE STEEL WIRE OR METAL STRAPS.

INSTALL UNITS WITH CLEARANCES FOR SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE.

CONNECTIONSDRAWINGS INDICATE GENERAL ARRANGEMENT OF DUCTS AND DUCT ACCESSORIES. MAKE FINAL DUCT CONNECTIONS WITH

FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS.

INSTALL DUCTS ADJACENT TO POWER VENTILATORS TO ALLOW SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE.

TESTS AND INSPECTIONSVERIFY THAT SHIPPING, BLOCKING, AND BRACING ARE REMOVED AND THAT UNIT IS SECURE ON MOUNTINGS AND

SUPPORTING DEVICES AND THAT CONNECTIONS TO DUCTS AND ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS ARE COMPLETE.

VERIFY THAT PROPER THERMAL-OVERLOAD PROTECTION IS INSTALLED IN MOTORS, STARTERS, AND DISCONNECT

SWITCHES.VERIFY THAT CLEANING AND ADJUSTING ARE COMPLETE.

REMOVE AND REPLACE MALFUNCTIONING UNITS AND RETEST AS SPECIFIED ABOVE.

SECTION 233713 - DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLESGENERAL

RELATED DOCUMENTS

DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT, INCLUDING GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND

DIVISION 01 SPECIFICATION SECTIONS, APPLY TO THIS SECTION.

RELATED SECTIONS:

SECTION 089116 "OPERABLE WALL LOUVERS" AND SECTION 089119 "FIXED LOUVERS" FOR FIXED AND ADJUSTABLE

LOUVERS AND WALL VENTS, WHETHER OR NOT THEY ARE CONNECTED TO DUCTS.

SECTION 233300 "AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES" FOR FIRE AND SMOKE DAMPERS AND VOLUME-CONTROL DAMPERS NOT

INTEGRAL TO DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES.

ACTION SUBMITTALS

PRODUCT DATA: FOR EACH TYPE OF PRODUCT INDICATED, INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING:

DIFFUSER, REGISTER, AND GRILLE SCHEDULE: INDICATE MODEL NUMBER, SIZE, AND ACCESSORIES FURNISHED.

PRODUCTS

CEILING DIFFUSERS

RECTANGULAR AND SQUARE CEILING DIFFUSERS:

DEVICES SHALL BE SPECIFICALLY DESIGNED FOR VARIABLE-AIR-VOLUME FLOWS.

MATERIAL: STEEL.

FINISH: BAKED ENAMEL, WHITE

FACE SIZE: 12 BY 12 INCHES AND 24 BY 24 INCHES.

HIGH-CAPACITY DIFFUSERS

DRUM LOUVER:

AIRFLOW PRINCIPLE: EXTENDED DISTANCE FOR HIGH AIRFLOW RATES.

MATERIAL: STEEL.

FINISH: WHITE BAKED ACRYLIC.

BORDER: 1-1/4-INCH (32-MM) WIDTH WITH COUNTERSUNK SCREW HOLES.

GASKET BETWEEN DRUM AND BORDER.

BODY: DRUM SHAPED; ADJUSTABLE VERTICALLY.

BLADES: INDIVIDUALLY ADJUSTABLE HORIZONTALLY.

MOUNTING: SURFACE TO DUCT.

ACCESSORIES:

OPPOSED-BLADE STEEL DAMPER.

DUCT-MOUNTING COLLARS WITH COUNTERSUNK SCREW HOLES.

FIXED FACE RETURN GRILLE:

MATERIAL: ALUMINUM.

FINISH: BAKED ENAMEL, WHITE.

FRAME: [1-1/4 INCHES (32 MM)] [1 INCH (25 MM)] WIDE.

MOUNTING: COUNTERSUNK SCREW.

EXECUTION

EXAMINATION

EXAMINE AREAS WHERE DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES ARE TO BE INSTALLED FOR COMPLIANCE WITH

REQUIREMENTS FOR INSTALLATION TOLERANCES AND OTHER CONDITIONS AFFECTING PERFORMANCE OF EQUIPMENT.

PROCEED WITH INSTALLATION ONLY AFTER UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN CORRECTED.

INSTALLATION

INSTALL DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES LEVEL AND PLUMB.

CEILING-MOUNTED OUTLETS AND INLETS: DRAWINGS INDICATE GENERAL ARRANGEMENT OF DUCTS, FITTINGS, AND

ACCESSORIES. AIR OUTLET AND INLET LOCATIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED TO ACHIEVE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS FOR AIR

VOLUME, NOISE CRITERIA, AIRFLOW PATTERN, THROW, AND PRESSURE DROP. MAKE FINAL LOCATIONS WHERE INDICATED,

AS MUCH AS PRACTICAL. FOR UNITS INSTALLED IN LAY-IN CEILING PANELS, LOCATE UNITS IN THE CENTER OF PANEL.

WHERE ARCHITECTURAL FEATURES OR OTHER ITEMS CONFLICT WITH INSTALLATION, NOTIFY ARCHITECT FOR A

DETERMINATION OF FINAL LOCATION.

INSTALL DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES WITH AIRTIGHT CONNECTIONS TO DUCTS AND TO ALLOW SERVICE AND

MAINTENANCE OF DAMPERS, AIR EXTRACTORS, AND FIRE DAMPERS.

ADJUSTING

AFTER INSTALLATION, ADJUST DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES TO AIR PATTERNS INDICATED, OR AS DIRECTED,

BEFORE STARTING AIR BALANCING.

SECTION 235416 - FURNACES

PART 1 - GENERAL

SUBMITTALSPRODUCT DATA: INCLUDE WARRANTY, RATED CAPACITIES, OPERATING CHARACTERISTICS, FURNISHED SPECIALTIES, AND

ACCESSORIES FOR EACH FURNACE, THERMOSTAT, AIR FILTER, AND REFRIGERATION COMPONENT(S).

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA FOR EACH FURNACE TO INCLUDE IN EMERGENCY, OPERATION, AND MAINTENANCE

MANUALS.

COORDINATIONCOORDINATE SIZE AND LOCATION OF CONCRETE BASES. CAST ANCHOR-BOLT INSERTS INTO BASES.

WARRANTYSPECIAL WARRANTY: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD FORM IN WHICH MANUFACTURER AGREES TO REPAIR OR REPLACE THE

FOLLOWING COMPONENTS OF FURNACES THAT FAIL IN MATERIALS OR WORKMANSHIP WITHIN SPECIFIED WARRANTY

PERIOD.

WARRANTY PERIOD, COMMENCING ON DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION: FURNACE HEAT EXCHANGER: 5 YEARS.

INTEGRATED IGNITION AND BLOWER CONTROL CIRCUIT BOARD: FIVE YEARS. DRAFT-INDUCER MOTOR: FIVE YEARS.

REFRIGERATION COMPRESSORS: 5 YEARS. EVAPORATOR AND CONDENSER COILS: FIVE YEARS.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

GAS-FIRED FURNACES, CONDENSINGBASIS-OF-DESIGN PRODUCT: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PROVIDE THE PRODUCT INDICATED ON

DRAWINGS OR A COMPARABLE PRODUCT BY ONE OF THE FOLLOWING:

GOODMAN

CARRIER CORPORATION; DIV. OF UNITED TECHNOLOGIES CORP.

LENNOX INDUSTRIES INC.

TRANE.

YORK INTERNATIONAL CORP.; A DIVISION OF UNITARY PRODUCTS GROUP.

STEEL CABINET INTERIOR AROUND HEAT EXCHANGER SHALL BE FACTORY-INSTALLED INSULATION. LIFT-OUT PANELS SHALL

EXPOSE BURNERS AND ALL OTHER ITEMS REQUIRING ACCESS FOR MAINTENANCE. FACTORY PAINT EXTERNAL CABINETS IN

MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD COLOR. AIRSTREAM SURFACES: SURFACES IN CONTACT WITH THE AIRSTREAM SHALL

COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS IN ASHRAE 62.1-2004.

FAN: CENTRIFUGAL, FACTORY BALANCED, RESILIENT MOUNTED, DIRECT DRIVE.

FUEL: NATURAL GAS.

HEAT EXCHANGER: PRIMARY: ALUMINIZED STEEL. SECONDARY: STAINLESS STEEL.

GAS VALVE: 100 PERCENT SAFETY SINGLE-STAGE MAIN GAS VALVE, MAIN SHUTOFF VALVE, PRESSURE REGULATOR, SAFETY

PILOT WITH ELECTRONIC FLAME SENSOR, LIMIT CONTROL, TRANSFORMER, AND COMBINATION IGNITION/FAN TIMER

CONTROL BOARD.

IGNITION: ELECTRIC PILOT IGNITION, WITH HOT-SURFACE IGNITER OR ELECTRIC SPARK IGNITION.

ELECTRONIC FLAME SENSOR: PREVENTS GAS VALVE FROM OPENING UNTIL PILOT FLAME IS PROVEN; STOPS GAS FLOW ON

IGNITION FAILURE.

LIMIT CONTROL: FIXED STOP AT MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE SETTING; DE-ENERGIZES BURNER ON EXCESSIVE BONNET

TEMPERATURE; AUTOMATIC RESET.

COMBUSTION-AIR INDUCER: CENTRIFUGAL FAN WITH THERMALLY PROTECTED MOTOR AND SLEEVE BEARINGS PREPURGES

HEAT EXCHANGER AND VENTS COMBUSTION PRODUCTS; PRESSURE SWITCH PREVENTS FURNACE OPERATION IF

COMBUSTION-AIR INLET OR FLUE OUTLET IS BLOCKED.

FURNACE CONTROLS: SOLID-STATE BOARD INTEGRATES IGNITION, HEAT, COOLING, AND FAN SPEEDS; ADJUSTABLE FAN-ON

AND FAN-OFF TIMING; TERMINALS FOR CONNECTION TO ACCESSORIES; DIAGNOSTIC LIGHT.

ACCESSORIESPVC COMBUSTION AIR INLET PIPE, VENT PIPE, AND CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPING.

PVC PLASTIC PIPE: SCHEDULE 40, COMPLYING WITH ASTM D 1785.

PVC PLASTIC FITTINGS: SCHEDULE 40, COMPLYING WITH ASTM D 2466, SOCKET TYPE.

PVC SOLVENT CEMENT: ASTM D 2564.

USE PVC SOLVENT CEMENT THAT HAS A VOC CONTENT OF 510 G/L OR LESS WHEN CALCULATED ACCORDING TO 40 CFR 59,

SUBPART D (EPA METHOD 24).

USE ADHESIVE PRIMER THAT HAS A VOC CONTENT OF 550 G/L OR LESS WHEN CALCULATED ACCORDING TO 40 CFR 59,

SUBPART D (EPA METHOD 24).

THERMOSTATSSOLID-STATE TOUCH SCREEN THERMOSTAT: WALL-MOUNTING, PROGRAMMABLE, MICROPROCESSOR-BASED UNIT WITH

AUTOMATIC SWITCHING FROM HEATING TO COOLING, PREFERENTIAL RATE CONTROL, SEVEN-DAY PROGRAMMABILITY WITH

MINIMUM OF FOUR TEMPERATURE PRESETS PER DAY, VACATION MODE, AND BATTERY BACKUP PROTECTION AGAINST

POWER FAILURE FOR PROGRAM SETTINGS.

AIR FILTERSDISPOSABLE AIR FILTERS: SHEET METAL HOUSING ARRANGED TO BE DUCTED IN RETURN-AIR DUCT CONNECTION TO

FURNACE; MERV 8 RATING.

REFRIGERATION COMPONENTSREFRIGERATION COMPRESSOR, COILS, AND SPECIALTIES SHALL BE DESIGNED TO OPERATE WITH CFC-FREE REFRIGERANTS.

ENERGY EFFICIENCY: EQUAL TO OR GREATER THAN PRESCRIBED BY ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1-2004, "ENERGY STANDARD FOR

BUILDINGS EXCEPT LOW-RISE RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS."

REFRIGERANT COIL: COPPER TUBES MECHANICALLY EXPANDED INTO ALUMINUM FINS. COMPLY WITH ARI 210/240, "UNITARY

AIR-CONDITIONING AND AIR-SOURCE HEAT PUMP EQUIPMENT." MATCH SIZE WITH FURNACE. INCLUDE CONDENSATE DRAIN

PAN WITH ACCESSIBLE DRAIN OUTLET COMPLYING WITH ASHRAE 62.1-2004.

REFRIGERANT COIL ENCLOSURE: STEEL, MATCHING FURNACE AND EVAPORATOR COIL, WITH ACCESS PANEL AND FLANGES

FOR INTEGRAL MOUNTING AT OR ON FURNACE CABINET AND GALVANIZED SHEET METAL DRAIN PAN COATED WITH BLACK

ASPHALTIC BASE PAINT.

REFRIGERANT LINE KITS: ANNEALED-COPPER SUCTION AND LIQUID LINES FACTORY CLEANED, DRIED, PRESSURIZED WITH

NITROGEN, SEALED, AND WITH SUCTION LINE INSULATED. PROVIDE IN STANDARD LENGTHS FOR INSTALLATION WITHOUT

JOINTS, EXCEPT AT EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS.

AIR-COOLED, COMPRESSOR-CONDENSER UNITCASING: STEEL, FINISHED WITH BAKED ENAMEL, WITH REMOVABLE PANELS FOR ACCESS TO CONTROLS, WEEP

HOLES FOR WATER DRAINAGE, AND MOUNTING HOLES IN BASE. PROVIDE BRASS SERVICE VALVES, FITTINGS, AND

GAGE PORTS ON EXTERIOR OF CASING.

COMPRESSOR: HERMETICALLY SEALED RECIPROCATING OR SCROLL TYPE. CRANKCASE HEATER. VIBRATION ISOLATION

MOUNTS FOR COMPRESSOR. COMPRESSOR MOTOR SHALL HAVE THERMAL- AND CURRENT-SENSITIVE OVERLOAD DEVICES,

START CAPACITOR, RELAY, AND CONTACTOR. TWO-SPEED COMPRESSOR MOTORS SHALL HAVE MANUAL-RESET

HIGH-PRESSURE SWITCH AND AUTOMATIC-RESET LOW-PRESSURE SWITCH.

REFRIGERANT COIL: COPPER TUBE, WITH MECHANICALLY BONDED ALUMINUM FINS, COMPLYING WITH ARI 210/240, AND WITH

LIQUID SUBCOOLER.

FAN: ALUMINUM-PROPELLER TYPE, DIRECTLY CONNECTED TO MOTOR.

MOTOR: PERMANENTLY LUBRICATED, WITH INTEGRAL THERMAL-OVERLOAD PROTECTION.

LOW AMBIENT KIT: PERMITS OPERATION DOWN TO 30 DEG F.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

INSTALLATIONINSTALL GAS-FIRED FURNACES AND ASSOCIATED FUEL AND VENT FEATURES AND SYSTEMS ACCORDING TO NFPA 54.

CONTROLS: INSTALL THERMOSTATS AT AN ADA COMPLIANT MOUNTING HEIGHT OF 48 INCHES ABOVE FLOOR.

WIRING METHOD: INSTALL CONTROL WIRING IN ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACES AND IN GYPSUM BOARD PARTITIONS WHERE

UNENCLOSED WIRING METHOD MAY BE USED. CONCEAL CONTROL WIRING EXCEPT IN UNFINISHED SPACES. INSTALL

CONTROL WIRING IN CONDUIT WITHIN MECHANICAL ROOM.

INSTALL GROUND-MOUNTED, COMPRESSOR-CONDENSER COMPONENTS ON 4-INCH- THICK, REINFORCED CONCRETE BASE; 4

INCHES LARGER ON EACH SIDE THAN UNIT.

CONNECTIONSCONNECT GAS PIPING WITH UNION, DIRT LEG, AND APPLIANCE CONNECTOR VALVE.

INSTALL PIPING ADJACENT TO EQUIPMENT TO ALLOW SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE.

VENT AND OUTSIDE-AIR CONNECTION, CONDENSING, GAS-FIRED FURNACES: CONNECT PLASTIC PIPING VENT MATERIAL TO

FURNACE CONNECTIONS AND EXTEND OUTDOORS. TERMINATE VENT OUTDOORS WITH A CAP AND IN AN ARRANGEMENT

THAT WILL PROTECT AGAINST ENTRY OF BIRDS, INSECTS, AND DIRT.

SLOPE PIPE VENT BACK TO FURNACE OR TO OUTSIDE TERMINAL.

CONNECT DUCTS TO FURNACE WITH FLEXIBLE CONNECTOR.

CONNECT REFRIGERANT TUBING KITS TO REFRIGERANT COIL IN FURNACE AND TO AIR-COOLED, COMPRESSOR-CONDENSER

UNIT.

STARTUP SERVICECOMPLETE INSTALLATION AND STARTUP CHECKS ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS AND PERFORM

THE FOLLOWING:

INSPECT FOR PHYSICAL DAMAGE TO UNIT CASINGS.

VERIFY THAT ACCESS DOORS MOVE FREELY AND ARE WEATHERTIGHT.

CLEAN UNITS AND INSPECT FOR CONSTRUCTION DEBRIS.

VERIFY THAT ALL BOLTS AND SCREWS ARE TIGHT.

ADJUST VIBRATION ISOLATION AND FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS.

VERIFY THAT CONTROLS ARE CONNECTED AND OPERATIONAL.

ADJUST FAN BELTS TO PROPER ALIGNMENT AND TENSION.

START UNIT ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS AND COMPLETE MANUFACTURER'S OPERATIONAL

CHECKLIST.

ADJUSTINGADJUST INITIAL TEMPERATURE SET POINTS.

SET CONTROLS, BURNER, AND OTHER ADJUSTMENTS FOR OPTIMUM HEATING PERFORMANCE AND EFFICIENCY. ADJUST

HEAT-DISTRIBUTION FEATURES, INCLUDING SHUTTERS, DAMPERS, AND RELAYS, TO PROVIDE OPTIMUM HEATING

PERFORMANCE AND SYSTEM EFFICIENCY

CLEANINGAFTER COMPLETING INSTALLATION, CLEAN FURNACES INTERNALLY ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN

INSTRUCTIONS.

INSTALL NEW FILTERS IN EACH FURNACE PRIOR TO OWNER TAKING RESPONSIBILITY FOR SYSTEM.

DEMONSTRATIONTRAIN OWNER'S MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL TO ADJUST, OPERATE, AND MAINTAIN CONDENSING UNITS.

SECTION 238239.19 - WALL AND CEILING UNIT HEATERSGENERAL

RELATED DOCUMENTS

DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT, INCLUDING GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND

DIVISION 01 SPECIFICATION SECTIONS, APPLY TO THIS SECTION.

SUMMARY

SECTION INCLUDES WALL HEATERS WITH ELECTRIC-RESISTANCE HEATING COILS.

ACTION SUBMITTALS

PRODUCT DATA: FOR EACH TYPE OF PRODUCT.

INCLUDE RATED CAPACITIES, OPERATING CHARACTERISTICS, FURNISHED SPECIALTIES, AND ACCESSORIES.

CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA: FOR WALL AND CEILING UNIT HEATERS TO INCLUDE IN EMERGENCY, OPERATION,

AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS.

PRODUCTS

MANUFACTURERS

BERKO

TRANE

QMARK

DESCRIPTION

ASSEMBLY INCLUDING CHASSIS, ELECTRIC HEATING COIL, FAN, MOTOR, AND CONTROLS. COMPLY WITH UL 2021.

ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS, DEVICES, AND ACCESSORIES: LISTED AND LABELED AS DEFINED IN NFPA 70, BY A QUALIFIED

TESTING AGENCY, AND MARKED FOR INTENDED LOCATION AND APPLICATION.

CABINET

FRONT PANEL: STAMPED-STEEL LOUVER OR EXTRUDED-ALUMINUM BAR GRILLE, WITH REMOVABLE PANELS FASTENED

WITH TAMPERPROOF FASTENERS.

FINISH: BAKED ENAMEL OVER BAKED-ON PRIMER WITH MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD COLOR SELECTED BY

ARCHITECT, APPLIED TO FACTORY-ASSEMBLED AND -TESTED WALL AND CEILING HEATERS BEFORE SHIPPING.

AIRSTREAM SURFACES: SURFACES IN CONTACT WITH THE AIRSTREAM SHALL COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS IN ASHRAE

62.1.

SURFACE-MOUNTED CABINET ENCLOSURE: STEEL WITH FINISH TO MATCH CABINET.

COIL

ELECTRIC-RESISTANCE HEATING COIL: NICKEL-CHROMIUM HEATING WIRE, FREE FROM EXPANSION NOISE AND 60-HZ HUM,

EMBEDDED IN MAGNESIUM OXIDE REFRACTORY AND SEALED IN CORROSION-RESISTANT METALLIC SHEATH. TERMINATE

ELEMENTS IN STAINLESS-STEEL, MACHINE-STAKED TERMINALS SECURED WITH STAINLESS-STEEL HARDWARE, AND LIMIT

CONTROLS FOR HIGH-TEMPERATURE PROTECTION. PROVIDE INTEGRAL CIRCUIT BREAKER FOR OVERCURRENT

PROTECTION.

CONTROLS

CONTROLS: UNIT-MOUNTED THERMOSTAT. LOW-VOLTAGE RELAY WITH TRANSFORMER KIT.

ELECTRICAL CONNECTION: FACTORY WIRE MOTORS AND CONTROLS FOR A SINGLE FIELD CONNECTION.

EXECUTION

EXAMINATION

EXAMINE AREAS TO RECEIVE WALL HEATERS FOR COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR INSTALLATION TOLERANCES

AND OTHER CONDITIONS AFFECTING PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK.

EXAMINE ROUGHING-IN FOR ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS TO VERIFY ACTUAL LOCATIONS BEFORE UNIT-HEATER

INSTALLATION.

PROCEED WITH INSTALLATION ONLY AFTER UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN CORRECTED.

INSTALLATION

INSTALL WALL HEATERS TO COMPLY WITH NFPA 90A.

INSTALL WALL HEATERS LEVEL AND PLUMB.

INSTALL WALL-MOUNTED THERMOSTATS AND SWITCH CONTROLS IN ELECTRICAL OUTLET BOXES AT HEIGHTS TO MATCH

LIGHTING CONTROLS. VERIFY LOCATION OF THERMOSTATS AND OTHER EXPOSED CONTROL SENSORS WITH DRAWINGS

AND ROOM DETAILS BEFORE INSTALLATION.

GROUND EQUIPMENT ACCORDING TO SECTION 260526 "GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS."

CONNECT WIRING ACCORDING TO SECTION 260519 "LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES."

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

DATE:

DRAWN:

REVIEWED:

SHEET TITLE:

SHEET NUMBER:

PROJECT NO.:

PROJECT:

ISSUE:

# DATE: DESCRIPTION:

DESIGNED:

8/2

9/2

018

9:0

2:3

4 A

M M0.3

MECHANICALSPECIFICATIONS

VUJ

JMG

0180834.00

MARSHALL PUBLICLIBRARY

City of Marshall

612 ARCHER AVE. MARSHALL, IL

08/30/2018

08/30/2018

PERMIT SET

VUJ

JOSEPH M.

062-069758

GAIED

LICENSE EXPIRES: 11-30-2019

DATE SIGNED: 08/29/2018

08/30/2018

BID SET

RAMP UP

UP

FD

FD

FD

FD

WH

RAMP UP

UP

FD

FD

WH

FD

FD

WH

3

M1.1_____

EBB

1

20x24

20x24R1

1490

6x6T1

100

6"øS1

100

24x4S2

250

4

7

EF

1

8

4"ø

10"øS3

390

10"ø

20x24R1

11

20x24

12

14

VESTIBULE

101

CREATIVE/ STUDY ROOM

104

CORRIDOR

108

DIRECTOR OFFICE

106

MEN'S

115

WOMENS

114

ELEC. RM.

112

TGF-1

MECH./ IT.

107

17

(TYP. 2)

12x12R2

390

4

M1.1_____

18

REBALANCE TO 225 CFM

REBALANCE TO 225 CFM

REBALANCE TO 100 CFM

REBALANCE TO 100 CFM

REBALANCE TO 125 CFM

REBALANCE TO 125 CFM

LIBRARY

102

R.R. FOYER

113

MEETING ROOM

116

TEENS

109

ACTIVITY RM.

110

STAFF R.R.

111

MECH.

105

20x6E1

500 10x10

L

1

1920

24x8

21

1

3

13

2

6

9

(E) GAS FURNACE TO REMAIN

(E) GAS FURNACE TO REMAIN

DEMO DUCTWORK

EXISTING TRANSFER GRILLES TO REMAIN

EXISTING TRANSFER GRILLES TO REMAIN

T

T

T

EXISTING THERMOSTATS TO REMAIN

EXISTING DUCTWORK TO REMAIN

EXISTING GRILLES TO REMAIN

EXISTING AIR DIFFUSER TO REMAIN

EXISTING AIR DIFFUSER TO REMAIN

T

DEMO PREVIOUSLY ABANDONED THERMOSTAT

DEMO EXISTING THERMOSTAT 16

4

M1.1_____

LIBRARY

102

MEETING ROOM

116

R.R. FOYER

113

MEN'S

115

WOMENS

114

TEENS

109

CREATIVE/ STUDY ROOM

104

CORRIDOR

108

MECH.

105

DIRECTOR OFFICE

106

MECH./ IT.

107

STAFF R.R.

111

FIRST FLOOR0' - 0"

SECOND FLOOR14' - 0"

FIRST FLOOR0"

SECOND FLOOR14' - 0"

FIRST FLOOR0' - 0"

SECOND FLOOR14' - 0"

20x24

SUPPLY SPIRAL DUCTWORK, MATCH EXISTING SPIRAL DUCT SIZE

RETURN DUCTWORK WITH TURNING VANES IN ELBOWS

PENETRATE EXISTING FLOOR

PENETRATE EXISTING FLOOR

TO EXISTING VENT DUCTWORK THROUGH ROOF

5

TO EXISTING REFRIGERANT PIPING

10

NEW INDOOR COILS

GF

1

4"øVENT

15

10" DIAMETER OUTDOOR AIR CONNECTION

12x12R2

390

EXHAUST DUCTWORK TO WALL LOUVER

FIRST FLOOR0' - 0"

SECOND FLOOR14' - 0"

FIRST FLOOR0"

SECOND FLOOR14' - 0"

20x24R1

EXISTING SUPPLY DUCT

TRANSITION TO EXISTING RETURN DUCT TO FURNACE

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

DATE:

DRAWN:

REVIEWED:

SHEET TITLE:

SHEET NUMBER:

PROJECT NO.:

PROJECT:

ISSUE:

# DATE: DESCRIPTION:

DESIGNED:

8/2

9/2

018

9:0

2:3

9 A

M M1.1

FIRST FLOORMECHANICAL PLANS

VUJ

JMG

0180834.00

MARSHALL PUBLICLIBRARY

City of Marshall

612 ARCHER AVE. MARSHALL, IL

08/30/2018

08/30/2018

PERMIT SET

VUJ

#

0 4 8 16

NO

RT

H

TRUE

A. MAKE MINIMAL PENETRATIONS THROUGH EXISTING TIN CEILING.

GENERAL NOTES

KEYNOTES

1 DEMO EXISTING GAS FURNACE AND ASSOCIATED ROOF MOUNTED CONDENSINGUNIT.

2 DEMO EXISTING VENT DUCTWORK TO 1' BELOW SECOND FLOOR ROOF. NEWFURNACE WILL CONNECT TO IT ON THE SECOND FLOOR.

3 DEMO EXISTING DUCT MOUNTED SUPPLY DIFFUSERS. PATCH OPENING.

4 CONNECT TO EXISITNG SPIRAL ROUND DUCT. MATCH EXISTING SIZE. FIELDVERIFY.

5 CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPING BY PLUMBING CONTRACTOR.

6 DEMO EXISTING CEILING SUPPORTS (NOT SHOWN IN PLAN VIEW). THEMECHANICAL EQUIPMENT THAT WAS ORIGINALLY SUPPORTED HAS BEENREMOVED.

7 INSTALL RETURN GRILLE BOTTOM APPROXIMATELY 10'-6" AFF.

8 FURNISH WALL CAP FOR EXHAUST DUCTWORK.

9 DEMO EXISTING REFRIGERANT PIPING TO SECOND FLOOR.

10 INSTALL FURNACE ON RESTRAINED SPRING MOUNTS. MAKE AND MODEL: MASONINDUSTRIES SLR 1" DEFLECTION SINGLE SPRING, OR EQUAL THAT IS APPROVED BYENGINEER.

11 CONNECT NEW RETURN GRILLE IN OFFICE WALL TO EXISTING RETURN DUCT TOEXISTING FURNACE, LOW TO FLOOR.

12 MOUNT TRANSFER GRILLES APPROXIMATELY 10' ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR.

13 DEMO EXISTING AIR GRILLES.

14 INSTALL ELECTRIC BASEBOARD HEATER LOW TO FLOOR. FOLLOWMANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED CLEARANCES.

15 INSTALL EQUIPMENT ON A 4" HOUSEKEEPING CONCRETE PAD, SIZED 4" LARGERTHAN THE UNIT FOOT PRINT ON ALL SIDES. SECURE PAD TO WOOD JOISTS BELOWUSING A MINIMUM OF SIX (6) 1/4" STAINLESS STEEL WOOD ANCHORS.

16 DEMOLISH EXISTING THERMOSTAT AND PULL ALL WIRING BACK TO THE EQUIPMENTIT CONTROLS. PATCH AND REPAIR WALL TO MATCH NEW ARCHITECTURAL WALLFINISH. SEE ARCHITECTURAL PLAN FOR MORE DETAIL.

17 SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSER FROM WOOD STRUCTURE.

18 SURFACE MOUNT EXHAUST FAN IN HARD TYPE CEILING.

19 INSTALL EXHAUST GRILLE ON WALL, APPROXIMATELY 2" BELOW RETURN GRILLE.

20 INSTALL BAROMETRIC RELIEF DAMPER.

21 MECHANICAL DUCTWORK FOR WATER HEATER. SEE DETAIL 5/P0.1.

Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0"2

FIRST FLOOR MECHANICAL PLAN

Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0"1

FIRST FLOOR MECHANICAL DEMOLITION PLAN

0 4 8 16

NO

RT

H

TRUE

Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"3

GAS FURNACE DETAIL

Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0"

CENTRAL FURNACERETURN DUCT DETAIL

4

JOSEPH M.

062-069758

GAIED

LICENSE EXPIRES: 11-30-2019

DATE SIGNED: 08/29/2018

08/30/2018

BID SET

DN

3

M1.1_____

1"CD

1" CONDENSATE DRAIN TO TERMINATE 6" ABOVE PAVEMENT, BY P.C.

1

2

3

4"øVENT

GF

1

56 1"G

RL/RS

7

8

CU

1

RL/RS

4

EXISTING VENT TERMINAL TO REMAIN. CONNECT TO NEW VENT DUCTWORK.

10"ø

7

M2.1

INSTALL NEW CONDENSING UNIT IN LOCATION OF CONDENSING UNIT TO BE DEMO'D

GAS FURNACE'S INDOOR AIR INTAKE MUST BE 10' MINIMUM FROM ALL VENT TERMINALS

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

DATE:

DRAWN:

REVIEWED:

SHEET TITLE:

SHEET NUMBER:

PROJECT NO.:

PROJECT:

ISSUE:

# DATE: DESCRIPTION:

DESIGNED:

8/2

9/2

018

9:0

2:4

0 A

M M1.2

UPPER LEVELMECHANICAL PLANS

VUJ

JMG

0180834.00

MARSHALL PUBLICLIBRARY

City of Marshall

612 ARCHER AVE. MARSHALL, IL

08/30/2018

08/30/2018

PERMIT SET

VUJ

#

A. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPING FROM GASFURNACE.

GENERAL NOTES

KEYNOTES

1 NEW GAS FURNACE ON SECOND FLOOR.

2 REFRIGERANT PIPING TO ROOF.

3 NEW VENT DUCTWORK THROUGH ROOF AT LOCATION OF PREVIOUS ROOFOPENING. RESIZE ROOF OPENING IF NECESSARY. FIELD VERIFY. SIZE SHALL BE INACCORDANCE WITH THE NEW UNIT MANUFACTURER INSTRUCTIONS.

4 INSTALL NEW REFRIGERANT PIPING. SIZE REFRIGERANT LINES TOMANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS.

5 TEST AND BALANCE CONTRACTOR TO BALANCE OA QUANTITIES ACCORDING TOTHE VALUES INDICATED ON THE EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE, MARK AND LOCK THEDAMPER IN PLACE.

6 10" OUTDOOR AIR DUCTWORK THROUGH ROOF. TERMINATE ABOVE ROOF USING AGOOSENECK.

7 1"G FROM FLOOR BELOW. CONNECT TO GAS FURNACE. FLEXIBLE PIPECONNECTION AT GAS FURNACE. BY P.C.

8 MECHANICAL DUCTING FOR GAS WATER HEATER. SEE DETAIL 5/P0.1.

0 4 8 16

NO

RT

H

TRUE

Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0"1

SECOND FLOOR MECHANICAL PLAN

0 4 8 16

NO

RT

H

TRUE

Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0"2

ROOF MECHANICAL PLANJOSEPH M.

062-069758

GAIED

LICENSE EXPIRES: 11-30-2019

DATE SIGNED: 08/29/2018

08/30/2018

BID SET

AIR DEVICE SCHEDULE

MARK MANUFACTURER MODEL SERVICE STYLE MAX. N.C.MAX.

AIR P.D.(IN. W.C.)

MODULESIZE

FRAME FINISH MATERIAL REMARKS

S1 TITUS OMNI SUPPLY PLAQUE 15 0.05 24X24 LAY-IN WHITE STEEL

S2 TITUS 301RS SUPPLY DRUM 15 0.1 12X8 DUCT MTD WHITE STEEL 2

S3 TITUS OMNI SUPPLY PLAQUE 15 0.05 12X12 DUCT MTD WHITE STEEL

R1 TITUS 350ZFS RETURN LOUVER 30 0.1 20X24 SURFACE WHITE ALUMINUM 1

R2 TITUS 3FL RETURN LOUVER 20 0.1 12X12 DUCT MTD WHITE ALUMINUM 3

E1 TITUS 350ZFS EXHAUST LOUVER 25 0.1 20X6 SURFACE WHITE ALUMINUM 1

T1 TITUS 350ZFS TRANSFER LOUVER 15 0.1 6X6 SURFACE WHITE ALUMINUM 1

NOTES: 1. HORIZONTAL BLADES.2. MATCH EXISTING DUCT MOUNTED SUPPLY DIFFUSER IN APPEARANCE AND SIZE.3. EQUIP WITH VOLUME DAMPER FOR AIR BALANCING.

ELECTRIC BASEBOARD HEATER SCHEDULE

MARK MANUFACTURER MODEL SERVICETOTALCAP.(MBH)

ELECTRICAL DATA PHYSICAL DATA

REMARKSV/PH WATTS L

(IN.)W

(IN.)H

(IN.)

EBB1 QMARK 2514W VESTIBULE 3.4 120/1 1000 3 48 7 1, 2, 3

NOTES: 1. WHITE COLOR2. UL LISTED FOR WALL INSTALLATION3. COMPLETE WITH INTEGRAL THERMOSTAT AND HIGH TEMPERATURE SAFETY LIMIT

CONDENSING UNIT SCHEDULE

MARK MANUFACTURER MODEL SERVICE AMBIENTTEMP. (°F)

REFRIG.TYPE

NOM.CAP.

(TONS)

STEPS SEER

COMPRESSOR FAN ELECTRICAL DATA PHYSICAL DATA

REMARKSQTY.

RLAEACH

QTY.FLA

EACHV/PH MCA MOCP L

(IN.)W

(IN.)H

(IN.)WT.(LB.)

CU1 GOODMAN GSX160601 GF1 95 410A 4.5 1 16 1 21.4 1 2.8 208/1 29.6 50 36 36 38 279

NOTES:

EXHAUST FAN SCHEDULE

MARK MANUFACTURER MODEL TYPE DRIVE SERVICE CFM TSP(IN. W.C.)

FANMOTOR

BHPSONES DAMPER

WALLOPENING

ELECTRICAL DATA PHYSICAL DATA

REMARKS

L(IN.)

W(IN.)

HP/WATTS

V/PH FLA L(IN.)

W(IN.)

H(IN.)

WT.(LBS.)

EF1 BROAN 657 CENTRIFUGAL DIRECT RESTROOM 70 0.3 - 4 BACKDRAFT 4 4 - 120/1 2 15 9 6

NOTES: 1. CEILING FAN AND 100W LIGHT COMBINATION UNIT

GAS FURNACE SCHEDULE

MARK MANUFACTURER MODEL LOCATION SERVICE ARRANGEMENTCOND.UNIT

MARK

BLOWER HEATING SECTION COOLING COIL SECTIONCOND.DRAINSIZE(IN.)

VENTPIPEDIA.(IN.)

FILTER ELECTRICAL DATA PHYSICAL DATA

REMARKSCFM

MIN.OA

CFM

ESP(IN. W.C.)

DRIVE HP FUEL INPUT(MBH)

OUTPUT(MBH)

TYPE EDB(°F)

EWB(°F)

TTL.CAP.(MBH)

SENS.CAP.(MBH)

TYPE MERV THICK.(IN.)

MAX. FACEVEL. (FPM)

V/PH FLA MCA MOCP L(IN.)

W(IN.)

H(IN.)

WT.(LB.)

GF1 GOODMAN GCVC961205DNB 2ND FLOOR MEETING/TEEN DOWNFLOW CU-1 1990 500 0.5 DIRECT 1 N.GAS 120 115 DX-R410A 79 69 60 40.5 1 3 HIGH VELOCITY 8 2 600 115/1 5 14.4 20 29 25 35 160

NOTES:

LOUVER SCHEDULE

MARK MANUFACTURER MODEL SERVICE CFM FREEAREA (SF)

MAX.AIR P.D.(IN. W.C.)

MATERIAL FINISH

PHYSICAL DATA

REMARKSD

(IN.)W

(IN.)H

(IN.)

L1 GREENHECK BVE BAR. RELIEF 500 0.65 0.2 ALUMINUM CLEAR ANODIZED 4 24 8 1

NOTES: 1. LOUVER IS USED FOR BAROMETRIC RELIEF. INSTALL ALONG WITH A BAROMETRIC RELIEF DAMPER

FLAT ON BOTTOM

VOLUME DAMPER (TYP)

AIR

AIR

FLO

W

R

RW

(R = W)WHERE POSSIBLESTANDARD RADIUS

VERTICAL RETURN DUCT

R

W

R = WSTANDARD RADIUS ELBOW

W1

W2

IF W1 DOES NOT EQUAL W2 SPECIAL PROVISIONS MUST BE MADE IN VANE SHAPE OR ANGLE OF ENTRY AND EXIT. THIS APPLIES TO ALL TYPES OF VANES.

FLOW

SEE DUCT CONSTRUCTION DETAILS FOR CONNECTIONS

SEAM

AIR

FLO

W

TURNING VANES NOT ALLOWED IN NEGATIVE PRESSURE DUCTS (RETURN OR EXHAUST)

NEGATIVE PRESSURE (RETURN/EXHAUST)

12 GAGE SHEET METAL BAND. 2 1/2" WIDE

SPIRAL SUPPLY DUCT (DOUBLE WALL INSULATED WHERE SPECIFIED)

FLAT WASHER, TYPICAL

NEOPRENE LOCK NUT

DRUM DIFFUSER

DAMPER

ALL SURFACES TO BE PAINTED AS DIRECTED BY ARCHITECT

MSS SP-58 SUPPORT TYPE 14 FORGED STEEL CLEVIS

THREADED ROD

30°3

0°

TAP (DOUBLE WALL WHERE SPECIFIED)

SMALL DOUBLE VANE ELBOW USE FOR ELBOWS UP TO 36" IN WIDTH AND/OR DEPTH

1"R

NOTES:1. ALL ELBOWS SHALL BE RADIUS UNLESS SPACE LIMITATIONS

REQUIRE SQUARE OR RECTANGULAR ELBOWS AND/OR THERE IS AN OUTLET OR TAKE-OFF WITHIN 5D ON THE DOWNSTREAM SIDE OF THE ELBOW.

2. ALL SQUARE OR RECTANGULAR ELBOWS FOR POSITIVE PRESSURE DUCTS (SUPPLY AIR OR FAN DISCHARGE) SHALL HAVE ONE OF THE TWO TYPES OF TURNING VANES SHOWN ABOVE. SINGLE VANE ELBOWS WILL NOT BE PERMITTED.

3. VANES SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED, SUPPORTED AND FASTENED AS RECOMMENDED BY SMACNA.

4. TURNING VANES NOT ALLOWED IN NEGATIVE PRESSURE DUCTS (RETURN, EXHAUST, OR OUTDOOR AIR).

LARGE DOUBLE VANE ELBOW USE FOR ELBOWS 36" OR WIDER AND ANY DEPTH

2 1/4"2 1/4"

3 1

/4"

2 1/4" R

4 1/2" R

45° 45°

SIDE VIEW

TYPICAL ELBOW

FRONT VIEW

DEPTH (D)

WIDTH (W)

2 1

/8"

1 1/8"1 1/8"

45°45°

2"R

VENT

STORM COLLAR

TALL CONE FLASHING

VENTILATED THIMBLE

STORM PROOF VENT CAP

FLASHING

10' MIN. FROM ANY INTAKE

ROOF

RO

OF

LIN

E

AIR INLET

CAULK

12"

3' M

IN. A

BO

VE

3'-0" MINIMUM ABOVE ANYPORTION OF BUILDINGOR EQUIPMENT ON ROOFWITHIN 10'-0". VERIFYHEIGHT AS REQUIRED BYALL APPLICABLE CODES

STACK SUPPORTSPACER

VENTILATED TALL FLASHING

VENTILATED STORM COLLAR

STACK - SIZED AS SHOWN ON PLANS

VENTILATED THIMBLE

RAIN CAP

ROOF SYSTEM -REFER TOARCHITECTURAL DETAILS

STORM COLLAR

GUY WIRES AND FLANGE. PROVIDE AND INSTALL PER MANFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.

45°45°

DESIGNER'S NOTE: THIS DETAIL IS ONLY FOR NON-CONDENSING BOILERS

X"

TO AIR-GAP FITTING

TRAP MUST BE REMOVABLEFOR ACCESS AND CLEANING

ADAPTER

UNIT DRAIN PAN

STREET ELL

HAND TIGHTENED PLUGGED TEE CLEANOUT

X = FAN OUTLET PRESSURE +1/2"X = FAN INLET PRESSURE / 2

H = FAN INLET PRESSURE +1" H = 1/2" MIN.

H

X

FAN OUTLET PRESSURE

(BLOW-THRU ONLY)

FOR DRAW THRU UNITS FOR BLOW THRU UNITS

PACK WITH MINERAL WOOL OR FIBERGLASS

CAULK

1 1/2" x 1 1/2" x 18 GA SHEET METAL COLLAR IN EXPOSED LOCATION

INSULATED DUCT

NON-INSULATED DUCT

INTERIOR WALL

DUCT INSULATION

WEATHER TIGHT SEAL AROUND PIPES AT PENETRATION.

NON-FERROUS SHEET METAL SCREWS W/ NEOPRENE RUBBER WASHER 8"O.C. 2 PER SIDE MINIMUM

PREFABRICATED INSULATED ROOF CURB

ATTACH SHEET METAL PLATE TO ROOF DECK

CAULK SEAM

24 GAUGE STEEL BOX

PIPING

INSULATION, 6" MINIMUM

NON-FERROUS FASTENERS 3" FROM EACH CORNER AND 18" O.C.

ROOF SYSTEM - REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

DATE:

DRAWN:

REVIEWED:

SHEET TITLE:

SHEET NUMBER:

PROJECT NO.:

PROJECT:

ISSUE:

# DATE: DESCRIPTION:

DESIGNED:

8/2

9/2

018

9:0

2:4

1 A

M M2.1

MECHANICALSCHEDULES ANDDETAILS

VUJ

JMG

0180834.00

MARSHALL PUBLICLIBRARY

City of Marshall

612 ARCHER AVE. MARSHALL, IL

08/30/2018

08/30/2018

PERMIT SET

VUJ

Scale: No Scale

TYPICAL RECTANGULARDUCT CONSTRUCTION

1

Scale: No Scale6

ROUND DUCT WITH DRUM DIFFUSERS

Scale: No Scale3

TURNING VANES

Scale: No Scale4

FLUE THROUGH PITCHED ROOF

Scale: No Scale5

CONCENTRIC VENT THROUGH ROOF

Scale: No Scale2

CONDENSATE DRAIN

Scale: No Scale8

DUCT PENETRATION FOR NON-RATED WALLS

Scale: No Scale7

PREFABRICATED PIPE CURB

JOSEPH M.

062-069758

GAIED

LICENSE EXPIRES: 11-30-2019

DATE SIGNED: 08/29/2018

08/30/2018

BID SET

RECESSED DOWNLIGHT w/ EMERGENCY BALLAST/DRIVER - CEILING MTD.

SPECIAL PURPOSE RECEPTACLE - FLUSH FLOOR MOUNTED

SPECIAL PURPOSE RECEPTACLE - CEILING MOUNTED

SPECIAL PURPOSE RECEPTACLE - MOUNTED 18" AFF

CEILING FAN

QUADRUPLEX RECEPTACLE - FLUSH FLOOR MOUNTED

DUPLEX RECEPTACLE - FLUSH FLOOR MOUNTED

SINGLE RECEPTACLE - MOUNTED 18" AFF

QUADRUPLEX RECEPTACLE - MOUNTED 18" AFF

LIGHTING CONTACTOR

POLE MOUNTED SITE LIGHTING - QUAD HEAD

a

PHOTOCELL

UTILITY KILOWATT-HOUR METER

DUPLEX RECEPTACLE - EMERGENCY POWER - MOUNTED 18" AFF

DUPLEX RECEPTACLE - CEILING MOUNTED

DUPLEX RECEPTACLE - SPLIT WIRED - MOUNTED 18" AFF

DUPLEX RECEPTACLE - MOUNTED 6" ABOVE COUNTER

MAGNETIC STARTER

SAFETY SWITCH - FUSIBLE

SAFETY SWITCH - NON-FUSIBLE

EQUIPMENT - MOTOR

POLE MOUNTED SITE LIGHTING - TRIPLE HEAD

POLE MOUNTED SITE LIGHTING - DUAL HEAD

POLE MOUNTED SITE LIGHTING - SINGLE HEAD

EXIT SIGN - DUAL FACE, WALL MOUNTED

EXIT SIGN - DUAL FACE, CEILING MOUNTED

EXIT SIGN - SINGLE FACE, WALL MOUNTED

EXIT SIGN - SINGLE FACE, CEILING MOUNTED ARROW INDICATES DIRECTION OF EXIT

BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARD - FLUSH MOUNTED

DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARD OR SWITCHBOARD

MOTOR CONTROL CENTER

BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARD - SURFACE MOUNTED

CONTROL PANEL

TRANSFORMER

POWER SYMBOLS

RECESSED DOWNLIGHT - CEILING MOUNTED

LIGHTING SYMBOLS

COMBINATION TELEPHONE/DATA OUTLET -FLUSH FLOOR MOUNTED

COMBINATION TELEPHONE/DATA OUTLET -CEILING MOUNTED

COMBINATION TELEPHONE/DATA OUTLET -WALL MOUNTED 18" A.F.F

COMPUTER OUTLET - CEILING MOUNTED

COMPUTER OUTLET - FLUSH FLOOR MOUNTED

COMPUTER OUTLET - WALL MOUNTED 18" AFF

TELEPHONE OUTLET - CEILING MOUNTED

TELEPHONE OUTLET - FLUSH FLOOR MOUNTED

AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH

CONTROL DEVICE - DOOR HOLD OPEN

METER

CIRCUIT BREAKER

GROUND

MANUAL PULL STATION - MOUNTED 46" AFF

FIRE ALARM SYMBOLS ONE-LINE DIAGRAM SYMBOLS

GENERATOR

DELTA-WYE TRANSFORMER

SWITCH

SERVICE DROP

TELEPHONE TERMINAL BACKBOARD (PROVIDE WITH 3/4" FIRERATED PLYWOOD)

SHUNT TRIP PUSH BUTTON - MOUNTED 46" AFF

TTB

HAND DRYER

INTERCOM MASTER STATION

INTERCOM REMOTE STATION P PEDESTAL MOUNT S HIGH SECURITY G GENERAL USE

CEILING MOUNTED SPEAKER

WALL MOUNTED SPEAKER

DVR AND RACK

ACCESS CONTROL CONTROL PANEL

CONDUIT - CAPPED

CABLE TRAY

SEALING FITTING

EXPANSION FITTING

CONDUIT FITTING (CONDULET)

JUNCTION BOX

CONDUIT - FLEXIBLE

CONDUIT - CONTINUED

CONDUIT - CONCEALED BELOW SLAB OR GRADE

CONDUIT - UP AND DOWN (CHANGE IN ELEVATION)

CONDUIT - TURNING UP

CONDUIT - EXPOSED

CONDUIT - CONCEALED IN SUSPENDED CEILING OR WALL

CONDUIT - TURNING DOWN

REVISION CALL-OUT

ROOM NUMBER

FEEDER CALL-OUT

KEYED NOTE

MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT CALL-OUT: REFER TO THE EQUIPMENT DATA SCHEDULE FOR DETAILS

GENERAL SYMBOLS

JUNCTION BOX - EMERGENCY POWER

FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT DESIGNATION

WIRING AND CONDUITS

NEW EQUIPMENT (TYPICAL)

EXISTING EQUIPMENT (TYPICAL)

DEMOLITION EQUIPMENT (TYPICAL)

PUSH BUTTON

WALL MOUNT BRACKET (TYPICAL)

DUCT DETECTOR HOUSING AND SAMPLING TUBE

P

R

CARBON MONOXIDE DETECTOR

ABOVE COUNTER COMMUNICATIONS OUTLET

LUMINAIRE - SURFACE MOUNTED

OPEN INDUSTRIAL LUMINAIRE

RECESSED LUMINAIRE CONNECTED TO THEEMERGENCY POWER SYSTEM OR BALLAST/DRIVER

OPEN INDUSTRIAL LUMINAIRE EMERGENCY POWER SYSTEM OR BALLAST/DRIVER

LUMINAIRE TYPE

PANEL NAME

LUMINAIRE - RECESSED (REFER TO LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE)

CONNECTED FOR NIGHT LIGHT USE1LP-1a NL

CIRCUIT NUMBER AND SWITCH LEG(LUMINAIRES ARE CONTROLLED BY LOCALSWITCH UNLESS DESIGNATION GIVEN)

A

ABOVE COUNTER DATA OUTLET

ABOVE COUNTER TELEPHONE OUTLET

SPECIAL SYSTEMS SYMBOLS

CARD READER - MOUNTED 48" AFF WITH 3/4" CONDUIT K WITH KEY PAD

ELECTRIC STRIKE WITH 3/4" CONDUIT

ELECTRO-MAGNETIC LOCK WITH 3/4" CONDUIT

VIDEO MONITOR, FLAT SCREEN LCD WITH 3/4" CONDUIT

DOOR STATUS SWITCH WITH 3/4" CONDUIT

MOTION DETECTOR WITH 3/4" CONDUIT

POWER SUPPLY FOR PTZ CAMERA WITH 3/4" CONDUIT

INDOOR FIXED CAMERA WITH 3/4" CONDUIT PTZ PAN TILT ZOOM WP WEATHERPROOF

4-CHANNEL CAMERA POWER SUPPLY WITH 3/4" CONDUIT

TV OUTLET WITH 3/4" CONDUIT - MOUNTED 18" AFF

HANDICAP DOOR OPERATORS - SEE ARCHITECURALS WITH 3/4" CONDUIT

GLASS BREAK SENSOR WITH 3/4" CONDUIT

VOLUME CONTROLLER - MOUNTED 48" AFF WITH 3/4" CONDUIT

a

WALL MOUNTED LUMINAIRE

a

T-145 KVA 3Ø208Y/120VAC

# AF# AT

# A

# A75

75

C75

C75

75

C

C

G

ST

SPD

VFD

GROUND FAULT PROTECTED BREAKER

SHUNT TRIP BREAKER

CONTACTOR

CURRENT TRANSFORMER

POTENTIAL TRANSFORMER

DRAWOUT CIRCUIT BREAKER# AF# AT

FUSE

PANELBOARD

SURGE PROTECTION DEVICE

THERMAL OVERLOAD

VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE

K KIRK KEY INTERLOCK

DPM DIGITAL POWER METER

QUADRUPLEX RECEPTACLE - MOUNTED 6" ABOVE COUNTER

PP POWER POLE

LINEAR PENDANT

PENDANT

LRP LIGHTING RELAY PANEL

INV INVERTER

SURFACE MOUNTED DOWNLIGHT

EMERGENCY LIGHT

EXIT SIGN WITH EMERGENCY LIGHT ARROW INDICATES DIRECTION OF EXIT

1

Room name

101A

PLUMBING EQUIPMENT CALL-OUT: REFER TO THE EQUIPMENT DATA SCHEDULE FOR DETAILS

J

J

M

G

# A# POLES

PANEL###

M

F

VFD

T

POLE MOUNTED TRANSFORMERT

J

H

B

DUPLEX RECEPTACLE (NEMA 5-20R) - MOUNTED 18" AFF GFI GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER SS SURGE SUPPRESSOR (ISOLATED GROUND TYPE) WP WEATHERPROOF H HOSPITAL GRADE TP TAMPER PROOF D DEDICATED USB STANDARD DUPLEX WITH 2 USB PORTS

FLOOR BOX - SEE SPECS OR KEYED NOTES ON PLAN FOR DETAILS

COMBINATION STARTER VFD VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE

PC

LC1

TOGGLE SWITCH - MOUNTED 48" AFF b LOWER CASE LETTER DENOTES LTG. SWITCH GROUP 2 DOUBLE-POLE SINGLE-THROW (DPST) 3 3-WAY 4 4-WAY B PUSHBUTTON D DIMMER (WALL BOX TYPE) K KEY OPERATED M MANUAL MOTOR STARTER P PILOT LIGHT T TIMER TT THERMAL TRIP SWITCH WP WEATHERPROOF OS WALL BOX OCCUPANCY SENSOR OS2 WALL BOX OCCUPANCY SENSOR FOR TWO LEVEL

SWITCHING VS WALL BOX VACANCY SENSOR LV LOW VOLTAGE SWITCH TC TEACHER CONTROLS STATION TE TEACHER ENTRY STATION MC MOMENTARY CONTAT SWITCH

OS

DL

CEILING MOUNTED DUAL TECHNOLOGY OCCUPANCY SENSOR a LOWER CASE LETTER DENOTES LTG. SWITCH GROUP

CEILING MOUNTED DAYLIGHT SENSOR a LOWER CASE LETTER DENOTES LTG. SWITCH GROUP

MAIN CONTROL PANEL (FCP) FCP F/A MAIN CONTROL PANEL FSA FIRE SYSTEM ANNUNCIATOR FTR F/A TRANSPONDER OR TRANSMITTER ESR ELEVATOR STATUS RECALL FRP F/A RELAY PANEL FAC F/A COMMUNICATOR FPS FIRE ALARM ANNUNCIATION CIRCUIT POWER SUPPLY

SMOKE DETECTOR P PHOTOELECTRIC PL PLENUM SMOKE DETECTOR S SOUNDER BASE

THERMAL (HEAT) DETECTOR R RATE OF RISE ONLY F FIXED TEMPERATURE L LINE TYPE FIXED TEMPERATURE CABLE ALL HEAT DETECTORS SHALL BE 135°, COMBINATION TYPE UNLESS INDICATED OTHWERWISE.

ADDRESSABLE INTERFACE MODULE C CONTROL M MONITORING S SIGNALLING V SOLENOID VALVE

NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE MOUNTED 80" AFF OR 6" FROM CEILING WHICHEVER IS LOWER C CHIME H HORN LF LOW FREQUENCY

NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE - STROBE ONLY MOUNTED 80" AFF CANDELA VALUE AS SHOWN MINIMUM

NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE WITH STROBE MOUNTED 80" AFF OR 6" FROM CEILING WHICHEVER IS LOWER CANDELA VALUE AS SHOWN MINIMUM C CHIME H HORN LF LOW FREQUENCY

NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE (CEILING) C CHIME STROBE H HORN STROBE LF LOW FREQUENCY CANDELA VALUE AS SHOWN MINIMUM

CEILING MOUNTED COMBINATION VOICE EVACUATION SPEAKER AND STROBE CANDELA VALUE AS SHOWN MINIMUM

COMBINATION VOICE EVACUATION SPEAKER AND STROBE MOUNTED AT 80" AFF CANDELA VALUE AS SHOWN MINIMUM

FCP

F

S

D

H

DP

TS

WF

SUPERVISORY SWITCH - DRY-PIPE PRESSURE SWITCH

SUPERVISORY SWITCH - TAMPER SWITCH

SUPERVISORY SWITCH - WATER FLOW SWITCH

F

F

CO

S

S

COMMUNICATIONS SYMBOLS (FOR ROUGH-IN ONLY WITH 1" CONDUIT TO ACCESSIBLE CEILING

TELEPHONE OUTLET - WALL MOUNTED - WALL MOUNTED 18" AFF T TOUCH TONE DEVICE FOR THE DEAF W WALL PHONE (MOUNTED 54" AFF) D DEDICATED TELEPHONE OUTLET

ACCP

DVR

CR

ES

ML

VM

DC

MS

PS

PS4

TV

GB

V

S

S

IMS

I

DOOR BELL PUSH BUTTON

DB DOOR BELL

AC

AC

AC

AC

AC

RECESSED ADJUSTABLE/WALLWASH - CEILING MOUNTED

aVS CEILING MOUNTED DUAL TECHNOLOGY VACANCY SENSOR

a LOWER CASE LETTER DENOTES LTG. SWITCH GROUP

RTS REMOTE TEST SWITCH

TRACK LIGHTING

GROUND BAR

100A4G

# KVA/KW480Y/277V, 3Ø, 4W

49 ELECTRONIC OVERLOAD

AHU

1

GWH1

1

C

CC

CLOCK

DOUBLE SIDED CLOCK

#

WIFI WIRELESS ACCESS POINT

RXREQUEST TO EXIT

ROOM CONTROLLERRC

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

DATE:

DRAWN:

REVIEWED:

SHEET TITLE:

SHEET NUMBER:

PROJECT NO.:

PROJECT:

ISSUE:

# DATE: DESCRIPTION:

NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION

DESIGNED:

8/2

9/2

018 1

0:0

5:1

3 A

M E0.1

ELECTRICALSYMBOLS

BPH

BMS

0180834.00

MARSHALL PUBLICLIBRARY PHASE IRENOVATIONS

THE CITY OF MARSHALL

612 ARCHER AVE. MARSHALL, IL62441

08/30/2018

BMS/BPH

PERMIT SET

Scale: No Scale

ELECTRICAL FLOOR PLAN SYMBOLS (NOT ALL SYMBOLSARE USED IN CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS)

08/30/2018

BID SET

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

DATE:

DRAWN:

REVIEWED:

SHEET TITLE:

SHEET NUMBER:

PROJECT NO.:

PROJECT:

ISSUE:

# DATE: DESCRIPTION:

NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION

DESIGNED:

8/2

9/2

018 1

0:0

5:1

3 A

M E0.2

ELECTRICALGENERAL NOTESAND ABBREVIATIONS

BPH

BMS

0180834.00

MARSHALL PUBLICLIBRARY PHASE IRENOVATIONS

THE CITY OF MARSHALL

612 ARCHER AVE. MARSHALL, IL62441

08/30/2018

BMS/BPH

PERMIT SET

X. SECURE ALL LOW VOLTAGE DATA, SIGNALING AND CONTROL WIRING TO THE STRUCTURE AT INTERVALSNO MORE THAN 4 FEET.

W. IF POSSIBLE, ALL NEWLY INSTALLED RECEPTACLES SHALL BE INSTALLED IN SEPARATE OR ADJACENTSTUD SPACES, TO AVOID SOUND TRANSMISSION AND WALL INTEGRITY ISSUES. ALL NEWLY INSTALLEDRECEPTACLES LOCATED IN COMMON STUD SPACES OF FIRE-RESISTANT WALLS SHALL BE EQUIPPEDWITH FIRE-RESISTANT PUTTY PADS AT THE BACK OF EACH BOX IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC 300.21.

V. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT SCALE DRAWING FOR QUANTITIES. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR FIELDVERIFYING ALL MEASUREMENTS.

U. UNLESS INDICATED IN SOME MANNER THAT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT IS EXISTING ALL OTHER EQUIPMENTSHALL BE NEW.

T. PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID PROPOSAL, BIDDER SHALL EXAMINE ALL GENERAL CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGSAND VISIT CONSTRUCTION SITE TO BE FAMILIAR WITH EXISTING CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH HE WILLHAVE TO OPERATE AND WHICH WILL IN ANY WAY AFFECT THE WORK UNDER THIS CONTRACT. NOSUBSEQUENT ALLOWANCE WILL BE MADE IN THIS CONNECTION ON BEHALF OF THE CONTRACTOR FORANY ERROR OR NEGLIGENCE ON HIS PART.

S. PROVIDE AND INSTALL IN EACH PANEL, TYPEWRITTEN NEAT TWO-COLUMN CIRCUIT INDEX CARD SETUNDER PLASTIC COVERS ON INSIDE OF DOORS. EACH ODD-NUMBERED CIRCUIT SHALL BE IN SEQUENCEON ONE COLUMN AND THE EVEN-NUMBERED CIRCUITS ON THE OTHER COLUMN (E.G. 1,3,5...,2,4,6...).EACH CIRCUIT SHALL BE IDENTIFIED AS TO THE USE AND ROOM NAME(S) OR AREA(S). THE CONTRACTORSHALL CONFIRM ROOM NAMES AND/OR ROOM NUMBERS WITH THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO PROJECTCOMPLETION.

R. FIELD AIM AND ADJUST ALL LIGHT FIXTURES REQUIRING SAME TO THE OWNER'S SATISFACTION.

Q. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE HELD FINANCIALLY RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY AND ALL COSTS OFTHE ENGINEERS TIME REQUIRED TO REVIEW AND RESEARCH NON-SPECIFIED EQUIPMENT SUBMITTEDFOR SUBSTITUTION BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. THESE COSTS SHALL BE AUTOMATICALLYINVOICED TO THE CONTRACTOR UNLESS SUCH SUBSTITUTIONS FOLLOW THE GUIDELINES FORSUBSTITUTION AND ARE WITHIN THE PROPER TIME FRAME AS OUTLINED IN OTHER SECTIONS OF THISSPECIFICATION.

P. ALL SELF-CONTAINED EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK EXITS AND LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL BE CIRCUITED TOTHE SAME BRANCH LIGHTING CIRCUIT SERVING THE NORMAL LIGHTING IN THE AREA. THE CIRCUIT SHALLBE UNSWITCHED SO THAT THE BATTERY CHARGER IS CONTINUOUSLY BEING ENERGIZED DURINGNORMAL POWER CONDITIONS. IF THE LIGHT FIXTURE IS SHOWN OR INDICATED AS BEING SWITCHED, THELAMPS ONLY SHALL BE CONTROLLED BY THE SWITCHED CONDUCTOR(S).

O. FINISH OF ALL LIGHTING FIXTURES IS SUBJECT TO ARCHITECT'S APPROVAL. SUBMIT SAMPLES IFREQUESTED.

N. ALL RECESSED CAN TYPE FIXTURES SHALL HAVE FEED-THROUGH JUNCTION BOXES.

M. ALL LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH A GREEN GROUND WIRE BONDED TO THE HOUSING.

L. PRIOR TO ANY ROUGH-IN FOR ELECTRIC WATER COOLER RECEPTACLES, COORDINATE WITH THEELECTRIC WATER COOLER INSTALLER THE EXACT LOCATION SO THAT THE ENTIRE ELECTRIC CORD WILLBE CONCEALED FROM ELECTRIC WATER COOLER TO RECEPTACLE.

1. ALL PENETRATIONS OF FIRE-RESISTIVE FLOORS OR SHAFT WALLS SHALL BE PROTECTED BYMATERIALS AND INSTALLATION DETAILS THAT CONFORM TO UNDERWRITERS' LABORATORIES LISTINGSFOR "THROUGH-PENETRATION FIRE STOP SYSTEMS." THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT SHOPDRAWING DETAILS, FURNISHED BY THE MANUFACTURER OF THE FIRE STOP MATERIAL, WHICH SHOWCOMPLETE CONFORMANCE TO THE UL LISTING AND SHALL BE SPECIFIC FOR EACH PENETRATION WITHALL VARIABLES DEFINED. THESE FINAL AND APPROVED DRAWINGS SHALL BE READILY AVAILABLE TOTHE LOCAL INSPECTORS AT ALL TIMES AT THE PROJECT SITE.

K. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL PLANS TO CONFIRM ALL FIRE-RATED CEILINGS AND WALLS.

J. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLANS FOR ACTUAL LAYOUT OF LIGHT FIXTURES ANDCEILING TYPES. VERIFY CEILING TYPES PRIOR TO ORDERING FIXTURES.

I. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT AND OBTAIN FROM THE UTILITY COMPANY ALL INFORMATION,REQUIREMENTS, THEIR CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS TO COMPLETE THEUNDERGROUND ELECTRICAL PRIMARY/SECONDARY SERVICE TO THIS PROJECT. INCLUDE IN BASE BID,BUT NOT LIMIT TO, TRENCHING, BACKFILL, TRANSFORMER CONCRETE PAD, CONTRIBUTION COSTS,ENGINEERING FEE AND SERVICE CHARGES FOR ALL ELECTRICAL SERVICES TO THIS PROJECT.

H. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO VERIFY, COORDINATE AND CONFIRM WITHTHE MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING CONTRACTOR THE EXACT LOCATIONS AND FEED REQUIREMENTS OFALL EQUIPMENT NEEDING AN ELECTRICAL CONNECTION.

G. PROVIDE DEDICATED, GREEN INSULATED, EQUIPMENT GROUND CONDUCTOR IN ALL CONDUIT ANDWIRING RUNS. SIZE EQUIPMENT GROUND CONDUCTOR IN ACCORDANCE WITH CURRENT EDITION OFNATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE IN FORCE IN JURISDICTION.

F. DRAWINGS SHOW EXISTING CONDITIONS OF THE SITE. AN ATTEMPT HAS BEEN MADE TO SHOW EXISTINGBUILDING, SITE DETAILS, ETC., BUT ACCURACY CANNOT BE GUARANTEED. VERIFY EXACT LOCATIONS OFALL CIRCUITS, CONDUITS, PIPING, EQUIPMENT, ETC. VERIFY ALL SITE AND BUILDING DETAILS.

E. GROUT AND SEAL ALL CONDUIT PENETRATIONS OF WALLS AND FLOOR SLABS TO PRESERVE FIRE RATINGAND WATERTIGHT INTEGRITY.

D. COORDINATE SCHEDULE OF CONSTRUCTION WITH THE OWNER, OTHER TRADES AND UTILITIES INVOLVEDBEFORE INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND FEEDERS, TRENCHING, ETC.

C. SEE MECHANICAL/PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS OF ALLMECHANICAL/PLUMBING EQUIPMENT, FOR WIRING AND CONTROL DIAGRAMS, AND FOR EXACT LOCATIONOF EQUIPMENT.

B. PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN AND FINAL CONNECTION, VERIFY ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND EXACTLOCATION OF EQUIPMENT. THIS VERIFICATION SHALL BE DONE THROUGH THE ARCHITECT.

A. SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ALL DIMENSIONS, ELEVATIONS, AND BUILDING DETAILS. VERIFYLOCATION OF ALL WALL OUTLETS, SWITCHES, ETC., WITH ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS AND ACTUALCONDITIONS.

GENERAL NOTES:

N. IF POSSIBLE, ALL NEWLY INSTALLED RECEPTACLES SHALL BE INSTALLED IN SEPARATE OR ADJACENTSTUD SPACES, TO AVOID SOUND TRANSMISSION AND WALL INTEGRITY ISSUES. ALL NEWLY INSTALLEDRECEPTACLES LOCATED IN COMMON STUD SPACES OF FIRE-RESISTANT WALLS SHALL BE EQUIPPEDWITH FIRE-RESISTANT PUTTY PADS AT THE BACK OF EACH BOX IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC 300.21.

M. EXISTING LOW VOLTAGE WIRING WHICH WILL NOT BE MADE OBSOLETE AND WHICH WILL BE DISTURBEDDUE TO CONSTRUCTION CHANGES REQUIRED BY THIS CONTRACT SHALL BE RESTORED TO CONDITION,OR POSITION, AS REQUIRED. PROPERLY RE-SECURE CABLE IN CHASES, CRAWL SPACES, TUNNELS, ANDCEILING SPACES AS REQUIRED BY NEC. IN SOME CASES IT MAY BE NECESSARY TO ADD SUPPORTINGHARDWARE TO ACCOMPLISH THIS REQUIREMENT.

L. ALL ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS REQUIRING AN OUTAGE SHALL BE MADE DURING AN APPROVED TIMELIMIT. CHANGEOVERS SHALL BE AS SHORT A DURATION AS POSSIBLE AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE WITHNORMAL OPERATION OF THE OWNER'S FACILITIES. NOTICE SHALL BE REQUIRED IN ADVANCE OF ASHUTDOWN OF ANY ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT FOR CHANGEOVER, AND SUCH A CHANGEOVER SHALL BE DONEDURING HOURS AS DIRECTED BY OWNER. WORK SHALL BE SCHEDULED SO THAT AT NO TIME WILL ANYEMERGENCY FEEDER, CIRCUIT, OR FIRE ALARM ZONE BE OUT OF SERVICE. PROVIDE NECESSARYTEMPORARY FEEDERS TO ACCOMPLISH THIS REQUIREMENT.

K. EXAMINE ARCHITECTURAL, STRUCTURAL, AND MECHANICAL DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS TODETERMINE THE SEQUENCE OF CONSTRUCTION THROUGHOUT THE PROJECT, INCLUDING EXISTING,TEMPORARY, REMODELED AND NEW AREAS.

J. ALL TEMPORARY AND REMODELING WORK SHALL BE CONSIDERED A PART OF THIS CONTRACT AND NOEXTRA CHARGES WILL BE ALLOWED. THIS SHALL INCLUDE MINOR ITEMS OF MATERIAL OR EQUIPMENTNECESSARY TO MEET THE REQUIREMENTS AND INTENT OF THE PROJECT.

I. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE HELD FULLY RESPONSIBLE FOR THE PROPER RESTORATION OF ALLEXISTING SURFACES REQUIRED PATCHING, PLASTERING, PAINTING AND/OR OTHER REPAIR DUE TO THEINSTALLATION OF ELECTRICAL WORK UNDER THE TERMS OF THIS SPECIFICATION. CLOSE ALLOPENINGS, REPAIR ALL SURFACED, ETC., AS REQUIRED. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL EMPLOY QUALIFIEDAND EXPERIENCED WORKMEN FOR THIS WORK. ALL RESTORATION WORK SHALL BE SUBJECT TO THEAPPROVAL OF THE ARCHITECT AND/OR THE OWNER.

H. WHERE EXISTING CONDUIT IS TO BE ABANDONED, THE CONDUIT SHALL BE REMOVED IF IT IS EXPOSED, INA CRAWL SPACE OR IN AN ACCESSIBLE CEILING. WHERE IT IS IMPOSSIBLE TO REMOVE THE CONDUIT, ITSHALL BE CUT OFF AND CAPPED OR PLUGGED.

G. WHERE CONDUITS EXTENDING THROUGH FLOORS ARE TO BE ABANDONED, THE CONTRACTOR SHALLCUT AND CAP OR PLUG CONDUIT, THAT IT WILL NOT PROTRUDE ABOVE THE FLOOR.

F. WHERE EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURES ARE TO BE REUSED, THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL CLEANAND REPLACE LAMPS, REPAIR OR REPLACE DEFECTIVE PARTS, LENS, BALLAST, ETC. AS REQUIRED.

E. OUTLETS FROM WHICH FIXTURES, SWITCHES, RECEPTACLES, AND/OR OTHER ELECTRICAL DEVICES AREMOVED AND WHICH ARE NOT REPLACED OR REUSED SHALL BE REMOVED OR, IF IT IS NOT POSSIBLE TOREMOVE, PLACE A BLANK COVER ON THE OUTLET BOX. WHERE OUTLETS, BOXES, ETC., ARECOMPLETELY REMOVED, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CUT OFF CONDUITS AND REMOVE WIRING.

D. EXISTING ELECTRICAL WIRING WHICH WILL NOT BE MADE OBSOLETE AND WHICH WILL BE DISTURBEDDUE TO CONSTRUCTION CHANGES REQUIRED BY THIS CONTRACT SHALL BE RESTORED TO OPERATINGCONDITION, AS REQUIRED AND/OR DIRECTED. WHERE REQUIRED, SHOWN AND/OR DIRECTED, OUTLETSAND CONDUIT RUNS SHALL BE RELOCATED. IN SOME CASES IT MAY BE NECESSARY TO EXTENDCONDUITS AND PULL IN NEW WIRING OR INSTALL JUNCTION BOXES AND SPLICE IN NEW WIRING ORREPLACE OLD WIRING WITH NEW.

C. BRANCH CIRCUITS SHALL BE REUSED WHERE PRACTICAL AND SHALL, IN ADDITION, BE REMODELED ASREQUIRED. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONCEAL ALL WORK WHERE POSSIBLE. WHERE EXPOSED WORKIS REQUIRED IN FINISHED AREAS, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL USE WIREMOLD RACEWAY WITH #500 BEINGTHE MINIMUM SIZE ACCEPTABLE.

B. CERTAIN REMODELING OF ELECTRICAL FACILITIES WILL BE REQUIRED IN THE EXISTING BUILDING.EXISTING CONDUIT RUNS ARE GENERALLY NOT SHOWN, ALTHOUGH A FULL ATTEMPT HAS BEEN MADE TOSHOW SOME EXISTING CONDITIONS, OF WHICH INFORMATION HAS BEEN TAKEN FROM EXISTING RECORDDRAWINGS OF THIS PROJECT. THE DRAWINGS SHOWING LOCATION OF EXISTING EQUIPMENT, OUTLETS,FIXTURES, ETC., IN EXISTING AREAS ARE APPROXIMATE ONLY (FIELD VERIFY).

A. PRIOR TO SUBMITTING PROPOSAL, BIDDER SHALL EXAMINE ALL GENERAL CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGSAND SHALL HAVE HAD VISITED THE CONSTRUCTION SITE. HE SHALL BE FAMILIAR WITH THE EXISTINGCONDITIONS UNDER WHICH HE WILL HAVE TO OPERATE AND WHICH WILL IN ANY WAY AFFECT THE WORKUNDER THIS CONTRACT. NO SUBSEQUENT ALLOWANCE WILL BE MADE IN THIS CONNECTION IN BEHALFOF THE CONTRACTOR FOR ANY ERROR OR NEGLIGENCE ON HIS PART.

REMODELING NOTES:

6. MAXIMUM SIX FOOT FLEXIBLE FIXTURE WHIP SHALL BE USED FOR FINAL CONNECTIONS TOLIGHT FIXTURES INSTALLED IN LAY-IN CEILINGS. MAXIMUM FOUR LIGHT FIXTURE WHIPS SHALL BECONNECTED FROM ONE JUNCTION BOX. FEED THRU BETWEEN LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL NOT BEALLOWED.

5. NO SHARING OF NEUTRALS ALLOWED. CIRCUIT SHALL HAVE DEDICATED NEUTRAL CONDUCTORS.ONE CIRCUIT, ONE NEUTRAL.

4. DERATING OF CONDUCTOR AMPACITY SHALL BE APPLIED PER NEC.

3. EACH RACEWAY SHALL CONTAIN AN INSULATED EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR PER NEC.

2. MINIMUM CONDUCTOR SIZE SHALL BE #12 AWG. #10 AWG SHALL BE USED FOR HOME RUNS OF 20AMP BRANCH CIRCUITS OVER 100 FEET IN LENGTH.

1. MINIMUM CONDUIT SIZE SHALL BE 3/4".

A. WHERE CONDUIT AND WIRING RUNS ARE NOT SHOWN ON FLOOR PLANS, THE CONTRACTOR SHALLDETERMINE AND PROVIDE THE REQUIRED CONDUIT AND WIRING FOR SPECIFIED CIRCUITING INACCORDANCE WITH NEC AND THE FOLLOWING MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS:

GENERAL NOTES - CONDUIT AND WIRING:

J. EXISTING EQUIPMENT NOT IMPLICITLY SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS IS INTENDED TO BE "EXISTING TOREMAIN UNCHANGED", UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.

6. REMOVAL OF FEEDER CONDUIT IF FOUND TO BE UNSALVAGEABLE BY ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OROWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE.

5. CAPPING OF FEEDER CONDUIT AT 6" ABOVE OR BELOW FLOOR/CEILING AS REQUIRED ANDMARKING LOCATION OF POINT OF FEED WITH AN ENGRAVED BRASS TAG.

4. PATCHING OF WALLS, FLOORS AND CEILINGS PER ARCHITECT'S INSTRUCTIONS.

3. REMOVAL OF ALL FITTINGS, SUPPORTS, BRACKETS, ETC.

2. REMOVAL OR RE-CIRCUITING OF ALL BRANCH CIRCUITING.

1. REMOVAL OF FEEDER FROM EQUIPMENT TO POINT OF FEED.

I. WORK REQUIRED FOR EXISTING EQUIPMENT NOTED AS "EXISTING TO BE REMOVED" SHALL INCLUDE:

H. MAKE AS-BUILTS WITH NEW TYPED DIRECTORIES FOR ALL PANELBOARDS, INDICATING CIRCUITDESCRIPTION (USED OR SPARE), CIRCUIT BREAKERS AND CIRCUIT LOAD.

G. REMOVED OR DAMAGED CONDUIT, WIRE, AND FITTINGS SHALL NOT BE REUSED FOR RELOCATED ORNEW DEVICES.

F. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL WORK IN REMOVING AND REPLACING"EXISTING TO REMAIN" FIXTURES, DEVICES, ETC., AS REQUIRED SO THAT THESE DEVICES ARE NOTDAMAGED DURING DEMOLITION. RELOCATED TO NEAREST APPROPRIATE LOCATION TO AVOIDCONFLICTS WITH OTHER TRADES' WORK. REPLACE WITH NEW ANY "EXISTING TO REMAIN" FIXTURE,DEVICE, ETC., NOT DEEMED SALVAGEABLE BY OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE.

E. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL WORK REQUIRED TO REMOVE/RELOCATEANY EXISTING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SUCH THAT ELECTRIC SHOCK HAZARDS TO WORKMEN AREELIMINATED DURING DEMOLITION AND NEW CONSTRUCTION.

D. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY LABOR, CONDUIT, WIRE, CONNECTIONS,ETC., FOR DEVICES, FIXTURES, ETC., NOTED AS "EXISTING TO REMAIN" SUCH THAT EXISTING CIRCUITCONTINUITY IS MAINTAINED.

C. REMOVE ALL EXISTING WIRING DEVICES, LIGHT FIXTURES, WIRE, CONDUIT, ETC., AS NOTED ORINDICATED WITHIN DEMOLITION AREA. (ALL ITEMS MAY NOT BE SHOWN). REWORK AS NECESSARYCIRCUITING WHICH REQUIRES CONTINUATION THROUGH THE AREA.

B. THE CONTRACTOR WILL BE HELD TO HAVE EXAMINED THE PREMISES AND SATISFIED HIMSELF AS TOEXISTING CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH HE WILL BE OBLIGED TO PERFORM HIS WORK. THE DRAWINGSARE GENERALLY DIAGRAMMATIC AND THE CONTRACTOR SHALL HARMONIZE HIS WORK SO THAT EACHPIECE OF EQUIPMENT WILL BE INSTALLED AS TO FUNCTION PROPERLY. THE CONTRACTOR SHALLCOOPERATE WITH OTHER TRADES.

A. RETURN REMOVED MATERIAL DEEMED SALVAGEABLE BY OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. MATERIALSDEEMED NOT SALVAGEABLE SHALL BE REMOVED FROM THE PREMISES.

DEMOLITION GENERAL NOTES:

ABBREVIATIONSMAN MANUAL MOTOR STARTER WITH

OVERLOADS

MAX MAXIMUM

MC MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR

MCA MINIMUM CIRCUIT AMPERES

MCB MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER

MCC MOTOR CONTROL CENTER

MCP MOTOR CIRCUIT PROTECTOR

MDF MAIN DISTRIBUTION FRAME

MDP MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL

MEPFP MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING,FIRE PROTECTION

MGB MASTER GROUND BAR

MH MANHOLE

MH METAL HALIDE

MIN MINIMUM

MLO MAIN LUG ONLY

MOCP MAXIMUM OVERCURRENTPROTECTION

MSB MAIN SWITCHBOARD

MTG MOUNTING

MTS MANUAL TRANSFER SWITCH

MVA MEGAVOLT-AMPERES

MW MEGAWATT

MWH MEGAWATT-HOURS

N NEUTRAL

N/A NOT APPLICABLE

NC NORMALLY CLOSED

NEC NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE

NEMA NATIONAL ELECTRICALMANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION

NF NONFUSED

NFPA NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTIONASSOCIATION

NIC NOT IN CONTRACT

NL NIGHT LIGHT

NO NORMALLY OPEN

NP NAMEPLATE

NTS NOT TO SCALE

OC ON CENTER

OD OUTSIDE DIAMETER

OH OVERHEAD

OWN OWNER

P POLE

PA PUBLIC ADDRESS

PB PULL BOX

PC PHOTOCELL

PC PLUMBING CONTRACTOR

PDT PASSIVE DUAL TECHNOLOGY

PF POWER FACTOR

PH PHASE

PIR PASSIVE INFRARED

PLC PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER

PNL PANEL

PR PAIR

PRI PRIMARY

PT POTENTIAL TRANSFORMER

PV PHOTOVOLTAIC

PVC POLYVINYL CHLORIDE

PWC PRE-WIRED CONTROLS

PWR POWER

RCPT RECEPTACLE

REQD REQUIRED

RF RADIO FREQUENCY

RM ROOM

RMC RIGID METAL CONDUIT

RNC RIGID NON-METALLIC CONDUIT (SCH40)

RVAT REDUCED VOLTAGE -AUTOTRANSFORMER

SC SHORT CIRCUIT

SCC SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT RATING

SDP SUBDISTRIBUTION PANEL

SEC SECONDARY

SHLD SHIELD(ED) (AS IN CABLE)

SHT SHEET

SPD SURGE-PROTECTIVE DEVICE

SPDT SINGLE POLE DOUBLE THROW

SPST SINGLE POLE SINGLE THROW

SR SINGLE RECEPTACLE

ST SHUNT TRIP

SW MOTOR RATED SWITCH

SWBD SWITCHBOARD

SWGR SWITCHGEAR

TBD TO BE DETERMINED

TC TIMECLOCK

TEMP TEMPERATURE

TT THERMAL TRIP SWITCH

TTB TELEPHONE TERMINAL BOARD

TYP TYPICAL

U UTILITY

UG UNDERGROUND

UL UNDERWRITERS LABORATORY

UON UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED

UPS UNINTERUPTABLE POWER SUPPLY

V VOLTS

VA VOLT-AMPERES

VAC VOLTS ALTERNATING CURRENT

VDC VOLTS DIRECT CURRENT

VFD VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE

VND VENDOR

W WATTS

W WIRE

WHM WATTHOUR METER

WP WEATHERPROOF

XFMR TRANSFORMER

XP EXPLOSION PROOF

Z IMPEDANCE

ABBREVIATIONS(E) EXISTING (ALSO COVERED BT TEXT

WEIGHT)

(F) FUTURE

(PART) PARTIAL CIRCUIT

(R) RELOCATE

2S1W TWO SPEED, SINGLE WINDING

2S2W TWO SPEED, TWO WINDING

A AMPERES

AC 6" ABOVE COUNTER

ADA AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT

AF AMPERES FRAME

AFCI ARC FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER

AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR

AFG ABOVE FINISHED GRADE

AHJ AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION

AIC AMPERES INTERRUPTION CAPACITY

AL ALUMINUM

AT AMPERES TRIP

ATS AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH

AWG AMERICAN WIRE GAUGE

BMS BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

C CONDUIT

CAM CAMERA

CB CIRCUIT BREAKER

CCTV CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION

CCW COUNTER CLOCKWISE

CKT CIRCUIT

CL CENTER LINE

CLG CEILING

CO CONDUIT ONLY

CRI COLOR RENDERING INDEX

CT CURRENT TRANSFORMER

CU COPPER

CW CLOCKWISE

DIA DIAMETER

DISC DISCONNECT

DIST DISTRIBUTION

DPDT DOUBLE POLE DOUBLE THROW

DPST DOUBLE POLE SINGLE THROW

DR DUPLEX RECEPTACLE

DWG DRAWING(S)

EC ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR

ELC ELEVATOR CONTRACTOR

ELEC ELECTRIC/ELECTRICAL

EM EMERGENCY

EMT ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING

EQUIP EQUIPMENT

EWC ELECTRIC WATER COOLER

EXP EXPLOSION PROOF

F FUSED

FA FIRE ALARM

FAA FIRE ALARM ANNUNCIATOR

FACP FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL

FC FOOTCANDLE

FLA FULL LOAD AMPERES

FMC FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT

FO FIBER OPTIC

FPC FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR

FS FUSED SWITCH

FSD FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER

FT FOOT/FEET

FVNR FULL VOLTAGE, NON-REVERSING

FVR FULL VOLTAGE, REVERSING

G GROUND

GC GENERAL CONTRACTOR

GEN GENERATOR

GF GROUND FAULT

GFI/GFCI GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTER

GND GROUND/GROUNDING

H HORIZONTALLY MOUNTED

HH HANDHOLE

HID HIGH INTENSITY DISCHARGE

HOA HAND-OFF-AUTO

HP HORSEPOWER

HPS HIGH PRESSURE SODIUM

HZ FREQUENCY

I/O INPUT/OUTPUT

IC INTERUPTING CAPACITY

ID INSIDE DIAMETER

IDF INTERMEDIATE DISTRIBUTION FRAME

IG ISOLATED GROUND

IMC INTERMEDIATE METAL CONDUIT

ISC SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT

JB JUNCTION BOX

K KELVIN (COLOR TEMPERATURE)

KCMIL 1000 CIRCULAR MILS

KV KILOVOLTS

KVA KILVOLT-AMPERES

KW KILOWATTS

KWH KILOWATT-HOUR

LAN LOCAL AREA NETWORK

LC LIGHTING CONTACTOR

LCP LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL

LED LIGHT EMITTING DIODE

LF LINEAR FOOT

LFMC LIQUID-TIGHT FLEXIBLE METALCONDUIT

LFS LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE

LM LUMEN

LTG LIGHTING

LV LOW VOLTAGE

08/30/2018

BID SET

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

DATE:

DRAWN:

REVIEWED:

SHEET TITLE:

SHEET NUMBER:

PROJECT NO.:

PROJECT:

ISSUE:

# DATE: DESCRIPTION:

NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION

DESIGNED:

8/2

9/2

018 1

0:0

5:1

4 A

M E0.3

ELECTRICALSPECIFICATIONS

BPH

BMS

0180834.00

MARSHALL PUBLICLIBRARY PHASE IRENOVATIONS

THE CITY OF MARSHALL

612 ARCHER AVE. MARSHALL, IL62441

08/30/2018

BMS/BPH

PERMIT SET

A. THE WORK TO BE PERFORMED UNDER THIS DIVISION OF THE SPECIFICATIONS SHALL INCLUDE ALL LABOR,MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, TRANSPORTATION, CONSTRUCTION, FACILITIES, AND INCIDENTALS NECESSARY FORTHE PROPER EXECUTION AND COMPLETION OF ALL ELECTRICAL WORK AS SHOWN AND INDICATED ON THECONTRACT DRAWINGS, AND/OR HEREIN SPECIFIED WITH THE INTENT THAT THE INSTALLATION SHALL BECOMPLETE IN EVERY RESPECT, READY FOR USE. COMPLY WITH THE LATEST EDITION IN FORCE OF THE NFPACODES INCLUDING THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE AND ALL APPLICABLE LOCAL, STATE, AND FEDERALCODES.

WORK INCLUDED

IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTSWIRING DEVICES/COVER PLATESOCCUPANCY/VACANCY SENSORSGROUNDING PRODUCTSSAFETY SWITCHESLIGHTINGFIRE ALARM

B. SUBMIT ELECTRONIC COPIES OF OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL. MANUAL SHALL CONSIST OFPROPERLY LABELED THREE RING BINDER CONTAINING NEATLY TYPEWRITTEN TABLE OF CONTENTS,MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD PRODUCT DATA, MANUFACTURER'S CURRENT PRINTED OPERATING ANDMAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS, LIST OF ORIGINAL SPARE PARTS, LIST OF SUPPLIERS DISTRIBUTING SPAREPARTS, RECOMMENDED QUANTITIES TO BE MAINTAINED IN STORAGE AND ALL WARRANTIES. MANUAL SHALLINCLUDE INFORMATION ON THE FOLLOWING:

IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTSWIRING DEVICES/COVER PLATESOCCUPANCY/VACANCY SENSORSGROUNDING PRODUCTSSAFETY SWITCHESLIGHTINGFIRE ALARM

A. SUBMIT ELECTRONIC COPIES OF PRODUCT DATA, SHOP DRAWINGS, WIRING DIAGRAMS AND LITERATURE ONSYSTEMS INDICATED BELOW. LITERATURE SHALL BE MARKED TO INDICATE THE SIZE, TYPE OR MODEL BEINGPROPOSED AND ALL ACCESSORIES TO BE PROVIDED.

SUBMITTALS

B. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE HELD FINANCIALLY RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY AND ALL COSTS OF THEENGINEER'S TIME REQUIRED TO REVIEW AND RESEARCH NON-SPECIFIED EQUIPMENT SUBMITTED FORSUBSTITUTION BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. THESE COSTS SHALL BE AUTOMATICALLY INVOICED TO THECONTRACTOR UNLESS SUCH SUBSTITUTIONS FOLLOW THE GUIDELINES FOR SUBSTITUTION AND ARE WITHINTHE PROPER TIME FRAME AS OUTLINED IN OTHER SECTIONS OF THIS SPECIFICATION.

A. "APPROVED EQUAL" INDICATES THE SPECIFYING ENGINEER SHALL APPROVE ALL CONTRACTOR PROPOSEDALTERNATE MATERIAL OR MANUFACTURERS. ENGINEER'S DECISION IS FINAL.

GENERAL

B. MANUFACTURER'S WARRANTY ON ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE FOR A TIME PERIOD OF ONE (1) YEAR FROMSUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.

A. CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY ON COMPLETE ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION SHALL BE FOR A TIME PERIOD OF ONE(1) YEAR FROM SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION.

WARRANTY

B. COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF SERVICE ENTRANCE THOROUGHLY WITH UTILITY COMPANY. CONTRACTORSHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL COSTS RELATED TO SERVICE ENTRANCE WORK, INCLUDING ANY CHARGESFROM THE UTILITY COMPANY.

A. IN GENERAL, COORDINATE WORK THOROUGHLY WITH OTHER TRADES, OWNER AND UTILITY COMPANIES TOPROVIDE EFFICIENT FLOW OF THE WORK AND TIMELY COMPLETION OF THE CONTRACT.

COORDINATION

C. "APPROVED EQUAL" INDICATES THE SPECIFYING ENGINEER SHALL APPROVE ALL CONTRACTOR PROPOSEDALTERNATE MATERIAL OR MANUFACTURERS. ENGINEER'S DECISION IS FINAL.

B. IDENTIFICATION: LAMINATED PLASTIC LABELS ON ALL EQUIPMENT, SWITCHES, CONTROLS, ETC.

A. IN GENERAL ALL MATERIALS SHALL BE: NEW, U.L. LISTED FOR THE SPECIFIC APPLICATION AS SPECIFIED OR ASREQUIRED, AND INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS.

BASIC MATERIALS

E. CONTRACTOR SHALL RESTORE ALL DISTURBED AREAS TO EXISTING CONDITIONS INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITEDTO, SODDING AND REMOVAL/REPLACEMENT OF EXISTING PLANTINGS.

D. PROVIDE UNDERGROUND WARNING TAPE AT 12 INCH DEPTH. TAPE SHALL BE MADE OF ACID AND ALKALIRESISTANT POLYTHENE FILM, SIX INCHES WIDE, AND READ "CAUTION BURIED ELECTRICAL LINE" OVER ENTIRELENGTH.

C. OTHER AREAS: USE EXCAVATED OR BORROWED MATERIALS FREE OF DEBRIS. NEATLY MOUND MATERIALS TOCOMPENSATE FOR LATER SETTLEMENT.

B. UNDER SIDEWALKS AND PAVED AREAS, BACKFILL ALL TRENCHES WITH COMPACTED, CLEAN, WASHED,GRANULAR BACKFILL COMPACTED TO NOT LESS THAN 100% OF STANDARD PROCTOR MAXIMUM DRY DENSITY.

A. TRENCHES SHALL BE EXCAVATED TO UNIFORM WIDTH, SUFFICIENTLY WIDE TO PROVIDE AMPLE WORKINGROOM AND MINIMUM OF 6" TO 9" INCHES ON BOTH SIDES OF CONDUIT. CONDUIT SHALL BE 24" MINIMUM BELOWFINISHED GRADE.

EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL

N. PROVIDE CONDUIT SEALING FITTINGS IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC AND WHERE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS.LOCATE FITTINGS AT SUITABLE, APPROVED, ACCESSIBLE LOCATIONS AND FILL WITH U.L. LISTED SEALINGCOMPOUND. INSTALL SEALING FITTINGS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS.

M. WHEN NOTED ON DRAWINGS, CONDUIT SHALL BE INSTALLED EXPOSED WITH CONDUIT PARALLEL TO AND ATRIGHT ANGLES TO NEARBY SURFACES OR STRUCTURAL MEMBERS.

L. CONDUIT SHALL BE INSTALLED CONCEALED UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON DRAWINGS.

K. LT CONDUIT SHALL BE USED FOR CONNECTION TO VIBRATING EQUIPMENT IN OUTDOOR LOCATIONS, IN DAMPOR WET INDOOR LOCATIONS, HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS, OR WHERE REQUIRED BY NEC AND WHERE NOTED ONTHE DRAWINGS.

J. FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT SHALL BE USED FOR CONNECTION TO VIBRATING EQUIPMENT IN INDOOR DRYLOCATIONS, FOR CONNECTION TO INDOOR RECESSED LIGHT FIXTURES (SIX FOOT MAXIMUM LENGTH), WHEREREQUIRED BY NEC AND WHERE NOTED ON DRAWINGS.

I. PVC CONDUIT SHALL BE USED IN UNDERGROUND INSTALLATIONS, BELOW CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB (WITH RGSCONDUIT STUB UPS), WHERE REQUIRED BY NEC AND WHERE NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS.

H. RGS CONDUIT SHALL BE USED IN OUTDOOR EXPOSED LOCATIONS, INDOOR DAMP OR WET LOCATIONS,HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS, OR WHERE REQUIRED BY NEC AND WHERE NOTED ON DRAWINGS.

G. EMT MAY BE USED WHERE PERMITTED BY NEC EXCEPT WHERE OTHER TYPE IS SPECIFIED HEREIN OR NOTEDON DRAWINGS.

F. MINIMUM CONDUIT SIZE SHALL BE 3/4".

E. LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL (LT) CONDUIT: FLEXIBLE STEEL CONDUIT WITH PVC JACKET WITH APPROVEDFITTINGS, SIZED AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS OR IF NOT SIZED ON THE DRAWINGS, IN ACCORDANCE WITH NECAND OTHER APPLICABLE PORTIONS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.

D. FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT: FLEXIBLE STEEL CONDUIT WITH ZINC COATING AND APPROVED FITTINGS, SIZED ASSHOWN ON DRAWINGS OR IF NOT SIZED ON THE DRAWINGS, IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC AND OTHERAPPLICABLE PORTIONS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.

C. RIGID NON-METALLIC (PVC) CONDUIT: SCHEDULE 40 PVC TYPE COMPLYING WITH NEMA TC2, U.L. 651, ANDARTICLE 347 OF NEC. FITTINGS SHALL BE PVC, CHEMICAL SOLVENT SEALING TYPE. SIZED AS SHOWN ON THEDRAWINGS OR IF NOT SIZED ON THE DRAWINGS, IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC AND OTHER APPLICABLEPORTIONS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.

B. RIGID GALVANIZED STEEL (RGS) CONDUIT: COMPLYING WITH ANSI C80.1, THREADED CONDUIT WITH APPROVEDFITTINGS, SIZED AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS OR IF NOT SIZED ON THE DRAWINGS, IN ACCORDANCE WITH NECAND OTHER APPLICABLE PORTIONS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.

A. ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT): COMPLYING WITH ANSI C80.3 WITH COMPRESSION TYPE FITTINGS, SIZEDAS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS OR IF NOT SIZED ON THE DRAWINGS, IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC AND OTHERAPPLICABLE PORTIONS OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.

CONDUIT

F. GROUND RACEWAY SYSTEM USING EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR.

E. COORDINATE MOUNTING HEIGHT OF HORIZONTAL RUNS OF SURFACE RACEWAY WITH OWNER.

D. WHERE ELECTRICAL POWER IS SHOWN SUPPLIED TO THE RACEWAY SYSTEM ON THE DRAWINGS, A VERTICALRISER OF SURFACE RACEWAY SHALL BE PROVIDED TO ABOVE THE SUSPENDED CEILING. ENTRANCE ENDFITTING SHALL BE PROVIDED ABOVE CEILING FOR COMMUNICATION CABLING AND POWER WIRING.

C. SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEM SHALL HAVE POWER AND COMMUNICATION OUTLETS AT 36" CENTERS. OUTLETSHALL CONSIST OF 120 VOLT DUPLEX RECEPTACLE WITH FACEPLATE FOR POWER, BLANK FACEPLATE FORCOMMUNICATION, ASSOCIATED DEVICE MOUNTING BRACKETS, TRIM PLATES, AND ACCESSORIES AS NEEDED.TRIM PLATE SHALL OVERLAP RACEWAY COVER TO PROVIDE A SEAMLESS TRANSITION BETWEEN COVERFITTINGS.

B. SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEM SHALL BE WIREMOLD 4000 SERIES METAL RACEWAY WITH TWO COMPARTMENT(POWER AND COMMUNICATION) BASE AND ASSOCIATED COVER. COORDINATE COLOR OF RACEWAY SYSTEMWITH OWNER.

A. PROVIDE COMPLETE AND FUNCTIONAL POWER AND COMMUNICATION OUTLET SYSTEM USING SURFACERACEWAY. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH SUPPLIER SO THAT ALL FITTINGS AND ACCESSORIESNEEDED FOR COMPLETE SYSTEM ARE FURNISHED.

SURFACE RACEWAY

4. BE U.L. LISTED AND LABELED FOR THEIR APPLICATION.

3. BE OF PROPER SIZE AND SHAPE FOR CONDUITS ENTERING THEM.

2. BE NEMA TYPE 3R OR NEMA TYPE 4 FOR INDOOR DAMP OR WET LOCATIONS AND OUTDOOR LOCATIONS.

1. BE NEMA TYPE 1 FOR INDOOR DRY LOCATIONS.

B. ALL PULL/JUNCTION BOXES AND ENCLOSURES SHALL:

4. BE CAST TYPE FOR EXPOSED WORK BELOW 10'-0" AFF.

3. BE U.L. LISTED AND NEC RATED FOR THEIR APPLICATION.

2. BE OF PROPER SIZE AND SHAPE FOR CONDUITS ENTERING THEM.

1. BE STAMPED, ONE PIECE, GALVANIZED STEEL.

A. ALL STANDARD INTERIOR OUTLET BOXES SHALL:

BOXES

F. MC CABLE SHALL NOT BE USED EXCEPT FOR FIXTURE WHIPS.

E. CONDUCTORS FOR PANEL FEEDERS AND MAIN SERVICE FEEDERS SHALL BE COPPER. COMPACT STRANDEDALUMINUM MAY BE UTILIZED; HOWEVER, ALL WIRE SIZES SHOWN ON PLANS IS SIZED ON COPPER.CONTRACTOR WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR UPSIZING FOR ALUMINUM AS REQUIRED.

D. ALL CONDUCTORS FOR BRANCH CIRCUITS SHALL BE COPPER.

C. ALL CONDUCTORS SIZE #10 AND SMALLER SHALL BE SOLID COPPER. CONDUCTORS SIZE #8 AND LARGER SHALLBE STRANDED.

B. ALL CONDUCTORS SHALL BE COLOR CODED WITH WIRE LABELS INSTALLED FOR EASY IDENTIFICATION.

A. ALL CONDUCTORS SHALL BE COPPER, 600 VOLT, TYPE THHN/THWN UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. MINIMUM WIRESIZE SHALL BE #12 AWG FOR POWER WIRING AND #14 AWG FOR CONTROL WIRING.

WIRE AND CABLES

A. ALL CONNECTORS SHALL BE OF MATERIAL COMPATIBLE WITH THE MATERIAL OF THE CONDUCTORS TOPREVENT CORRODING, DIFFERENCES IN COEFFICIENTS OF EXPANSION AND ELECTROLYSIS AS MANUFACTUREDBY IDEAL, BURNDY, THOMAS AND BETTS, AND 3-M.

WIRE CONNECTIONS AND DEVICES

WIRE COLOR CODE FOR 120/208V, 3Ø, 4WPHASE A: BLACKPHASE B: REDPHASE C: BLUENEUTRAL: WHITEGROUND: GREEN

WIRE COLOR CODE FOR 480VPHASE A: BROWNPHASE B: ORANGEPHASE C: YELLOWNEUTRAL: GRAYGROUND: GREEN

D. WIRE SHALL BE COLOR CODED IN INDUSTRY STANDARD FORMAT, COLORED CONDUCTOR OR COLORED TAPEWRAPPING.

C. RECEPTACLES SHALL HAVE ENGRAVED COVER PLATES IDENTIFYING THE PANEL AND CIRCUIT NUMBER.

B. ALL PANELBOARDS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH A TYPEWRITTEN CIRCUIT DIRECTORY, LAMINATED AND MOUNTEDINSIDE THE PANEL COVER.

A. ALL PANELBOARDS, SWITCHBOARDS, DISCONNECT DEVICES, CONTROLLERS, ETC., SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH AWHITE NAMEPLATE WITH BLACK ENGRAVED LETTERS MOUNTED IN A VISIBLE LOCATION ON THE DEVICE. PLATESHALL INDICATE THE DEVICE TAG, THE SOURCE OF POWER AND THE CIRCUIT NUMBER.

IDENTIFICATION

c. PASS & SEYMOUR/LEGRAND #20AC SERIES

b. LEVITON #1220 SERIES

a. HUBBELL #HBL1220 SERIES

SNAP SWITCHES

c. PASS & SEYMOUR/LEGRAND #2097W

b. LEVITON #N7899

a. HUBBELL #GFST20

GFCI RECEPTACLE

c. PASS & SEYMOUR/LEGRAND #5362

b. LEVITON #5362

a. HUBBELL #HBL 5362

20 AMP, STRAIGHT BLADE, NEMA 5-20R

4. APPROVED PRODUCTS:

3. COVERPLATES SHALL BE HIGH IMPACT, SMOOTH NYLON TYPE; COLOR SHALL MATCH WIRING DEVICEUNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.

2. SNAP SWITCHES SHALL BE QUIET-TYPE; COMPLYING WITH U.L. STANDARD 20 AND FEDERAL SPECIFICATIONW-S-896.

1. RECEPTACLES SHALL BE NEMA 5-20, STRAIGHT BLADE, GROUNDING TYPE, COMPLYING WITH FEDERALSPECIFICATION WC-596F.

A. WIRING DEVICES SHALL BE U.L. LISTED, HEAVY DUTY INDUSTRIAL GRADE TYPE, 1. COMPLYING WITH NEMASTANDARD WD 1. COLOR SHALL BE DETERMINED BY THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL DURING SHOP DRAWINGS.

WIRING DEVICES

4. EATON CONTROLS

3. HUBBELL CONTROLS

2. ACUITY CONTROLS

1. WATTSTOPPER

D. APPROVED MANUFACTURERS:

C. SWITCH HEIGHT WALL BOX OCCUPANCY SENSORS SHALL BE MULTI-TECHNOLOGY TYPE, SINGLE RELAY WITHMANUAL OVERRIDE BUTTON.

3. COMMISSIONING AND INITAL STARTUP WILL BE PROVIDED BY FACTORY TRAINED REPRESENTATIVE.

2. BUILDING LAYOUTS SHALL BE CONFIRMED BY VENDOR ULTIMATELY BY CONTRACTOR CHOSEN FORPROJECT.

f. PROVIDE ONE HAND HELD REMOTE CONTROL SETUP CONTROLLER FOR USE DURING COMMISSIONINGAND TURN OVER TO OWNER.

e. ROOM CONTROLLER SHALL BE MULTIVOLT INPUT/OUTPUT (120/230/277 VAC 50/60HZ) WITH THREE RJ45PORTS, INDOOR USE, FCC PART 15 COMPLIANT AND UL LISTED WITH 5 YEAR WARRANTY

d. OVERRIDE SWITCHES SHALL BE TWO BUTTON (ON/OFF), COMPATIBLE WITH OCCUPANCY SENSOR

c. DIMMING SWITCHES SHALL BE 1 BUTTON, COMPATIBLE WITH ROOM CONTROLLER AND DAYLIGHTSENSOR.

b. DIMMING DAY LIGHT SENSORS SHALL BE 0-10 VOLT DIMMING TYPE, 24 VDC, 30 mA, WITH 1 RJ45 PORT,INDOOR USE, FULL DIMMING RANGE (.2 VDC TO 10 VDC), SET POINTS 20-60 FTC, FCC PART 15 COMPLIANTAND UL LISTED WITH 5 YEAR WARRANTY

a. CEILING SENSORS SHALL BE MULTI-TECHNOLOGY TYPE, 24 VDC, 20 mA, WITH 2 RJ45 PORTS, INDOORUSE, FCC PART 15 COMPLIANT AND UL LISTED WITH 5 YEAR WARRANTY

1. SYSTEMS SHALL BE LOW VOLTAGE WITH ALL COMPONENTS INTERCONNECTED VIA CAT 5 CABLE WITH RJ45CONNECTORS.

B. CEILING MOUNTED SYSTEMS

A. LIGHTING SYSTEM CONTROLS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND ARE GENERIC. SUCCESSFUL LIGHTING CONTROLSYSTEM VENDOR SHALL THOROUGHLY EXAMINE PLANS AND SHALL PROVIDE CONTRACTOR WITH DETAILEDLAYOUT DRAWINGS AND BILL OF MATERIALS TO PROVIDE A COMPLETE AND OPERATIONAL SYSTEM WITHOUTREQUESTS FOR ADDITIONAL MONETARY COMPENSATION FOR "MISSING" COMPONENTS.

OCCUPANCY/VACANCY SENSORS

2. LITTELFUSE

1. BUSSMANN

B. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS:

A. SHALL BE U.L. LISTED FOR ITS SPECIFIC APPLICATION.

FUSES

4. SIEMENS 'APPROVED EQUAL'

3. EATON 'APPROVED EQUAL'

2. GENERAL ELECTRIC 'APPROVED EQUAL'

1. SQUARE D CLASS 3110 'HEAVY DUTY'

C. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS:

B. SWITCHES SHALL BE HORSEPOWER RATED, HEAVY DUTY, QUICK-MAKE AND QUICK-BREAK TYPE.

A. SWITCHES SHALL BE PROPER NEMA ENCLOSURE AS REQUIRED BY LOCATION OR NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS.

SAFETY SWITCHES

D. THE GROUNDED CONDUCTOR OF THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM SHALL BE GROUNDED AT THE SERVICEDISCONNECT. PROVIDE GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR IN 3/4" CONDUIT FROM SERVICE DISCONNECTTO TEN FEET (10'-0") LONG, 5/8" DIAMETER, COPPERCLAD GROUND ROD. EXOTHERMIC WELD CONDUCTOR TOGROUND ROD. ADDITIONAL GROUND RODS SHALL BE PROVIDED AT 16 FOOT SPACINGS AS NEEDED TO COMPLYWITH THE MAXIMUM RESISTANCE ALLOWED (SEE TESTING). GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR SHALL BESIZED AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE NEC AS A MINIMUM.

C. ELECTRICAL SERVICE SHALL BE GROUNDED AS SPECIFIED HEREIN, AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, AND INACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE UTILITY COMPANY AND NEC.

B. ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE GROUNDED USING A GREEN INSULATED, COPPER, EQUIPMENTGROUNDING CONDUCTOR. CONDUIT SHALL NOT BE USED AS AN EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR.EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR SHALL BE SIZED AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND IN ACCORDANCEWITH THE NEC AS A MINIMUM.

A. ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION SHALL BE A COMPLETELY GROUNDED SYSTEM. ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT,SUPPORTS, CABINETS, ENCLOSURES, ETC. SHALL BE GROUNDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE NEC, ASSPECIFIED HEREIN AND AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS.

GROUNDING

B. SEE FIXTURE SCHEDULE ON DRAWINGS FOR DESCRIPTION.

2. FURNISHED WITH 6'-0" OF FLEXIBLE CONDUIT PREWIRED (DROP IN ONLY). BE U.L. LISTED IN ACCORDANCEWITH THE NEC.

1. FURNISHED WITH PROPER OUTLET BOXES, HANGERS, HARDWARE, SUPPORTS, CANOPY EXTENSIONS,PLUGS.

A. FIXTURES SHALL BE:

LIGHTING

L. SUBMIT A CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION PER NFPA 72.

K. PROVIDE DEMONSTRATION OF THE MODIFIED FIRE ALARM SYSTEM TO THE OWNER. PERFORM ALL THEFUNCTIONS SPECIFIED.

J. BEFORE REQUESTING FINAL APPROVAL OF THE INSTALLATION, THE INSTALLING CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISHA WRITTEN STATEMENT TO THE EFFECT THAT THE SYSTEM HAS BEEN INSTALLED AND TESTED IN ACCORDANCEWITH THE MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS AND THE APPROPRIATE NFPA REQUIREMENTS.

I. FIRE ALARM SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS AND EXPANSION SHALL BE INSTALLED AND FULLY TESTED UNDER THESUPERVISION OF A MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS AND THE APPROPRIATE NFPA REQUIREMENTS.REPORTS OF ALL TESTING DURING INSTALLATION SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE OWNER AND ENGINEER UPON...

H. NEW BOOSTER POWER SUPPLY (BPS) SHALL BE 100% COMPATIBLE WITH THE EXISTING FIRE ALARM CONTROLPANEL. PROVIDE BPS UNIT(S) IF EXISTING CONTROL PANEL DOES NOT HAVE CAPACITY FOR ADDITIONAL ALARMINDICATING DEVICES. BPS SHALL BE A SINGLE UNIT OR MULTIPLE UNITS AS REQUIRED TO MEET THE SPECIFIEDREQUIREMENTS. BPS UNIT SHALL BE HOUSED IN AN ENCLOSURE WITH LOCKABLE DOOR. BPS SHALL BEEQUIPPED TO ALLOW ACTIVATION FROM AN EXISTING NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE CIRCUIT. BPS UNIT SHALLPROVIDE 4 AMPS OF NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE POWER DISTRIBUTED BETWEEN TWO APPLIANCE CIRCUITS.BPS UNIT SHALL OPERATE FROM A 120 VAC INPUT AND BE EQUIPPED WITH BATTERY BACK UP WITHASSOCIATED BATTERY CHARGER. BPS SHALL BE SUPERVISED FOR GROUND FAULT, OVERCURRENT, OPENCIRCUITS AND LOW BATTERY CONDITIONS, OCCURRENCE OF ANY OF THE CONDITIONS SHALL CREATETROUBLE SIGNAL ON THE FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL. BPS SHALL BE U.L. LISTED AND LABELED AS FIREALARM ACCESSORY FOR USE WITH U.L. LISTED FIRE ALARM CONTROL.

G. NEW AUDIBLE/VISUAL ALARM DEVICES SHALL BE 100% COMPATIBLE WITH THE EXISTING FIRE ALARM CONTROLPANEL; SHALL COMPLY WITH ADA REQUIREMENTS; SHALL BE LISTED AND LABELED PER U.L. STANDARD 1971;15/75 CD TYPE STROBE, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. SURFACE MOUNT DEVICES AT 80" ABOVE FINISHEDFLOOR OR AT 6" BELOW CEILING, WHICHEVER IS LOWER. PROVIDE ASSOCIATED BACKBOX.

F. NEW VISUAL ALARM DEVICES SHALL BE 100% COMPATIBLE WITH THE EXISTING FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL;SHALL COMPLY WITH ADA REQUIREMENTS; SHALL BE LISTED AND LABELED PER U.L. STANDARD 1971; 15/75 CDTYPE STROBE, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. SURFACE MOUNT DEVICES AT 80" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR OR AT6" BELOW CEILING WHICHEVER IS LOWER. PROVIDE ASSOCIATED BACKBOX.

E. ALL WIRING SHALL BE VERIFIED WITH FIRE ALARM EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER AS TO QUANTITY, SIZE, ROUTING,CONDUIT, JUNCTION BOX REQUIREMENTS, ETC.

D. PROVIDE HARDWARE AND PROGRAMMING MODIFICATIONS REQUIRED TO THE EXISTING ALARM CONTROLPANEL AND ASSOCIATED ACCESSORIES TO EXPAND THE EXISTING SYSTEM AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS.ALL MODIFICATIONS SHALL BE COMPLETE BY MANUFACTURER'S AUTHORIZED TECHNICIAN.

C. ALL NEW WIRING SHALL BE 100% COMPATIBLE WITH EXISTING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM AND SHALL BE ASDIRECTED BY THE MANUFACTURER OF THE EXISTING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM.

B. ALL DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT ADDED TO THE EXISTING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SHALL BE 100% COMPATIBLE WITHTHE EXISTING SYSTEM. ALL NEW DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE U.L. LISTED AND SHALL CONFORM TONFPA 72.

A. EXISTING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM IS HONEYWELL. VERIFY EXISTING CONFIGURATION.

EXISTING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM

08/30/2018

BID SET

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

DATE:

DRAWN:

REVIEWED:

SHEET TITLE:

SHEET NUMBER:

PROJECT NO.:

PROJECT:

ISSUE:

# DATE: DESCRIPTION:

NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION

DESIGNED:

8/2

9/2

018 1

0:0

5:1

4 A

M E0.4

ELECTRICALSPECIFICATIONS

BPH

BMS

0180834.00

MARSHALL PUBLICLIBRARY PHASE IRENOVATIONS

THE CITY OF MARSHALL

612 ARCHER AVE. MARSHALL, IL62441

08/30/2018

BMS/BPH

PERMIT SET

9. DOOR HOLDERS: DHF-1224C

8. DUCT DETECTORS: DNR/FSP-851R/DXT "X"

7. STROBES: SR

6. HORN STROBES: P2R

5. SMOKE DETECTORS: FSP-851/B210

4. HEAT DETECTORS: FST-851/B210

3. PULL STATIONS: NBG-12LX

2. POWER SUPPLY (REMOTE): FCP-24

1. MAIN PANEL: NFS-320

E. FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. EQUIPMENT SHALL BE MANUFACTURED BY NOTIFIER OR FUNCTIONAL EQUIVALENT.

D. THE ANNUNCIATOR SHALL BE CAPABLE OF INDICATING SAME TOTAL QUANTITY OF ZONES THAT THE MAIN FIREALARM CONTROL PANEL IS CAPABLE OF ACTIVATING, INCLUDING SPACES AND SPARES. PROVIDE SPARECONDUCTORS REQUIRED TO THE ANNUNCIATOR FOR THE TOTAL POSSIBLE FUTURE ACTIVATIONS.

C. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO SUBMIT TO THE LOCAL FIRE SAFETY DEPARTMENT AND FIREMARSHALL A COMPLETE SET OF INSTALLATION SHOP DRAWINGS TO SECURE APPROVAL AND TO ARRANGEPERTINENT FIELD OBSERVATIONS DURING CONSTRUCTION AS REQUIRED.

B. ALL WIRING SHALL BE VERIFIED WITH FIRE ALARM EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER AS TO QUANTITY, SIZE, ROUTING,CONDUIT, JUNCTION BOX REQUIREMENTS, ETC.

A. THE ENTIRE FIRE ALARM INSTALLATION SHALL BE A CLASS B SYSTEM, AND ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE U.L.LISTED AND SHALL CONFORM TO NFPA 72, 90A, AND 101.

FIRE ALARM

F. PROVIDE "BLACK-OUT" TEST OF EMERGENCY LUMINAIRES UPON PROJECT COMPLETION IN THE PRESENCE OFTHE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION.

E. CORRECT WIRING DEFICIENCIES AND REPAIR OR REPLACE DAMAGED OR DEFECTIVE PRODUCTS. REPAIR ORREPLACE EXCESSIVELY NOISY BALLASTS AS DETERMINED BY ARCHITECT.

D. TEST SELF-POWERED EXIT SIGNS, EMERGENCY LIGHTING UNITS, AND FLUORESCENT EMERGENCY POWERSUPPLY UNITS TO VERIFY PROPER OPERATION UPON LOSS OF NORMAL POWER SUPPLY.

C. OPERATE EACH LUMINAIRE AFTER INSTALLATION AND CONNECTION TO VERIFY PROPER OPERATION.

B. INSPECT EACH PRODUCT FOR DAMAGE AND DEFECTS.

A. SEE SECTION 01 4000 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS.

FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

E. CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE COMPLETE AND ACCURATE RECORDS OF ALL TESTS. TEST RESULTS SHALL BESUBMITTED TO OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE UPON REQUEST.

D. THE RESISTANCE BETWEEN GROUND AND ABSOLUTE EARTH SHALL BE LESS THAN TEN (10) OHMS.MEASUREMENT SHALL BE FALL OF POTENTIAL TEST METHOD BEFORE CONNECTION OF GROUNDINGCONDUCTORS TO MAIN DISCONNECTS. ADDITIONAL GROUND RODS SHALL BE DRIVEN AS NEEDED TO ACHIEVEREADING.

C. MOTORS SHALL BE INSPECTED FOR DAMAGE, MOISTURE, ALIGNMENT, LUBRICATION, OIL LEAKS, AND PHASEIDENTIFICATION. MOTORS SHALL BE GIVEN OPERATING LOAD TESTS AND THE INDIVIDUAL PHASE CURRENTREADINGS SHALL BE RECORDED. MOTORS SHALL BE RUN LONG ENOUGH TO PROVE SATISFACTORYPERFORMANCE.

B. 600 VOLT CABLE SHALL BE TESTED FOR PROPER PHASING AND CONTINUITY. CABLE SHALL BE GIVEN AMEGGER TEST USING A 1000 VOLT MOTOR DRIVEN MEGGER. MINIMUM ACCEPTABLE MEGGER READINGS SHALLBE 50 MEGAOHMS.

A. PERFORM COMPLETE OPERATIONAL TEST OF ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION BEFORE ACCEPTANCE BY OWNER.TEST SHALL BE PERFORMED IN PRESENCE OF OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE.

TESTING

08/30/2018

BID SET

RAMP UP

UP

FD

FD

WH

FD

FD

WH

S

J

J

JS OS

J

JJ

M

S

S OS

S

S

M

2

3

1

BA C D E F G

1

2

3

3

3

4

5

6

7

7

8

9

3

3

10

11

F G

12

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

DATE:

DRAWN:

REVIEWED:

SHEET TITLE:

SHEET NUMBER:

PROJECT NO.:

PROJECT:

ISSUE:

# DATE: DESCRIPTION:

NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION

DESIGNED:

8/2

9/2

018 1

0:0

5:2

0 A

M ED1.1

FIRST FLOORELECTRICALDEMOLITION PLAN

BPH

BMS

0180834.00

MARSHALL PUBLICLIBRARY PHASE IRENOVATIONS

THE CITY OF MARSHALL

612 ARCHER AVE. MARSHALL, IL62441

08/30/2018

BMS/BPH

PERMIT SET

0 4 8 16

NORTH

PLAN

#

A. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, REMOVE CONDUIT AND WIRE BACK TO SOURCE ORNEAREST JUNCTION BOX TO REMAIN FOR ALL ELECTRICAL ITEMS BEING REMOVED.

GENERAL NOTES

KEYNOTES

1 EXISTING SECURITY CAMERA TO BE RELOCATED. SEE SHEET E3.1 FOR NEWLOCATION.

2 EXISTING LIGHT SWITCH TO BE REMOVED, EXTEND CONDUIT AND WIRE TO NEWLIGHT SWITCH, SEE SHEET E1.1 FOR NEW LOCATION.

3 EXISTING BASEBOARD HEATER TO REMAIN.

4 EXISTING GAS FURNACE TO BE REMOVED BY OTHER TRADES. ELECTRICALLYDISCONNECT GAS FURNACE, CIRCUIT TO BE REUSED FOR NEW GAS FURNACELOCATED ON THE SECOND FLOOR. SEE SHEET E2.1 FOR NEW LOCATION.

5 EXISTING 911 SWITCH TO BE RELOCATED, SEE SHEET E2.1 FOR NEW LOCATION.

6 EXISTING TIME CLOCK TO BE RELOCATED, SEE SHEET E2.1 FOR NEW LOCATION.

7 EXISTING FURNACE TO REMAIN.

8 EXISTING PANEL "OLD LIBRARY" TO REMAIN.

9 EXISTING PANEL TO REMAIN.

10 EXISTING LUMINAIRE TO BE REMOVED, EXTEND CONDUIT AND WIRE TO NEARESTEXISTING LUMINAIRE TO REMAIN AS NECESSARY TO MAINTAIN EXISTING CIRCUITAND CONTROLS.

11 EXISTING GAS WATER HEATER TO BE REMOVED. ELECTRICALLY DISCONNECTWATER HEATER, CIRCUIT TO BE REUSED FOR NEW GAS WATER HEATER, SEESHEET E2.1 FOR NEW LOCATION..

12 EXISTING CONDENSING UNIT TO BE REMOVED. ELECTRICALLY DISCONNECTCONDENSING UNIT, CIRCUIT TO BE REUSED FOR NEW CONDENSING UNIT, SEESHEET E2.1 FOR NEW LOCATION..

Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0"1

FIRST FLOOR ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION PLAN

Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0"

PARTIAL ROOF ELECTRICALDEMOLITION PLAN

20 4 8 16

NORTH

PLAN

08/30/2018

BID SET

OS

OS

VS

VS

2

3

1

BA C D E F G

ALPA-28

ALPA-28

BLPA-28

BLPA-28

3

31

LIBRARIAN OFFICE

103

CREATIVE/ STUDY ROOM

104

STAFF R.R.

111

WOMENS

114

MEN'S

115

MECH./ IT.

107

MECH.

105

CORRIDOR

108

TEENS

109MEETING ROOM

116

R.R. FOYER

113

LIBRARY

102

VESTIBULE

101

DIRECTOR OFFICE

106

ACTIVITY RM.

110

ELEC. RM.

112

X

C

DELPA-28

3

3

CLPA-28

2

2

LPA

LPB

3

1

C

C C

A A

ALPA-28

X

3

X

3

2

3

1

BA C D E F G

DELPA-28

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

DATE:

DRAWN:

REVIEWED:

SHEET TITLE:

SHEET NUMBER:

PROJECT NO.:

PROJECT:

ISSUE:

# DATE: DESCRIPTION:

NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION

DESIGNED:

8/2

9/2

018 1

0:0

5:1

5 A

M E1.1

FIRST FLOORLIGHTING PLAN

BPH

BMS

0180834.00

MARSHALL PUBLICLIBRARY PHASE IRENOVATIONS

THE CITY OF MARSHALL

612 ARCHER AVE. MARSHALL, IL62441

08/30/2018

BMS/BPH

PERMIT SET

0 4 8 16

NORTH

PLAN

A. NOT USED

GENERAL NOTES

KEYNOTES

1 EXTEND CONDUIT AND WIRE FROM DEMOLISHED LIGHT SWITCH TO NEW THREEWAY SWITCH.

2 REUSE EXISTING LIGHTING CIRCUIT IN THIS SPACE. EXTEND CONDUIT AND WIRINGAS NECESSARY.

3 CONNECT EXIT SIGN TO EXISTING LIGHTING CIRCUIT IN THIS SPACE AHEAD OFSWITCH.

#

Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0"1

FIRST FLOOR LIGHTING PLAN

Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0"2

SECOND FLOOR LIGHTING PLAN 0 4 8 16

NORTH

PLAN

08/30/2018

BID SET

RAMP UP

UP

FD

FD

FD

FD

WH

J

J

J J

J

J

J

J

J

J

J

J

JJ

MM

J

J

DN

J

F

2

3

1

BA C D E F G

LPB-37GFI

LPA-34GFI

112 (TYP)

LPA-31USB

LPA-31USB

LPA-30USB

LPA-30USB

LPA-36GFI

LPA-34GFI

3

4

EBB

1

EF

1

TT

6

6

6

7

7

LIBRARIAN OFFICE

103

CREATIVE/ STUDY ROOM

104

STAFF R.R.

111WOMENS

114

MEN'S

115

MECH./ IT.

107

MECH.

105

CORRIDOR

108

TEENS

109MEETING ROOM

116

R.R. FOYER

113

VESTIBULE

101

DIRECTOR OFFICE

106

ACTIVITY RM.

110

ELEC. RM.

112

GWH1

8

9

LIBRARY

102

10

LPB

LPA

LPA-27 LPA-27

LPA-29

LPA-31 LPA-31

LPA-33

LPA-33

LPA-33 LPA-35

LPA-35

LPA-35 LPA-37

LPA-37

LPA-37

LPA-30

LPA-30

LPA-32

LPA-32

LPA-32

LPA-32

LPA-34

LPA-36 LPA-36

LPA-34

LPA-38

2

3

1

BA C D E F G

GF

1

5

F G

CU

1

LPA-39WPGFI

11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

DATE:

DRAWN:

REVIEWED:

SHEET TITLE:

SHEET NUMBER:

PROJECT NO.:

PROJECT:

ISSUE:

# DATE: DESCRIPTION:

NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION

DESIGNED:

8/2

9/2

018 1

0:0

5:1

7 A

M E2.1

FIRST FLOOR POWERPLAN

BPH

BMS

0180834.00

MARSHALL PUBLICLIBRARY PHASE IRENOVATIONS

THE CITY OF MARSHALL

612 ARCHER AVE. MARSHALL, IL62441

08/30/2018

BMS/BPH

PERMIT SET

0 4 8 16

NORTH

PLAN

#

A. NOT USED

GENERAL NOTES

KEYNOTES

1 POWER CONNECTION FOR MOTORIZED DOORS.

2 COMBINATION POWER/TELEPHONE/DATA FLOOR BOX, WIREMOLD EVOLUTIONSERIES. SAW CUT FLOOR TO NEAREST WALL TO ROUTE CONDUIT/WIRE, PATCHFLOOR TO MATCH EXISTING.

3 RELOCATED 911 SWITCH.

4 RELOCATED TIME CLOCK.

5 REUSE EXISTING GAS FURNACE CIRCUIT, EXTEND CONDUIT AND WIRE ASNECESSARY.

6 EXISTING BASEBOARD HEATER TO REMAIN.

7 EXISTING FURNACE TO REMAIN.

8 EXISTING PANEL TO REMAIN. PANEL IS CURRENTLY UNIDENTIFIED AND SHALL BENAMED LPA. PROVIDE NAME PLATE AND TYPED DIRECTORY UPON PROJECTCOMPLETION.

9 EXISTING PANEL TO REMAIN. PANEL IS CURRENTLY UNIDENTIFIED AND SHALL BENAMED LPB. PROVIDE NAME PLATE AND TYPED DIRECTORY UPON PROJECTCOMPLETION.

10 REUSE EXISTING GAS WATER HEATER CIRCUIT, EXTEND CONDUIT AND WIRE ASNECESSARY.

11 REUSE EXISTING CONDENSING UNIT CIRCUIT, EXTEND CONDUIT AND WIRE ASNECESSARY.

Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0"1

FIRST FLOOR POWER PLAN

Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0"2

SECOND FLOOR POWER PLAN 0 4 8 16

NORTH

PLAN

Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0"

PARTIAL ROOF ELECTRICALPLAN

30 4 8 16

NORTH

PLAN

08/30/2018

BID SET

RAMP UP

UP

FD

FD

FD

FD

WH

J

J

J

J

J

J

J

J

J

S

S

S

S

S

TV

2

3

1

BA C D E F G

1 (TYP)

2

LIBRARIAN OFFICE

103

CREATIVE/ STUDY ROOM

104

STAFF R.R.

111

WOMENS

114

MEN'S

115

MECH./ IT.

107

MECH.

105

CORRIDOR

108

TEENS

109MEETING ROOM

116

R.R. FOYER

113

LIBRARY

102

VESTIBULE

101

DIRECTOR OFFICE

106

ACTIVITY RM.

110

ELEC. RM.

112

30H

15

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

DATE:

DRAWN:

REVIEWED:

SHEET TITLE:

SHEET NUMBER:

PROJECT NO.:

PROJECT:

ISSUE:

# DATE: DESCRIPTION:

NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION

DESIGNED:

8/2

9/2

018 1

0:0

5:1

8 A

M E3.1

FIRST FLOORSYSTEMS PLAN

BPH

BMS

0180834.00

MARSHALL PUBLICLIBRARY PHASE IRENOVATIONS

THE CITY OF MARSHALL

612 ARCHER AVE. MARSHALL, IL62441

08/30/2018

BMS/BPH

PERMIT SET

0 4 8 16

NORTH

PLAN

#

A. NOT USED

GENERAL NOTES

KEYNOTES

1 WIREMOLD EVOLUTION SERIES FLOOR BOX, SEE SHEET E2.1 FOR MOREINFORMATION. SAW CUT FLOOR TO NEAREST WALL AND ROUTE 2" CONDUIT WITHPULL STRING INTO ACCESSIBLE CEILING, PATCH FLOOR TO MATCH EXISTING.

2 RELOCATED SECURITY CAMERA.

Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0"1

FIRST FLOOR SYSTEMS PLAN

08/30/2018

BID SET

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

DATE:

DRAWN:

REVIEWED:

SHEET TITLE:

SHEET NUMBER:

PROJECT NO.:

PROJECT:

ISSUE:

# DATE: DESCRIPTION:

NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION

DESIGNED:

8/2

9/2

018 1

0:0

5:1

8 A

M E5.1

ELECTRICALSCHEDULES

BPH

BMS

0180834.00

MARSHALL PUBLICLIBRARY PHASE IRENOVATIONS

THE CITY OF MARSHALL

612 ARCHER AVE. MARSHALL, IL62441

08/30/2018

BMS/BPH

PERMIT SET

LUMINAIRE SCHEDULETYPE MANUFACTURER CATALOG NUMBER LAMP DESCRIPTION VOLTAGE LOAD (VA) FINISH MOUNTING DESCRIPTION

A ELITE RL670-100LDIMTRMVOLT30K90WWH LED 120 V 14 SURFACE JUNCTION BOX MOUNTED CAN TYPE TRIM FIXTURE

B LITHONIA 2GTL 2 33L A19 EZ1 LP835 LED 120 V 30 RECESSED 2'X2' LED TROFFER

C LITHONIA Z1LD L48 3000LM FST MVOLT 35K 80 CRI LED 120 V 30 CHAIN 4' LED STRIP LIGHT

DE LITHONIA WL4 30L LP840 EL14L LED 120 V 28 WALL 4' WALL MOUNTED LUMINAIRE WITH 1400 LUMENEMERGENCY BATTERY

X LITHONIA LHQM LED R LED 120 V - SURFACE UNIVERSAL MOUNT EXIT AND EMERGENCY LIGHTCOMBO UNIT

D. PROVIDE ALL HOLLOW POLES WITH VIBRATION DAMPERS BY THE FACTORY.

C. FOR APPROVAL OF FIXTURES FROM MANUFACTURERS OTHER THAN THOSE LISTED, PROPOSED FIXTURES SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER TEN BUSINESS DAYS PRIOR TO BID FOR REVIEW. FINAL DETERMINATION OF'EQUAL' STATUS FOR BIDDING SHALL BE THE SOLE DETERMINATION OF THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER.

B. REMOVE ALL FINGER PRINTS FROM LENSES, REFLECTORS, AND LOUVERS FOLLOWING LIGHT FIXTURE INSTALLATION.

NOTES: A. FOR CONTINUOUS FIXTURES, COORDINATE WITH SUPPLIER ON LENGTH AND REQUIRED FITTINGS, AND INSTALL WITH UNIFORM ILLUMINATION ALONG FIXTURE INCLUDING CORNERS.

EQUIPMENT DATA SCHEDULEDESCRIPTION LOAD DATA STARTER DISCONNECT AT EQUIP.

WIRE & CONDUIT REMARKSMARK EQUIPMENT

FU

RN

ISH

ED

BY

INS

TA

LL

ED

BY

LOCATION

LO

AD

VO

LT

AG

E

PH

AS

E

TY

PE

NE

MA

SIZ

E

DIS

C. T

YP

E

DIS

C. S

IZE

FU

RN

ISH

ED

BY

INS

TA

LL

ED

BY

CO

NT

RO

L W

IRIN

G

DIS

C. T

YP

E

DIS

C. S

IZE

FU

RN

ISH

ED

BY

INS

TA

LL

ED

BY

CU 1 CONDENSING UNIT MC MC ROOF 29.6 MCA 208 1 PWC - - - VND VND TC FS 60 EC EC 2#6, 1#10G, 3/4"C FUSE PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS

EBB 1 ELECTRIC BASEBOARD HEATER MC MC VESTIBULE 1000 W 120 1 PWC - - - VND VND TC SW 20 EC EC 2#12, 1#12G, 3/4"C

EF 1 EXHAUST FAN MC MC RESTROOM 2 FLA 120 1 PWC - - - VND VND TC TT 20 EC EC 2#12, 1#12G, 3/4"C

GF 1 GAS FURNACE MC MC LOCATION OF EQUIPMENT 14.4 MCA 120 1 PWC - - - VND VND TC SW 20 EC EC 2#12, 1#12G, 3/4"C

GWH 1 GAS WATER HEATER PC PC ACTIVITY ROOM 3.1 FLA 120 1 PWC - - - - - EC SW 20 EC EC 2#12, 1#12G, 3/4"C

2. PROVIDE DISCONNECT LOCKABLE IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC 110.25.

1. INSTALL DISCONNECT SWITCH ON THE SIDE OF THE EQUIPMENT HOUSING.

REMARKS:

A.

GENERAL NOTES:

EQUIPMENT DATA NOTES:

2. (*) NUMBER INDICATES BREAKER TYPE: 1 = AFCI, 2 = CLASS A 5mA GFCI, 3 = 30mA GFPE, 4 = SHUNT TRIP ACTIVATED, 5 = PANELBOARD FEEDER SERVING UNIT SHALL BELOCKABLE USING A PADLOCK, IN ACCORDANCE WITH OSHA LOCK-OUT-TAG RULES, 6 = LSI, 7 = LSIG.

1. ALL BREAKERS ARE STANDARD UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED

NOTES:

TOTAL DEMAND CURRENT: 46 A

Receptacle 7380 VA 100.00% 7380 VA TOTAL CONNECTED CURRENT: 45 A

Lighting - Continuous 188 VA 125.00% 235 VA TOTAL DEMAND: 11105 VA

HVAC 1000 VA 100.00% 1000 VA TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD: 10808 VA

Motor 2240 VA 111.16% 2490 VA

Load Classification Connected Load Demand Factor Demand Load PANEL TOTALS

41 SPACE -- -- -- 0 0 -- -- -- SPACE 42

39 RCPT - ROOF 20 A 1 180 0 -- -- -- SPACE 40

37 RCPT - LIBRARY 20 A 1 1080 240 1 20 A EF-1 38

35 RCPT - LIBRARY 20 A 1 1080 540 1 20 A RCPT - TEENS, ACTIVITY RM 36

33 RCPT - LIBRARY 20 A 1 1080 720 1 20 A RCPT - ACTIVITY RM, RESTROOM 34

31 RCPT - LIBRARY 20 A 1 720 900 1 20 A RCPT - LIB. OFFICE, LIBRARY 32

29 EBB-1 20 A 1 1000 1080 1 20 A RCPT - LIBRARY 30

27 MOTORIZED DOORS 20 A 1 2000 188 1 20 A LIGHTING 28

25 0 0 1 20 A 26

23LIGHTS LIBRARY ROOM 20 A 2

0 0 1 20 A 24

21 0 0 22

19LIGHTS MEETING ROOM 20 A 2

0 02 20 A

20

17 ?? 20 A 1 0 0 1 20 A COMPUTER RCPT 18

15 SPARE 20 A 1 0 0 1 20 A REFRIGERATOR RCPT 16

13 OLD BATH LTS, STOR RM. RCP 20 A 1 0 0 1 20 A RCPT - MTG RM, OUTSIDE LTG 14

11 LIB. FAN, EXIT SIGN, RCPT 20 A 1 0 0 1 20 A FURNACE 12

9 OUTSIDE LTG & EM. EXIT 20 A 1 0 0 1 20 A RCPT EAST WALL - LIBRARY 10

7 CONTROL LIBRARY RM 20 A 1 0 0 1 20 A OLD OFFICE LIGHT 8

5 CNTRL MEETING RM HALL LTG 20 A 1 0 0 1 20 A LTS TO BACK STAIRS 6

3 0 0 1 20 A PULL CHORD LTG-BACK DOOR 4

1AIR CONDITIONER 50 A 2

0 0 1 20 A BATH RM, EWC, EM LTG, FAN 2

CKT IDENTIFICATIONTYPE

(*)BKRSIZE

POLES A B POLESBKRSIZE

TYPE(*)

IDENTIFICATION CKT

43 A 47 A MCB 100% RATED (Y/N): N

SCC RATING (SYM): SEE ONE-LINE 5200 VA 5608 VA MCB SHUNT TRIP (Y/N): N

MAIN: 225 A MCB MCB GROUND FAULT PROTECTION (Y/N): N

RATED AMPERAGE: 225 A A B MOUNTING: SURFACE

PHASE/WIRE: 1Ø / 3W PHASE BUSSING: SEE SPEC

VOLTAGE: 240/120V CONNECTED LOAD PER ISOLATED GROUND BUS (Y/N): N

PANELBOARD LPA

2. (*) NUMBER INDICATES BREAKER TYPE: 1 = AFCI, 2 = CLASS A 5mA GFCI, 3 = 30mA GFPE, 4 = SHUNT TRIP ACTIVATED, 5 = PANELBOARD FEEDER SERVING UNIT SHALL BELOCKABLE USING A PADLOCK, IN ACCORDANCE WITH OSHA LOCK-OUT-TAG RULES, 6 = LSI, 7 = LSIG.

1. ALL BREAKERS ARE STANDARD UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED

NOTES:

TOTAL DEMAND CURRENT: 2 A

TOTAL CONNECTED CURRENT: 2 A

TOTAL DEMAND: 360 VA

TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD: 360 VA

Receptacle 360 VA 100.00% 360 VA

Load Classification Connected Load Demand Factor Demand Load PANEL TOTALS

41 SPACE -- -- -- 0 0 -- -- -- SPACE 42

39 SPACE -- -- -- 0 0 -- -- -- SPACE 40

37 RCPT - CREATIVE/STUDY RM 20 A 1 360 0 38

35 0 02 20 A OFFICE HEATER

36

33WATER LINE HEATER 20 A 2

0 0 34

31 COUNTER GFI 20 A 1 0 02 30 A ACTIVITY ROOM HEATERS

32

29 COUNTER GFI 20 A 1 0 0 1 20 A PANEL RCPT 30

27 UNDER COUNTER RCPT 20 A 1 0 0 28

25 SPARE 25 A 1 0 02 20 A FRONT LIGHTS EAST

26

23 0 0 24

21ROOF AC WEST 60 A 2

0 02 20 A FRONT LIGHTS WEST

22

19 COUNTER GFI 20 A 1 0 0 20

17 TEL PHONE BOARD 20 A 1 0 02 80 A AC EAST

18

15 MID WEST SIDE 20 A 1 0 0 1 20 A WEST SIDE LIGHTS 16

13 STRIP EAST LIGHT 20 A 1 0 0 1 20 A STRIP WEST SIDE 14

11 0 0 1 20 A COMP RCPT 12

9NIGHT LIGHT 15 A 2

0 0 1 20 A GFI 10

7 BACK DOOR LIGHT & EXIT 20 A 1 0 0 1 20 A RCPT COL FRONT WINDOW 8

5 RCPT 20 A 1 0 0 1 20 A CONTROL FRONT LIGHTS 6

3 STORAGE LIGHTS 20 A 1 0 0 1 20 A FURN. WEST 4

1 RCPT 20 A 1 0 0 1 20 A FURN. EAST 2

CKT IDENTIFICATIONTYPE

(*)BKRSIZE

POLES A B POLESBKRSIZE

TYPE(*)

IDENTIFICATION CKT

3 A 0 A MCB 100% RATED (Y/N): N

SCC RATING (SYM): SEE ONE-LINE 360 VA 0 VA MCB SHUNT TRIP (Y/N): N

MAIN: 225 A MCB MCB GROUND FAULT PROTECTION (Y/N): N

RATED AMPERAGE: 225 A A B MOUNTING: SURFACE

PHASE/WIRE: 1Ø / 3W PHASE BUSSING: SEE SPEC

VOLTAGE: 240/120V CONNECTED LOAD PER ISOLATED GROUND BUS (Y/N): N

PANELBOARD LPB

08/30/2018

BID SET